<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/hik-partner-pro/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 30 Mar 2024 18:42:45 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>Hikvision How to &#038; FAQ</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/hikvision-how-to-faq/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/hikvision-how-to-faq/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 30 Mar 2024 18:42:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS services]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iVMS-4200]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Edge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SADP Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VCA search]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=11601</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Hikvision How to &#38; FAQ, Hikvision is committed to serving various industries through its cutting-edge technologies of machine perception, artificial ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Hikvision How to &#038; FAQ" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/hikvision-how-to-faq/#more-11601" aria-label="Read more about Hikvision How to &#038; FAQ">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ, Hikvision is committed to serving various industries through its cutting-edge technologies of machine perception, artificial intelligence, and big data, leading the future of AIoT: through comprehensive machine perception technologies, we aim to help people better connect with the world around them; with a wealth of intelligent products, we strive to identify and satisfy diverse demands by delivering intelligence at your fingertips; through innovative AIoT applications, we are dedicated to empowering every individual to enjoy a better future by building an intelligent world that is more convenient, efficient and secure. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Featuring an extensive and highly skilled R&amp;D workforce, Hikvision manufactures a full suite of comprehensive products and solutions for a broad range of vertical markets. In addition to the security industry, Hikvision extends its reach to smart home tech, industrial automation, and automotive electronics industries to achieve its long-term vision. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="font-size: 24pt;">Password Reset</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">This page will guide you in resetting passwords on your Hikvision devices.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><em>For end users: </em></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">We highly recommend “4 Ways of Self-service Password Reset” (you can see the </span><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7hbzTpYGlIE" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="color: #007bff; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Tutorial video</span></a><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> here). Please note that not all Hikvision devices support all these methods. Go to the &#8220;Forget Password&#8221; page to check the various methods supported by your product.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><em>For installers: </em></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">You can easily reset a password using the </span><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/Partners/channel-partners/hik-partner-pro/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="color: #007bff; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Hik-Partner Pro</span></a><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> mobile app. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Check out the tutorials below to discover the quickest way to reset a password. If you have any questions during the process, please contact Hikvision (Find </span><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/about-us/contact-us/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #007bff; font-size: 11pt;">the contact of Hikvision technical support team</span></a><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">) or see </span><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/how-to/password-reset/Troubleshooting-Tips-of-Password-Reset-Failed-Issue.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="color: #007bff; font-size: 11pt;">Troubleshooting Tips of Password Reset Failed Issue</span></a><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> here.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> Also try the Password Hints function to help you recall your original password. This function is only available for NVRs (76Q-series, K-series, K-series with AcuSense) with firmware V4.75.000 and later. </span><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/how-to/password-reset/NVR-and-DVR-usability_Easy-solutions-for-password-reset.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="color: #007bff; font-size: 11pt;">Learn more here.</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 24pt;">Self-service password reset</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="font-size: 24pt;">Via account verification</span></strong></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Prerequisite:</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The device has been added to the Hik-Connect or Hik-Partner Pro account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1943-756w213h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="756" height="213" class="wp-image-11602 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1943-756w213h.jpeg" alt="text over image1943 756w213h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 50" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1943-756w213h.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1943-756w213h-300x85.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1943-756w213h-240x68.jpeg 240w" sizes="(max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to the &#8220;Forget Password&#8221; page and select &#8220;Verify by Hik-Connect App.&#8221;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to the Hik-Connect or Hik-Partner Pro account that your device is tied to, and scan the QR code on your device, then you will get a verification code.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter the verification code.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Create a new password.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Prerequisite:</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">A reserved email address has been set up by the user.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image677-756w205h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="756" height="205" class="wp-image-11603 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image677-756w205h.jpeg" alt="text over image677 756w205h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 51" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image677-756w205h.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image677-756w205h-300x81.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image677-756w205h-240x65.jpeg 240w" sizes="(max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to the “Forget Password” page and select the reserved email.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log in to the Hik-Connect or Hik-Partner Pro account that your device is tied to, and scan the QR code on the password reset page. You will then receive a verification code.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter the received code and create a new password.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Prerequisite:</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Security questions have been set by the user.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1197-756w281h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="756" height="281" class="wp-image-11604 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1197-756w281h.jpeg" alt="text over image1197 756w281h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 52" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1197-756w281h.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1197-756w281h-300x112.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1197-756w281h-240x89.jpeg 240w" sizes="(max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to the “Forget Password” page and select a preset security question.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter the correct answer.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Create a new password.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.65;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #d7150e; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #d7150e; font-size: 11pt;">Via GUID file</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Prerequisite:</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The GUID file has been exported and saved by the user. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image30-756w190h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="190" class="wp-image-11605 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image30-756w190h.jpeg" alt="text over image30 756w190h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 53" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image30-756w190h.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image30-756w190h-300x75.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image30-756w190h-240x60.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to the “Forget Password” page and select “GUID File Verification” from the drop-down list.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Import the GUID file.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Create a new password.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 24pt;">Password reset via XML file</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Prerequisite:</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The Hikvision devices can be detected on the same LAN.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1590-756w226h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="226" class="wp-image-11606 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1590-756w226h.jpeg" alt="text over image1590 756w226h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 54" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1590-756w226h.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1590-756w226h-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1590-756w226h-240x72.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Export the XML file, QR code, or password reset string of the device(s).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Send the XML file, QR code, or password reset string, along with the device label snapshot, to the Hikvision support team and wait for a reply.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter the code or import the XML file you receive from Hikvision.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Create a new password.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<h2>Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ</h2>
<p>Also Read : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/hikvision-how-to-tutorials-part1/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Hikvision How-To Tutorials Part1</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 24pt;">How to Check Device Serial Number</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number-756w425h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="425" class="wp-image-11607 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number-756w425h.png" alt="how to find device serial number 756w425h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 55" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number-756w425h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number-756w425h-300x169.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number-756w425h-240x135.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number02-756w425h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="425" class="wp-image-11608 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number02-756w425h.png" alt="how to find device serial number02 756w425h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 56" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number02-756w425h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number02-756w425h-300x169.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number02-756w425h-240x135.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number03-756w425h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="425" class="wp-image-11609 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number03-756w425h.png" alt="how to find device serial number03 756w425h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 57" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number03-756w425h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number03-756w425h-300x169.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-serial-number03-756w425h-240x135.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="width: 24pt; height: 24pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 24pt;">How to Find Device Firmware Version</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version1-756w425h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="425" class="wp-image-11610 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version1-756w425h.jpeg" alt="how to find device firmware version1 756w425h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 58" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version1-756w425h.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version1-756w425h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version1-756w425h-240x135.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version2-756w425h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="425" class="wp-image-11611 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version2-756w425h.jpeg" alt="how to find device firmware version2 756w425h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 59" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version2-756w425h.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version2-756w425h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/how-to-find-device-firmware-version2-756w425h-240x135.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="width: 24pt; height: 24pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 24pt;">How to add IPC with POE function to NVR</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">POE cameras could be added into NVR which supports POE function with both Manual mode and Plug-and-Play mode. When applying the Plug-and-Play mode, please kindly make sure the password of the camera is the same with the NVR, or you could set the password of the camera to 12345.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Note: </span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Plug-and-Play mode could only be applied when the camera is added directly to the POE port of a NVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-add-IPC-with-POE-function-to-NVR.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 22pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 22pt;">How to Enable Hik-Connect Service in Device</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></strong></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Summary</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Hik-Connect</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> is a new service introduced by Hikvision which integrates the dynamic domain name service along with alarm push notification service. It provides an easy way for devices to connect to the Internet.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">This manual is a guide for users to show them how to enable Hik-Connect service in device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Discretion</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">User interface may not be identical to the instructions shown below depending on the product, firmware version. However, the information and settings required to setup Hik-Connect services are similar across all supporting products.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Preparation</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Users need to upgrade device to proper firmware that supports Hik-Connect Service.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-Enable-Hik-Connect-Service-in-Device.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 22pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 22pt;">How to Unbind Device from Hik-Connect Account</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">One device can be added only by one Hik-Connect account, if the device was added by other account, you cannot add it again. You can follow steps below to unbind your device or check the video which can help you.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Youtube video link</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">How to Unbind Device via Hik-Connect APP</span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How to Unbind Device via Hik-Connect APP V4.2.0 or above" width="840" height="473" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/g2CpCUtDMsw?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">How to unbind device via SADP tool</span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How to unbind device via SADP tool" width="840" height="473" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/xzQpDkKubNg?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-Unbind-Device-from-Hik-Connect-Account.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 24pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 22pt;">How to Solve Hik-Connect Offline Issue</span></strong></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Description</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">When our customer adds a device to the Hik-Connect account and the APP returns device is offline, we can follow steps below to solve the problem or locate the causes. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-solve-Hik-Connect-offline-issue.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 22pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 22pt;">How to Configure Communication Mode of AX PRO</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">There are three types of Communication Mode via</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> Communication &gt; Cloud Service &gt; Communication Mode:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1188-756w542h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="542" class="wp-image-11612 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1188-756w542h.png" alt="text over image1188 756w542h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 60" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1188-756w542h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1188-756w542h-300x215.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1188-756w542h-240x172.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Wired Network &amp; Wi-Fi Priority</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">It means that Wired Network, Wi-Fi Network, Cellular Data are all supported, AX Pro will choose best network status and change connecting ways when network is not stable. It is recommended to use this mode when your device is with complex network environment, since it can help you select better way automatically. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Wired &amp; Wi-Fi </span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">It means that only Wired Network and Wi-Fi Network are supported, AX Pro can only connect with wired or Wi-Fi. It is recommended to use this mode when you want to save cellular data or do not want to use cellular at all.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Cellular Data Network </span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">It means that AX Pro only use cellular data network to connect. This mode is usually used in poor network environment, like wired and Wi-Fi network are hardly connected. Besides, it can help you save network detecting time.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Tips</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">When you set Communication Mode as Cellular Data Network, the followings can help you use cellular data successfully: </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. Keep MTU as default 1400, Access number as default *99***1#</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2. Test SIM in mobile, make sure that your SIM card can call, send message and connect to the internet</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">3. The AX PRO default dialing includes most SIM card APN but not all. If the network is not connected, you need to search the SIM card&#8217;s APN by Google or ask your mobile operator then set up the SIM card APN manually and then restart it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image797-756w523h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="523" class="wp-image-11613 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image797-756w523h.png" alt="text over image797 756w523h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 61" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image797-756w523h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image797-756w523h-300x208.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image797-756w523h-240x166.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-Configure-Communication-Mode-of-AX-PRO.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 22pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 24pt;">How to Download Multiple Recordings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Hikvision device support download/export multiple recording at the same time. This file will introduce three methods of multiple download recordings: local GUI, web page and iVMS-4200 software.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Method 1: local GUI </span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">On local GUI, we need turn to the button of File &gt; Video. In this page, we could select search condition, time and camera channel which you want to download. After select, click “Start Search”.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1461-839w483h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="483" class="wp-image-11614 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1461-839w483h.png" alt="text over image1461 839w483h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 62" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1461-839w483h.png 839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1461-839w483h-300x173.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1461-839w483h-768x442.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1461-839w483h-240x138.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">After search, it will show all the recordings of the channel 1 default, and if we want to check other cameras recording, we need to select the </span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> to switch to other channel. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1334-829w465h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="465" class="wp-image-11615 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1334-829w465h.png" alt="text over image1334 829w465h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 63" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1334-829w465h.png 829w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1334-829w465h-300x168.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1334-829w465h-768x431.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1334-829w465h-240x135.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Then we could select the recordings and Export.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-838w565h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="838" height="565" class="wp-image-11616 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-838w565h.png" alt="text over image302 838w565h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 64" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-838w565h.png 838w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-838w565h-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-838w565h-768x518.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-838w565h-240x162.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 838px) 100vw, 838px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Method 2: Web page</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Web page Log in the device via IP address on IE browser, turn to Playback page, select the camera which you want to check, click the download button in the lower right corner. It will pop up the download configuration page, in this page, we could select the camera/ type/ time, after search we could select the recording files and download.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1896-839w454h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="454" class="wp-image-11617 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1896-839w454h.png" alt="text over image1896 839w454h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 65" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1896-839w454h.png 839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1896-839w454h-300x162.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1896-839w454h-768x416.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1896-839w454h-240x130.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Method 3: iVMS-4200 software</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Please download the newest version of iVMS-4200 software form the official web: </span><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/download/software/ivms4200-series/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #007bff; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/download/software/ivms4200-series/</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Run iVMS-4200 software, go to Remote Playback, select the device you want to check and click the download button, it will show the page of download for multiple cameras. In this page, you could choose </span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">different time limit</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> and download simultaneously.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">So if you want to download recordings from different time, we recommend you choose method 3 for better use</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image347-737w391h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="737" height="391" class="wp-image-11618 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image347-737w391h.png" alt="text over image347 737w391h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 66" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image347-737w391h.png 737w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image347-737w391h-300x159.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image347-737w391h-240x127.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 737px) 100vw, 737px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-download-multiple-recordings.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 24pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 22pt;">How to Solve DVR Live View Noise Issue of Hik-Connect</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If there is noise of DVR in Hik-Connect when remote live view or sliding channel (switch to next screen), you can try the following methods to solve the problem.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. If you connect a coaxial audio camera to DVR, please turn on </span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Noise Reduction</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> function in Hik-Connect to solve it.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1256-843w486h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="843" height="486" class="wp-image-11619 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1256-843w486h.png" alt="text over image1256 843w486h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 67" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1256-843w486h.png 843w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1256-843w486h-300x173.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1256-843w486h-768x443.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1256-843w486h-240x138.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 843px) 100vw, 843px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2. If it’s not a coaxial audio camera, please change to</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> coaxial audio camera</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> then connect to DVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">3. If you don’t want to change camera, please change camera Stream Type from video &amp; audio to</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> video</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> and set DVR audio resource as </span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">local</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> to solve the problem.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1933-756w457h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="457" class="wp-image-11620 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1933-756w457h.png" alt="text over image1933 756w457h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 68" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1933-756w457h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1933-756w457h-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1933-756w457h-240x145.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Audio resource can only be configured in local GUI.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Stream Type can be configured both in web browser and local GUI.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image887-756w531h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="531" class="wp-image-11621 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image887-756w531h.png" alt="text over image887 756w531h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 69" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image887-756w531h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image887-756w531h-300x211.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image887-756w531h-240x169.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-Solve-DVR-Live-View-Noise-issue-of-Hik-Connect.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 22pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 22pt;">How to Solve IP Camera No Link Issue on PoE NVR</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">IP cameras could be added into PoE NVR with both Manual mode and Plug- and- Play mode.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">When applying the Plug- and- Play mode, please kindly make sure it is Hikvision brand camera, and the password of the camera is the same as the NVR. For “No Link” issue, please enter NVR.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Menu &#8211; Camera &#8211; IP Camera, click Status icon of camera to check the error message first.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 1:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">The user name or the password is wrong.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1605-726w482h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="726" height="482" class="wp-image-11622 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1605-726w482h.png" alt="text over image1605 726w482h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 70" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1605-726w482h.png 726w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1605-726w482h-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1605-726w482h-240x159.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 726px) 100vw, 726px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution :</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If the IP camera has hard reset button, please turn off the camera (cut off the power). Then keep holding the button for more than 30 seconds. Meanwhile, power on the camera while holding the button. The device would be back to the inactive status. PoE NVR will automatically active and connect the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If the IP camera doesn’t have hard reset button, please use SADP tool to reset camera password first. You can operate according to below steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. Download and install the latest SADP tool on your computer. You can download from below link: </span><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/tools/hitools/TS20200826033/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #007bff; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/tools/hitools/TS20200826033/</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2. Connect your computer to one of PoE ports of NVR with network cable.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1865-758w362h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="362" class="wp-image-11623 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1865-758w362h.png" alt="text over image1865 758w362h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 71" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1865-758w362h.png 758w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1865-758w362h-300x143.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1865-758w362h-240x115.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">3. Running SADP tool to search camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">4. Select the device, and click the “forgot password” button.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">5. If it has an export button, you can click it to export a device’s xml file and send it to our regional support team to reset password. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">6. Get import file from support team, then import file to reset device password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">(</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">: Please set the new password of camera to the same as NVR’s.)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">7. PoE NVR will automatically connect the cameras with same password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1511-828w443h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="443" class="wp-image-11624 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1511-828w443h.png" alt="text over image1511 828w443h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 72" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1511-828w443h.png 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1511-828w443h-300x161.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1511-828w443h-768x411.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1511-828w443h-240x128.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 2:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Network is Unreachable</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If the camera is connected to NVR PoE port. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. Please download and install the latest SADP tool on your computer. You can download from below link: </span><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/tools/hitools/TS20200826033/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #007bff; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/tools/hitools/TS20200826033/</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2. Connect your computer to one of PoE ports of NVR with network cable .</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">3. Running SADP tool to search camera, check device IP address.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">4. Please access camera via web browser as following picture.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1493-840w476h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="840" height="476" class="wp-image-11625 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1493-840w476h.png" alt="text over image1493 840w476h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 73" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1493-840w476h.png 840w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1493-840w476h-300x170.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1493-840w476h-768x435.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1493-840w476h-240x136.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 840px) 100vw, 840px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">5. Go to Configuration &#8211; Maintenance &#8211; Default, default camera to factory settings, PoE NVR will automatically active and connect camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1219-834w328h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="328" class="wp-image-11626 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1219-834w328h.png" alt="text over image1219 834w328h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 74" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1219-834w328h.png 834w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1219-834w328h-300x118.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1219-834w328h-768x302.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1219-834w328h-240x94.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If the camera is connected to the PoE switch, please connect switch to NVR LAN port. The IP address of the camera must be in the same network segment as the IPv4 address of NVR. Then enter NVR Menu- Camera- IP Camera, select camera and click</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> Edit</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> icon.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1508-800w509h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="509" class="wp-image-11627 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1508-800w509h.png" alt="text over image1508 800w509h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 75" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1508-800w509h.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1508-800w509h-300x191.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1508-800w509h-768x489.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1508-800w509h-240x153.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Select</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> Adding mode</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> to </span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Manual, </span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">enter camera IP address and correct password, then click </span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> to add camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image345-817w523h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="523" class="wp-image-11628 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image345-817w523h.png" alt="text over image345 817w523h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 76" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image345-817w523h.png 817w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image345-817w523h-300x192.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image345-817w523h-768x492.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image345-817w523h-240x154.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 3:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">IP camera does not exist</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">“IP camera does not exist” means NVR does not detect the camera input.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Please check whether the camera is properly connected to the POE port of the NVR. You can try to change a shorter cable, change a PoE port or connect a external power supply to IP camera to test.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-Solve-IP-Camera-No-Link-Issue-on-PoE-NVR.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 24pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 24pt;">How to Solve Live View Error on iVMS-4200</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">This document displays how to solve common Live View Error on iVMS-4200. In order to get high performance, please kindly download and install the latest version of iVMS-4200 via the link: </span><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/download/software/ivms4200-series/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #007bff; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/download/software/ivms4200-series/</span></a></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Case 1: HCNetSDK.dll[2] </span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">It means the user of the device has no enough permission. The common reason is you added device with operator account or super user account which do not have permission to get live view.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">In this situation, you can delete device and add device with admin account again, or login admin account to assign live view permission to other accounts.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Click remote configuration of the</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> device &#8211; Basic Settings &#8211; System &#8211; User Management &#8211; click User &#8211; Modify User &#8211; assign remote live view</span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> permission.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image537-797w647h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="797" height="647" class="wp-image-11629 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image537-797w647h.png" alt="text over image537 797w647h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 77" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image537-797w647h.png 797w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image537-797w647h-300x244.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image537-797w647h-768x623.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image537-797w647h-222x180.png 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 797px) 100vw, 797px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Case 2: Playctrl.dll[2]</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">It means the stream is not Video &amp; Audio stream when you open audio on live view page. Please confirm the current channel support audio function and set the video type as video &amp; audio.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Click the remote configuration button of the</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> device &#8211; Basic Settings &#8211; Video&amp;Audio to set the video type as Video &amp; Audio.</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1602-693w440h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="693" height="440" class="wp-image-11630 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1602-693w440h.png" alt="text over image1602 693w440h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 78" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1602-693w440h.png 693w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1602-693w440h-300x190.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1602-693w440h-240x152.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 693px) 100vw, 693px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Case 3: HCNetSDK.dll[5] </span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">It means no more user is allowed, the number of device connection has reached the max. limit. You can reboot the device or stop other user’s connection to solve this issue.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">You can find the remote connection number of device on spec, below is an example. </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1897-788w397h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="397" class="wp-image-11631 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1897-788w397h.png" alt="text over image1897 788w397h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 79" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1897-788w397h.png 788w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1897-788w397h-300x151.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1897-788w397h-768x387.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1897-788w397h-240x121.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Case 4: HCNetSDK.dll[91] </span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">This code will be prompted when failed to get the sub stream or the sub stream does not exist. You can go to </span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Main View &#8211; choose the camera channel &#8211; right click Stream &#8211; choose Main Stream, get live view again.</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1051.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="589" height="529" class="wp-image-11632 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1051.png" alt="text over image1051" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 80" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1051.png 589w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1051-300x269.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1051-200x180.png 200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 589px) 100vw, 589px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/How-to-Solve-Live-View-Error-on-iVMS-4200.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 22pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 24pt;">One Picture to Solve 6 Errors about Unbind</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If the bound account can not login and you can not access the device via local GUI, you could try to unbind device from Hik-Connect App or SADP tool.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">How to Unbind Device via Hik Connect APP </span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How to Unbind Device via Hik-Connect APP V4.2.0 or above" width="840" height="473" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/g2CpCUtDMsw?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">How to Unbind Device via SADP tool </span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How to unbind device via SADP tool" width="840" height="473" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/xzQpDkKubNg?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">When you unbind the device and meet errors, hope this picture could help you to solve it.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 1:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">“102060” “102075” or “Unbinding failed. Not support by the device.” on App/SADP or “unlinking timeout” on local GUI</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. We recommend you login the previous account to delete the device, then add it to the new account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> 2. If the previous account can not login, you could choose third party DDNS name to get remote live view. Please refer this guide: </span><a href="https://international-robot.hikvision.com/upload/web/1476067342641247/20210108/48371610071611273.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #007bff; font-size: 11pt;">How to Use Third Party DDNS Services V3.0.pdf (hikvision.com)</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">3. If necessary, please kindly connect the local support team for better solve this issue. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image247-826w307h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="307" class="wp-image-11633 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image247-826w307h.png" alt="text over image247 826w307h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 81" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image247-826w307h.png 826w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image247-826w307h-300x112.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image247-826w307h-768x285.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image247-826w307h-240x89.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 2:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">“Operation Failed 7” or “Error code: 99 Network Connection Failed” or “Hik-Connect service is offline”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. Enable Hik-Connect function in device and make device Hik-Connect status is online.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2. If device Hik-Connect status goes online and offline frequently, change to a stable network or upgrade firmware then try again.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">3. If the problem persists, contact support to confirm connection status.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1159-852w336h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="852" height="336" class="wp-image-11634 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1159-852w336h.png" alt="text over image1159 852w336h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 82" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1159-852w336h.png 852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1159-852w336h-300x118.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1159-852w336h-768x303.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1159-852w336h-240x95.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 852px) 100vw, 852px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 3:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">“Incorrect Device IP Address”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. Make sure your mobile/computer connect to the same LAN as device connect to.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2. Connect device and mobile/computer to primary routing network in topological map.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">3. Enable UPNP function of the router, try to upgrade device firmware and reboot the device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1630.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="356" class="wp-image-11635 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1630.png" alt="text over image1630" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 83" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1630.png 417w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1630-300x256.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1630-211x180.png 211w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 4:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Only the device in the same area with the app can be unbound from its account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Please confirm the area which the bound account belongs first.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. Via App: Use new account with the same registered area information to unbind.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2. Via SADP: Make sure the geographic location of the device is the same as the area to which the bound account belongs.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">3. If you don&#8217;t know the area information of the bound account, please contact support team help you confirm or assign registered area information.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-895w386h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="386" class="wp-image-11636 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-895w386h.png" alt="text over image302 895w386h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 84" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-895w386h.png 895w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-895w386h-300x129.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-895w386h-768x331.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image302-895w386h-240x104.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 5:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Operating failed: 153</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">This error caused by inputting wrong password too many times and the user was locked.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution</span><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">:</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. Reboot the device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2.  Modify the LAN IP of the PC or mobile phone and try again.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1079.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="425" height="346" class="wp-image-11637 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1079.png" alt="text over image1079" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 85" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1079.png 425w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1079-300x244.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1079-221x180.png 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 425px) 100vw, 425px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Scenario 6:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">The device cannot unbound from any account for more times.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Solution:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. This error means the device have been unbound too many times during one day, and you could try to unbind after 24h.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1285.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="252" class="wp-image-11638 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1285.png" alt="text over image1285" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 86" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1285.png 370w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1285-300x204.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1285-240x163.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/One-picture-to-solve-6-Errors-about-Unbind.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 22pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 20pt;">Two Steps to Solve No Result of VCA Playback Search</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If do VCA search on playback page of Hikvision device and there is no event result, please do the following 2 steps.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Notes: Before searching playback video, make sure you have configured recording schedule on Hikvision device. </span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1: Enable Dual-VCA on Web</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">(a) Login to web page of device as the below picture.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">(a) Login to iVMS-4200 and click Setting button – Basic settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image702-1054w288h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1054" height="288" class="wp-image-11639 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image702-1054w288h.png" alt="text over image702 1054w288h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 87" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image702-1054w288h.png 1054w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image702-1054w288h-300x82.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image702-1054w288h-1024x280.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image702-1054w288h-768x210.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image702-1054w288h-240x66.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1054px) 100vw, 1054px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">(b) Go to Configuration –Video/Audio– Display Info. on Stream to tick the checkbox of Enable Dual-VCA then Save.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Notes: After above settings, do VCA search via web browser of the camera. If the device is DVR/NVR/HVR, except for configuration on web, we also need to do step 2.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image564.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="598" height="348" class="wp-image-11640 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image564.png" alt="text over image564" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 88" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image564.png 598w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image564-300x175.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image564-240x140.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2:</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If the device is DVR/NVR/HVR, login local GUI, click Configuration Button – Advanced – enable Save Camera VCA Data.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1408-757w407h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="407" class="wp-image-11641 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1408-757w407h.png" alt="text over image1408 757w407h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 89" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1408-757w407h.png 757w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1408-757w407h-300x161.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1408-757w407h-240x129.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">After above settings, search VCA playback as below:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">(a) via web browser</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1990-751w400h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="751" height="400" class="wp-image-11642 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1990-751w400h.png" alt="text over image1990 751w400h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1990-751w400h.png 751w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1990-751w400h-300x160.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1990-751w400h-240x128.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 751px) 100vw, 751px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">(b) via local GUI on DVR/NVR/HVR</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image25-753w466h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="753" height="466" class="wp-image-11643 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image25-753w466h.png" alt="text over image25 753w466h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 91" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image25-753w466h.png 753w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image25-753w466h-300x186.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image25-753w466h-240x149.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 753px) 100vw, 753px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Notes: If search motion detection VCA playback, Enable Dynamic Analysis for Motion is necessary.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image79-762w375h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="762" height="375" class="wp-image-11644 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image79-762w375h.png" alt="text over image79 762w375h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 92" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image79-762w375h.png 762w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image79-762w375h-300x148.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image79-762w375h-240x118.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 762px) 100vw, 762px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/Two-Steps-to-Solve-No-Result-of-VCA-Playback-Search-.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 11pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3.75; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">What Can We do If NVR Cannot View via Chrome</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">It is recommended to download ivms-4200 on your computer instead of viewing via Chrome browser.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If you want to use Chrome browser to view, download Plug-In first, install it and restart the browser, then you can view via Chrome. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1713-756w102h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="102" class="wp-image-11645 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1713-756w102h.png" alt="text over image1713 756w102h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 93" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1713-756w102h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1713-756w102h-300x40.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1713-756w102h-240x32.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If &#8216;Download Plug-In&#8217; does not show, it usually means that your NVR does not support live view via Chrome, in this situation, there are mainly 5 ways to solve the issue:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">1.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Switch protocol</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">2.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Reduce bitrate</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">3.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Switch encoding type</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">4.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Reduce video output channel</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">5.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Use Microsoft Edge and run IE mode</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1. </span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Turn to Configuration &gt; Local &gt; Live View Parameters &gt; Protocol. Switch protocol from TCP to UDP, or switch from UDP to TCP, save and view in chrome.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1484-756w290h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="290" class="wp-image-11646 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1484-756w290h.png" alt="text over image1484 756w290h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 94" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1484-756w290h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1484-756w290h-300x115.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1484-756w290h-240x92.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">2 &amp; 3. </span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Some devices support to check network resource statistics. Turn to Configuration &gt; Maintenance &gt; Network Resource Statistics. If the previous value of Input Bandwidth is almost equals to the latter value, please reduce bitrate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">For those device which cannot check Network Resource Statistics, you can reduce bitrate and resolution directly for a try.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image214-756w282h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="282" class="wp-image-11647 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image214-756w282h.png" alt="text over image214 756w282h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 95" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image214-756w282h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image214-756w282h-300x112.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image214-756w282h-240x90.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Turn to Configuration &gt; Video/Audio &gt; Video</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Reduce Resolution and Max. Bitrate, save and view in Chrome. The reference value are as follows: </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Resolution &#8212;Max. Bitrate</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">1080P(2MP) &#8212; 4096 kbps</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">720P(1MP) &#8212; 2048 kbps</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">704*528（4CIF） &#8212;- 1024 kbps </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">528*384 （2CIF） &#8212;- 512Kbps</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1029-756w288h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="288" class="wp-image-11648 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1029-756w288h.png" alt="text over image1029 756w288h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 96" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1029-756w288h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1029-756w288h-300x114.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1029-756w288h-240x91.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Please set your NVR Video Encoding type as your camera supports, which means if your camera only support H.264 please switch NVR Video Encoding to H.264.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">4. </span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If your NVR supports multiple video output interfaces, it is recommended that 1 camera only set 1 output interface. Although the other interfaces you configured and didn’t use, NVR is decoding which will occupy the encoding ability and may cause the issue. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image585-756w248h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="248" class="wp-image-11649 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image585-756w248h.png" alt="text over image585 756w248h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 97" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image585-756w248h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image585-756w248h-300x98.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image585-756w248h-240x79.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">5. </span></strong><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Open Microsoft Edge on Windows 10.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Turn to Setting &gt; Default browser &gt; Internet Explorer compatibility Under the “Internet Explorer compatibility” section, turn on the “Allow sites to be reloaded in Internet Explorer mode” toggle switch.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Click the Restart button, then you can view via Edge browser.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1509-756w325h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="325" class="wp-image-11650 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1509-756w325h.png" alt="text over image1509 756w325h" title="Hikvision How to &amp; FAQ 98" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1509-756w325h.png 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1509-756w325h-300x129.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/text-over-image1509-756w325h-240x103.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">If you have done all the above, the issue is still not solved, contact local support and provide the following information:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">1.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">NVR model, firmware version, resolution, bitrate.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">2.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Issue description: NVR live view failed in web via Chrome, while live view normal in local.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">3.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">IPC model, firmware version, resolution, bitrate.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #212529;">4.</span><span style="color: #212529; font-size: 11pt;">Export a clip of video recording from NVR.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">999</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.hikvision.com/content/dam/hikvision/en/support/faq/What-can-we-do-if-NVR-cannot-view-via-chrome.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #d7150e; font-size: 22pt;">Download the FAQ</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/hikvision-how-to-faq/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/g2CpCUtDMsw" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/g2CpCUtDMsw" />
			<media:title type="plain">How to Unbind Device via Hik-Connect APP V4.2.0 or above</media:title>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Hikvision-How-to-FAQ.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 19:45:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EseeCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording Download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2682</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Turing SMART Station Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/#more-2682" aria-label="Read more about Turing SMART Station Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Turing SMART Station Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included, Software utility on the Windows PC used to discover, upgrade, and modify parameters for the SMART series products on the same LAN.</p>
<h3 class="fw-bold">Turing Vision Mobile App (Recommended)</h3>
<p>Leveraging AI to reimagine the way improving safety, security, and operations</p>
<picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/turing-vision-mobile-app.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="img-fluid mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/turing-vision-mobile-app.jpg" alt="turing vision mobile app" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 211"></picture>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/turing-vision-video-security/id1574812235" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(iOS)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3" href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.turingvideo.turingvision" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Android)</a></div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-utilities.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-utilities.png" alt="appicon turing smart utilities" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 212"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 213"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3 class="fw-bold">SMART Utility</h3>
<p>Software utility on the Windows PC used to discover, upgrade, and modify parameters for the SMART series products on the same LAN.</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartUtility_B1122-1.1.0.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Windows PC)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3" href="https://turing.ai/resources/software-archive-smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">ARCHIVE</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-station.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-station.png" alt="appicon turing smart station" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 214"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-mac.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-mac.png" alt="platform mac" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 215"> </picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 213"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3>Turing SMART Station</h3>
<p>Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation-B1113.1.0.0.210917.pkg.zip" rel="dofollow noopener" download="" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(MAC)</a><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation_Win32-B1130.1.0.0.210918.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(WIN32)</a><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation_Win64-B1130.1.0.2.221104.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(WIN64)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/resources/software-archive-smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Archive</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/book/Smart_Station_User_Manual.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">User Manual</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/book/Smart_Station_Data_Sheet.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Data Sheet</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-player.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-player.png" alt="appicon turing smart player" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 217"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 213"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3 class="fw-bold">SMART Player</h3>
<p>The SMART Player is intended to play back video clips directly extract from the SMART series NVR.</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/Turing%20SMART%20Player-B1111.1.0.2.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Windows)</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>Read Next :</div>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2450/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">FLIR United VMS Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2311/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1966/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark0"></a> Introduction</p>
<p>Smart Station 3.0 is a video management software. It provides video surveillance services including live view, playback, device management, recording schedule, alarm configuration, video wall, people counting, and e-map. The software is easy to deploy and operate, suitable for small and medium-size applications such as for super market, parking lot and residential area. For more details, see datasheet.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark2"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The software has different versions and shall be installed on a compatible operating system. Please refer to the datasheet for details.</li>
<li>Functions may vary depending on factors including but not limited to software version, device and version, and how the device is managed by the software (i.e., directly connected camera or NVR connected camera).</li>
<li>This manual is not intended for a specific software version. Some functions or features described in this manual may be available to certain version(s) only.</li>
<li>Directly connected camera: Camera that is directly managed by the software (in comparison with NVR connected camera).</li>
<li>NVR connected camera: Camera that is managed by the software via an NVR (in comparison with directly connected camera).</li>
<li>IPC: IPC, IP camera and camera refer to the same thing in this manual.</li>
<li>PC: The computer that runs the software, also mentioned in this manual as the client.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark4"></a> System Requirements</p>
<p>The PC that hosts the software shall meet performance requirements. The requirements may vary, depending on how you use the software. For example, live view at high resolution in multiple windows requires higher system performance.</p>
<p><strong>Software Version System Requirements</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>64-bit</td>
<td>OS: Microsoft Windows 7/8/10 (64-bit) CPU: Intel Core i5 3.1 GHz or higher Memory: 4 GB or higher</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>32-bit</td>
<td>OS: Microsoft Windows 7/8/10 (32-bit or 64-bit)</p>
<p>CPU: Intel Pentium IV 3.0 GHZ or higher (4 Core, 3.0 GHz recommended)</p>
<p>Memory: 2 GB or higher</p>
<p>Note: The 64-bit Windows shall be able to host 32-bit software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Software Version</strong></td>
<td><strong>System Requirements</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mac</td>
<td>OS: Mac OS 10.11 or higher</p>
<p>CPU: Intel Core i5 3.1 GHz or higher</p>
<p>Memory: 4 GB or higher</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark6"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>The 64-bit OS and software are recommended. Live view and playback consumes RAM, and the 32-bit software has a relatively small RAM. When RAM is running low, the software will be unable to play more channels of live or recorded videos, and it will display a message indicating insufficient RAM.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark8"></a> Installation and Startup</p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the .exe file, and follow the wizard to complete the installation.</li>
<li>When installation is complete, double-click the shortcut icon to start the software.</li>
<li>Log in with the default username/password (<strong>admin</strong>/<strong>123456)</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark10"></a> g<sup>1</sup> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The default password is intended only for the first login. For security, please set a strong password when logged in (see User Management). A strong password shall include at least nine characters comprising all three types: digits, letters, and special characters. Please keep the password safe and change it regularly.</li>
<li>The password for admin (123456 or others) does not change after an upgrade or a reinstall of the software.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>You see the main page when logged in. The main page includes the control panel, some functional buttons and the system menu.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark12"></a> g* NOTE!</p>
<p>For first time use, a config wizard will guide you to add devices and start live view. The wizard uses the default username (admin/123456) to add devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark14"></a> 4 gui introduction</p>
<p>The main page is displayed after you log in. The main page consists of the control panel and some functional buttons.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="937" height="502" class="wp-image-2683" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 1" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 219" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1.jpeg 937w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1-768x411.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 937px) 100vw, 937px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>The control panel includes the <strong>Common </strong>and <strong>Basic/Smart </strong>areas. Click an icon to access the corresponding module. You may drag an icon to change its position with another icon.</li>
<li>Click the buttons in the top right corner:</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<p><strong>Icon</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>□□</p>
<p>□□<sup>v</sup></td>
<td></td>
<td>Menu. Click an icon on the menu to access the corresponding module.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">s</td>
<td>Change appearance. You can choose the light or the dark theme color for the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Switch account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">H</td>
<td>Lock the GUI</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Open configuration wizard, user manual, view version number and update information.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>If updates are available, you can click to view details and download the new version.</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>* The buttons in the bottom left corner:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El</td>
<td>View realtime alarms, turn on/off alarm sound, enable/disable alarm- triggered live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>View alarm triggered live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Download recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>u</td>
<td>View and manage download tasks.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark20"></a> Device Management</p>
<p>Devices include encoding devices, decoding devices, cloud devices, access control devices and network keyboards. The software supports up to 64 local devices and 64 cloud devices, up to 512 local channels and 512 cloud channels.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark22"></a> Encoding Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark24"></a> Add an Encoding Device</p>
<p>Encoding devices include IPC (also referred to as IP camera, camera, or video channel in this manual), Network Video Recorder (NVR) and hybrid NVR.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark26"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Managing a device with different management software programs may cause unexpected problems.</li>
<li>Please always add devices as admin (enter username &#8220;admin&#8221;).</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Device </strong>&gt; <strong>Encoding Device</strong>. The page is divided into two areas with two lists:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Online Device </strong>list: The software searches online devices and refreshes automatically. Note: The discovered devices are not added yet, and you need to add them manually (see step 2).</li>
<li><strong>Managed Device </strong>list: lists devices that have been added to the software.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="956" height="439" class="wp-image-2684" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 2" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 220" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2.jpeg 956w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2-768x353.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 956px) 100vw, 956px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>On the <strong>Online Device </strong>list, select device(s) and then click <strong>Add</strong>. You may add devices to different</p>
<p>groups.</p>
<ul>
<li>The software uses the default username (admin/123456) to add a device. If the password of a device has been changed and is not 123456, you need to change the password in step 3.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Online Device </strong>list, you may:</li>
<li>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the list.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search Config </strong>to specify a network segment to search.</li>
<li>Right-click a device to visit its Web interface.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>3. </strong>On the <strong>Managed Device </strong>list, check the status of the added devices and do the following:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>To</strong></td>
<td><strong>How To</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add device</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
<li>Choose a mode. The device username (admin) and password are always</li>
</ol>
<p>required, regardless of the mode you choose.</p>
<ul>
<li>IP/Domain: Add a device with a known IP address.</li>
<li>IP Segment: Add multiple devices with continuous IP addresses.</li>
<li>MyDDNS: DDNS must be enabled on the device and port mapping must be completed beforehand. See Appendix for details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add to the default group, or <strong>Add to Group </strong>to add to a specified group.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Device</td>
<td>Select device(s) and then click <strong>Edit</strong>. This button is especially useful when you want to set the same username and password for adding multiple devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete device</td>
<td>Select device(s) and then click <strong>Delete</strong>. The deleted online devices are still on the <strong>Online Device </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sync time</td>
<td>Click <strong>TimeSync </strong>to sync your PC&#8217;s system time to the selected devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View device</p>
<p>status</td>
<td>Click <strong>Status </strong>to view device online/offline status, alarm subscription status, recording status, and storage medium status.</p>
<p>You may refresh manually or set an interval to refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>To</strong></td>
<td><strong>How To</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use buttons in the</p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p>column</td>
<td>^3: Edit device name, IP address, username/password. If the device status is <strong>Offline(incorrect username or password)</strong>, click this button and change the password to the actual password. You may also double-click to edit a device. ^¡D: Configure image, encoding and OSD settings of a device (see Configure an Encoding Device).</p>
<p>* ^3: Visit the Web interface of the device.</p>
<p>^9: Restart device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark28"></a> Configure an Encoding Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark30"></a> KSJ</p>
<p>On the <strong>Managed Device </strong>list, click for an online device to configure image, encoding , OSD and temperature measurement settings without opening the Web interface of the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark32"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>This function requires device support and it may be unavailable if the device version is too low.</li>
<li>Temperature measurement parameters are available to thermal cameras only.</li>
<li>The configurations displayed may vary with device version and how the device is managed.</li>
<li>For detailed explanations of image, encoding, OSD and temperature measurement parameters, please see device user manual.</li>
<li>OSD configuration is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="882" height="527" class="wp-image-2685" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 3" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 221" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3.jpeg 882w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3-300x179.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3-768x459.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 882px) 100vw, 882px" /></p>
<p>Note:</p>
<ul>
<li>The changed image and OSD settings take effect immediately. Encoding and temperature measurement settings must be saved first before they take effect.</li>
<li>For an NVR, you need to select a camera from the drop-down list.</li>
<li>When configuring OSD, you can double-click the image to display in full screen; the blue boxes (Areal, 2 &#8230;) appear only in the preview and do not display on the live view image. You can drag an OSD to relocate it.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark34"></a> Group Management</p>
<p>You can create groups and manage cameras in different groups.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Add a group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="348" height="195" class="wp-image-2686" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 4" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 222" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4.jpeg 348w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 348px) 100vw, 348px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Import cameras to the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="916" height="627" class="wp-image-2687" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 5" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 223" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5.jpeg 916w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5-300x205.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5-768x526.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 916px) 100vw, 916px" /></p>
<p>* To import cameras: click the group on the right, select cameras on the left, and then click <strong>Import Selected</strong>. To import all cameras, click <strong>Import All</strong>.</p>
<p>* To remove a camera from a group, place the mouse pointer on the camera and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<p>* To rename a camera in a group, place the mouse pointer on the camera and click <strong>Rename</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark36"></a> Decoding Device</p>
<p>You need to add a decoding device before you can use the video wall function. The steps are similar to adding an encoding device. See Add an Encoding Device for reference.</p>
<p>Note: Add a decoding device as admin.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark38"></a> Cloud Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark40"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>The software can manage up to 64 cloud devices simultaneously, including your own devices and devices shared from other cloud accounts. If the total number of cloud devices exceeds the limit, you can click <strong>Device Details </strong>and use the <strong>Add Manage </strong>or <strong>Cancel </strong>button to specify the cloud devices you want to manage.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Device </strong>&gt; <strong>Cloud Device</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Register </strong>to sign up for a cloud account; if you already have one, proceed to step 3.</li>
<li>Enter your username and password for your cloud account, and then click <strong>Login</strong>. Devices under your cloud account are listed, including your cloud devices (under <strong>My Cloud Device</strong>) and devices shared from other cloud accounts (under <strong>Shared Cloud Device</strong>).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="917" height="315" class="wp-image-2688" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 6" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 224" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6.jpeg 917w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6-768x264.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 917px) 100vw, 917px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use the buttons under <strong>Operation </strong>to edit device name, configure image, encoding and OSD settings, open the Web interface of the device, or restart a device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel </strong>to cancel the management of a device without deleting the device from the cloud account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>TimeSync </strong>to keep a device synchronized with your PC&#8217;s system time.</li>
</ul>
<p>* Click <strong>Device Details </strong>to add, edit, delete cloud devices, to share or cancel sharing, to manage or</p>
<p>cancel management.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="381" class="wp-image-2689" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 7" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 225" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7-300x127.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7-768x324.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add device(s) to your cloud account (the register code required is displayed in the Web interface of the device; see device user manual for details); click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete device(s) from your cloud account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Manage </strong>to add device(s) to the software; click <strong>Cancel </strong>to cancel management without deleting the device from the cloud account.</li>
<li>Double-click a device or click <strong>Edit </strong>to change the device&#8217;s name. To sync the new name to cloud, select <strong>Sync to Cloud</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Share </strong>to share device(s) with another cloud account. Set a sharing period and permissions as needed. The permissions are pre-configured on the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Sharing Records </strong>to view sharing history or cancel sharing(s) with other cloud accounts.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel Sharing </strong>to cancel sharing(s) from other cloud accounts.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark42"></a> Access Control Device</p>
<p>See Add an Encoding Device for the steps to adding an access control device. Please add access control devices as admin.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark44"></a> Network Keyboard</p>
<p>A network keyboard can be used to control live video, playback, PTZ camera and sequence resource on a video wall.</p>
<p>The following steps describe how to play live video on a video wall. Before you start, refer to the keyboard user manual to connect the keyboard to your PC. And then, click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a camera. On the <strong>Camera </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select the camera to play on the video wall and click <strong>OK</strong>. The camera appears on the list.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>222</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p>Camera Video Wall Sequence Resource</p>
<p>&#8220;I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add |II| Delete Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>I | Keyboard No. Name Stream Type Operation</p>
<p>□ I 222 192. 168.2.222.001 MainStream</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a video wall. On the <strong>DX Video Wall </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select a video wall and then click <strong>OK</strong>. You need to configure video wall first. See Video Wall for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>1</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="944" height="109" class="wp-image-2690" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 8" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 226" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8.jpeg 944w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8-768x89.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 944px) 100vw, 944px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Add a sequence resource. On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select a sequence resource and then click <strong>OK</strong>. You need to configure sequence resource first. See Sequence Resource for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>1</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p>Video Wall</p>
<p>[nJ Delete</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="44" height="19" class="wp-image-2691" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 9" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 227"></p>
<p>Keyboard No.</p>
<p>Sequence Resouce</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<ol>
<li>The following operations are on the network keyboard.</li>
<li>Enter the keyboard number in step 2 (e.g., <strong>1</strong>), then press <strong>AUX4</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the window number in the top left corner (which is <strong>1 </strong>in both A and B), then press <strong>MON</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the split-screen number, then press <strong>WIN</strong>. If the window is split (as in A), enter the split-screen number <strong>3</strong>; if the window is not split (as in B), enter <strong>1</strong>. This step is only required for playing live video on video wall. For playing sequence resource, skip this step.</li>
<li>Select the camera or sequence resource to play on the video wall.</li>
<li>Live video: Enter the keyboard number in step 1 (e.g., <strong>222</strong>), then press <strong>CAM</strong>.</li>
<li>Sequence resource: Enter the keyboard number in step 3 (e.g., 1), then press <strong>CAM_G</strong>.</li>
<li>After live video starts on the video wall, you can:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Use the joystick to control the rotation of a PTZ camera, and use the Zoom and Focus buttons to control the zoom and focus.</li>
<li>Use the button to switch live video to recording.</li>
</ul>
<p>See keyboard user manual for more information.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark46"></a> Live View</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark48"></a> Live View</p>
<p>Click <strong>Live View </strong>on the control panel to view live video from cameras.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark50"></a> Play Live Video</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>Camera </strong>tab, double-click a camera or drag it to a window to start live video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="851" height="329" class="wp-image-2692" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 10" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 228" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10.jpeg 851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10-300x116.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10-768x297.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Right-click a camera to choose a stream type, rename the camera, view/change alarm output</p>
<p>status.</p>
<p>View/change alarm output status: Right-click an IPC or a channel under an NVR to view or change its alarm output status. Alarm output needs to be configured beforehand on the device.</p>
<p>Or, hover the mouse on an NVR, click EO to view or change the alarm output status of the NVR and all the channels under it. Click the button in the <strong>Operation </strong>column or the button on the top to change alarm status.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="484" class="wp-image-2693" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 11" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 229" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11.jpeg 700w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11-300x207.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>You may drag the image to play it in another window.</p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Double-click a window to maximize it, and double-click again to restore.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="407" class="wp-image-2694" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 12" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 230" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12.jpeg 757w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12-300x161.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></p>
<p>After maximizing a window, move your mouse to the left or right side on the live view page, and then</p>
<p>click ■“ or ■■ to switch to the live video of previous or next channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="775" height="452" class="wp-image-2695" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 13" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 231" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13.jpeg 775w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13-768x448.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 775px) 100vw, 775px" /></p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Use the live view toolbar or window toolbar during live view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark52"></a> Play Live Video by View</p>
<p><strong>By default view</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, double-click a default view or click <strong>Play </strong>to start live video from the corresponding number of cameras on the camera list: 4 cameras for 4-split view, 9 for 9-split view, 16 for 16-split view, and 25 for 25-split view. Take the <strong>4-Split </strong>view as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="375" class="wp-image-2696" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 14" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 232" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14.jpeg 401w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14-300x281.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></p>
<p>Live video from the first 4 cameras on the camera list will be played, illustrated as below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 1</td>
<td>Cam 2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam 4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>By custom view</strong></p>
<p>Play live video from specified cameras by a custom view.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, click the <strong>Add View </strong>button to create a view. You may also click <strong>View </strong>on the control panel to add a sequence resource.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="474" class="wp-image-2697" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 15" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 233" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15.jpeg 372w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15-235x300.jpeg 235w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="38" class="wp-image-2698" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 16" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 234"></p>
<p><strong>2.</strong></p>
<p>Select a window layout. Click</p>
<p>to edit a custom layout, use <strong>Combine </strong>or <strong>Undo </strong>when editing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="522" height="402" class="wp-image-2699" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 17" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 235" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17.jpeg 522w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag cameras or sequence resources to the intended windows one by one.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Double-click the custom view or click <strong>Play </strong>to start live video from cameras (specified in step 3) in the corresponding windows in the layout (set in step 2).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="462" class="wp-image-2700" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 18" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 236" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18.jpeg 366w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18-238x300.jpeg 238w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark54"></a> Live View Control</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark56"></a> Live View Toolbar</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>|</td>
<td>CEK [EH</td>
<td>KI (fi) Oi</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td colspan="3">Set window layout.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The live view toolbar is at the bottom of the live view window.</p>
<p><strong>0 0 0 0 0 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0 0 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Save the current view directly or as another view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Close all windows playing video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Snapshot all.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Start recording of all windows playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Stop recording of all windows playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Pause/resume sequence display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H/I</td>
<td>Play the previous/next group or view in sequence display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Switch to full screen mode. Press <strong>Esc </strong>to exit.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark58"></a> Live View Window Toolbar</p>
<p>The window toolbar appears when you place the mouse pointer on a live view window. The toolbar is effective only to the current window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="914" height="83" class="wp-image-2701" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 19" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 237" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19.jpeg 914w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19-300x27.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19-768x70.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 914px) 100vw, 914px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Take a snapshot. The snapshot format and storage path are configurable in System Configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Records live video playing in current window to the PC.</p>
<p>The video format and storage path are configurable in System Configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Digital zoom. When enabled, drag the mouse to draw an area on the image to zoom in on, and use the scroll wheel to zoom in or out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Adjusts the speaker volume or mute it for the PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Two-way audio.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Starts instant playback. Plays back the live video playing in the current window for the last 5 minutes and 30 seconds. The playback pauses at the end, and you need to start live video manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Stream type, bit rate and resolution of the current video.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="45" class="wp-image-2702" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 20" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 238"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="46" class="wp-image-2703" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 21" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 239"></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark16"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>The toolbar shows panel.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark18"></a> &lt;o&gt;</p>
<p>when the camera is a PTZ camera. Click this button to open the PTZ control</p>
<p>The toolbar shows control panel.</p>
<p>when the camera is a fisheye camera. Click this button to open the fisheye</p>
<p>The toolbar shows tracking mode.</p>
<p>when the camera is a multi-sensor camera. Click this button to enable</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark60"></a> Live View Shortcut Menu</p>
<p>A shortcut menu appears when you right-click a live view window. Some items on the menu provide same functions as the live view toolbar and window toolbar. Some are described in the table below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream Type</td>
<td>Select a stream type for the current window: auto, main, sub and third stream (options may vary with device).</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<p><em>Sub Stream and Third Stream are not displayed if not available.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Alarm</td>
<td>Trigger an alarm manually.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<p><em>It is recommended that you first configure the action(s) to trigger (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). A click of this button will generate an alarm and trigger the configured action(s).</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera Info</td>
<td>Display frame rate, resolution, bit rate, video compression format, and packet loss rate for the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Open the System Configuration window (See System Configuration).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark62"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<p>The default stream type is auto.</p>
<ul>
<li>For local devices, the client chooses a stream type according to the screen layout.</li>
<li><em>4 windows or less: Main stream</em></li>
<li><em>4 to 16 windows(16 included): Sub stream</em></li>
<li><em>More than 16 windows: Third stream</em></li>
<li>For cloud devices, the default is third stream.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark64"></a> PTZ Control</p>
<p>Control the rotation direction and speed, pan/tilt/zoom, focus of a PTZ camera. The software also provides other functions including 3D positioning, preset, and patrol functions.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark66"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>PTZ control is available to PTZ cameras only and it may vary depending on the camera&#8217;s capability and the protocol it supports. For example, some manufacturers reserve certain presets for special use such as wiper or menu. Please refer to camera specifications before use.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark68"></a> PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="36" class="wp-image-2704" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 22" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 240"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="34" class="wp-image-2705" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 23" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 241"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="364" class="wp-image-2706" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 24" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 242" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24.jpeg 623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24-300x175.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>on the live view window toolbar to open the PTZ control panel, which can fold and expand.</p>
<p>You can also move the control panel to the left by clicking</p>
<p><strong>Parameter Description</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="162" height="160" class="wp-image-2707" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 25" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 243"></p>
<p>Control rotation direction or stop rotation.</p>
<p><strong><em>Tip:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>You may also use shortcut PTZ control to rotate the camera: place the mouse pointer on the live view window, and when the shape</em></li>
</ul>
<p><em>changes to like, click and hold the left button to rotate the</em></p>
<p><em>camera.</em></p>
<ul>
<li><em>You can enable or disable </em><strong><em>Shortcut PTZ Control </em></strong><em>under </em><strong><em>System Configuration </em></strong><em>&gt; </em><strong><em>Audio &amp; Video</em></strong></li>
<li><em>Shortcut PTZ control is not effective when 3D positioning is enabled.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="93" class="wp-image-2708" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 26" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 244"></p>
<p>Adjust focus and zoom.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Control the light.</li>
<li>Control the wiper.</li>
<li>Control the IR.</li>
<li>Control the heater.</li>
<li>Control the snow removal function.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Adjust rotation speed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Click the tab to enable/disable 3D positioning. With 3D positioning enabled:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click somewhere on the image, and the camera automatically rotates toward the direction.</li>
<li>Drag the mouse from top to bottom to zoom in on the selected area. Drag from bottom to top to zoom out.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>■</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Preset tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">□</td>
<td>Patrol tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Auto Guard tab.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark70"></a> Preset</p>
<p>Add a preset to save the status of a PTZ camera. When needed, you can rotate the camera to the previously set position with one click of the button. Presets are also used to set a preset patrol (see Preset Patrol).</p>
<ol>
<li>Rotate the camera to the desired direction.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="275" height="147" class="wp-image-2709" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 27" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 245"></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Preset </strong>tab, click <strong>Add Preset</strong>. Enter a preset number that is not in use; otherwise, the</li>
</ol>
<p>existing preset will be replaced by the new preset.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark72"></a> Preset Patrol</p>
<p>The camera patrols along multiple presets in the set order and stays at each preset for certain length of time. Because a preset patrol route consists of presets, you need to add all the needed presets first (see Preset).</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Patrol </strong>tab, click <strong>Set Patrol</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="155" class="wp-image-2710" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 28" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 246"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="485" class="wp-image-2711" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 29" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 247" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29.jpeg 906w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29-768x411.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, select a preset, and set the length of time that the camera stays at this position. Repeat this step to all the necessary presets.</li>
<li>Use the <strong>Set Top</strong>, <strong>Up</strong>, <strong>Down</strong>, <strong>Set Bottom </strong>buttons to adjust the order in which the camera patrols.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="148" class="wp-image-2712" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 30" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 248"></p>
<ol>
<li>The patrol route appears in the patrol route list. Click <strong>Start Patrol</strong>, and the camera will patrol along the presets that you have set.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark74"></a> Recorded Patrol</p>
<p>The user operates the camera, and meanwhile the software records the movement track and status of the camera and saves it as a patrol route. Currently one recorded patrol route is supported.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" class="wp-image-2713" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 31" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 249"></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Start Recording Patrol Route </strong>( ).</li>
<li>Use the directional buttons or shortcut PTZ control to rotate the camera to desired directions and stay for the intended length of time. Adjust zoom and focus as needed.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Stop Recording Patrol Route</strong>. The recorded patrol route appears in the patrol route list (by the name 0[Recorded Patrol]).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Start Patrol </strong>( ). The camera will repeat the actions you performed during the patrol.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark76"></a> Auto Guard</p>
<p>After auto guard is enabled, the camera performs the action (start patrol or go to the preset) as configured if no operation is made during the specified time period.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="724" height="388" class="wp-image-2714" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 32" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 250" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32.jpeg 724w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32-300x161.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 724px) 100vw, 724px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark78"></a> Fisheye Control</p>
<p>Fisheye control, set mount mode and display mode to get desired images:</p>
<ul>
<li>Mount: Ceiling, Wall, Desktop</li>
<li>Display Mode: Original Image, 360° Panoramic+1PTZ, 180° Panoramic, Fisheye+3PTZ,</li>
</ul>
<p>Fisheye+4PTZ, 360° Panoramic+6PTZ, Fisheye+8PTZ, Panoramic, Panoramic+3PTZ,</p>
<p>Panoramic+4PTZ, Panoramic+8PTZ (clicking Original Image switches from dewarping mode to normal mode).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark80"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The fisheye control button is available to fisheye cameras only.</li>
<li>In dewarping mode, you may click a PTZ window and then use the mouse to drag the image, or zoom in/out using the scroll wheel; or click a panoramic window and then drag, zoom in or out on the demarcation area.</li>
<li>Digital zoom is disabled in dewarping mode, and the digital zoom button is hidden. If you switch to dewarping mode when digital zoom is enabled, digital zoom will be disabled automatically, and the image restores its original size.</li>
<li>Dewarping mode is not available when resolution is below than D1, and the fisheye control button is grayed out.</li>
<li>Fisheye control is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark82"></a> Tracking Mode</p>
<p>In tracking mode, if you play main stream of the multi-sensor camera, the camera will automatically track the objects that trigger the set alarm rule.</p>
<p>in the live view or playback window toolbar. The window is split into multiple windows:</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click</p>
<p>one big window showing the panoramic image, and multiple small windows showing PTZ images.</p>
<p>The boxes on the panoramic image match the PTZ images.</p>
<ol>
<li>Perform the following operations as needed:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Drag a box in the panoramic image to change the range of the corresponding PTZ image.</li>
<li>Scroll your mouse wheel on a box or a PTZ image to zoom in or out.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark84"></a> g* NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>To use auto tracking function, you need to enable perimeter protection function for the camera first.</li>
<li>Enabling tracking mode will disable digital zoom.</li>
<li>Tracking mode is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark86"></a> Sequence Display</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark88"></a> Sequence Resource</p>
<p>Play live video from cameras in a group one by one in a window. First, you need to create a sequence resource.</p>
<p><strong>Create a sequence resource</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Live View </strong>page, click the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, and then click the <strong>Add </strong>button. You may also click <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>on the control panel to add a sequence resource.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="304" class="wp-image-2715" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 33" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 251" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33.jpeg 407w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Complete settings in the window, including sequence resource name, sequence interval, video channels to include, stream type, preset (PTZ camera). Click the <strong>Top</strong>, <strong>Up</strong>, <strong>Down </strong>and <strong>Bottom </strong>buttons to adjust the sequence as needed.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="495" class="wp-image-2716" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 34" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 252" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34.jpeg 850w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34-768x447.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Play a sequence resource</strong></p>
<p>Double-click the sequence resource on the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab to start sequence display.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark90"></a> Sequence View</p>
<p><strong>Sequence a default view</strong></p>
<p>Play live video from cameras on the camera list in sequence based on a default view.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, click the <strong>Sequence Display </strong>button for a split view. Take <strong>4-Split </strong>view for example.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="398" height="459" class="wp-image-2717" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 35" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 253" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35.jpeg 398w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35-260x300.jpeg 260w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Set sequence display interval.</li>
<li>Assume there are eight cameras, and the sequence interval is set to 20 seconds. Then the sequence is illustrated as shown below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Cam 1</th>
<th>Cam 2</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam 4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Cam 5</th>
<th>Cam 6</th>
<th></th>
<th>Cam 1</th>
<th>Cam 2</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 7</td>
<td>Cam 8</td>
<td></td>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam</p>
<p>4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>20s20s</p>
<p><strong>Sequence custom views</strong></p>
<p>Play live video by custom views in sequence.</p>
<ol>
<li>To create a custom view, click <strong>Add View</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="367" height="471" class="wp-image-2718" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 36" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 254" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36.jpeg 367w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 367px) 100vw, 367px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Complete the settings in the window, including the view name, window layout, binding between the cameras/sequence resources and the windows (by dragging the cameras/sequence resources to the windows or by clicking <strong>Batch Add</strong>), stream type (for cameras only) and preset (for PTZ cameras only). Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="179" height="21" class="wp-image-2719" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 37" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 255"></p>
<p>View Info</p>
<p>Name</p>
<p>Video Channel</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>&#8211; □ Br IPC(3/3)</p>
<p>□ dh HIC6881-IR_192. 168.2.221</p>
<p>+ □ 7T TIC2221TER5-F3-4F4APCA_19—</p>
<ul>
<li>□ ftfr NVR(14/18)</li>
</ul>
<p>+ □ NVR301-04LB-P4_192. 168. 2. —</p>
<p>+ □ NVR304-16E-B-DTJ92. 168. 2—</p>
<ul>
<li>| | Group(2/2)</li>
</ul>
<p>Sequence Resource —(— [nJ</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>door</p>
<p>front</p>
<p>Channel Name Stream</p>
<p>Preset</p>
<p>Remarks:</p>
<p>OK 1 Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li>Repeat the above steps to create all the custom views you need.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="99" class="wp-image-2720" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38.png" alt="word image 2682 38" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 256" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38.png 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /> Click the <strong>Sequence Display </strong>button to sequence the custom views you have created.</p>
<p><strong>4.</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark92"></a> Recording and Playback</p>
<p>Record videos and search for playback or download.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark94"></a> Configure a Recording Schedule</p>
<p>Configure a recording schedule for an NVR to record video automatically. This function is available to NVR-connected cameras only. The recorded videos are saved on the NVR, not on the PC.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Recording Schedule </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark96"></a> Configure a 24/7 Recording Schedule</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="874" height="323" class="wp-image-2721" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 39" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 257" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39.jpeg 874w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39-300x111.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39-768x284.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></p>
<p>Use the template to configure a 24/7 recording schedule.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Select the camera for which you want to configure a recording schedule.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make sure the <strong>Enable </strong>check box is selected.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Select </strong>button and then select the <strong>All Day </strong>template. The green on the calendar means time periods during which video will be recorded.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark98"></a> Customize a Recording Schedule</p>
<p>Customize based on the 24/7 recording schedule.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click or drag on the green to erase, or click or drag on blank areas to draw. Clicking the <strong>Clear </strong>button in the top right corner will clear all time periods.</li>
<li>In addition to the method described in step 1, you may also enter start and end times manually.</li>
</ol>
<p>Up to 8 time periods are allowed for each day.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="914" height="42" class="wp-image-2722" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 40" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 258" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40.jpeg 914w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40-300x14.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40-768x35.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 914px) 100vw, 914px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>After you complete the settings for a day, you may select from the drop-down list and copy the settings to other days. For example, select <strong>All</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to complete the configuration for the selected camera.</li>
<li>To make the same recording schedule for other cameras, click <strong>Copy To.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark100"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>In addition to the <strong>All Day </strong>and <strong>Work Day </strong>templates, you may customize 8 templates to save different recording schedules.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark102"></a> Record Video Manually</p>
<p>Save live video to your PC as local recording by clicking the Start Local Recording</p>
<p>) and Stop</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="34" class="wp-image-2723" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 41" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 259"></p>
<p>Local Recording (</p>
<p>buttons on the window toolbar. The storage path and video format are</p>
<p>configured in System Configuration.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="31" class="wp-image-2724" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 42" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 260"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="298" class="wp-image-2725" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 43" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 261" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43.jpeg 711w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p><strong>Step</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark104"></a> Playback</p>
<p>Click <strong>Playback </strong>on the control panel to search and play recordings, including device recordings and local recordings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark106"></a> Play Device Recordings</p>
<p>Device recordings refer to videos stored on an NVR or an SD card that is mounted on a camera. When you search for device recordings, the time displayed is same with the system time of the device, not your PC. The GUI and operations may vary with the playback type you choose. We take Normal Recording Playback for example to describe the general procedure.</p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="229" height="512" class="wp-image-2726" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 44" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 262" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44.jpeg 229w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44-134x300.jpeg 134w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 229px) 100vw, 229px" /> Select the source of recording (device recording).</li>
<li>Select the playback type.</li>
<li>Select the camera(s).</li>
<li>Select or set the search time. If the device is in another time zone, please use the local time of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>In step 2, you may select a sub type to search for event recordings or VCA recordings.</em></li>
<li><em>In step 3, up to 16 cameras are supported if multiple selections are allowed.</em></li>
<li><em>In step 4: The calendar shows search results for the selected camera(s) (blue means normal recording, and red means alarm recording). This feature is only available to Normal Recording Playback and Smart Recording Playback modes.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark108"></a> Play Local Recording and Image</p>
<p>Search and play videos and images saved on your PC. The time of local recordings is the time of your PC.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Select the source of recording (local recording).</li>
</ol>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>&#8211; □ IPCÖ/3)</p>
<p>□ « HIC6881-IR_192.168.2.221</p>
<p>+ □ ÎW TIC2221TER5-F3-4F4APCA_192.168.2—</p>
<p>2 &#8211; ■ to NVB(4/12)</p>
<p>+ ® Hfe HVR301-04LB-P4_192.168.2.107(2/3)</p>
<p>+ H NVE304-16E-B-DT_192.168.2.104(2/9)</p>
<p>&#8211; □ to ACCESS(1/3)</p>
<p>□ W ET-B31H-M_192. 168.2.13</p>
<p>□ ÎT ET-B31H-MJ92. 168.2.214</p>
<p>□ ET-B32LJ92.168.2.33</p>
<p>&#8221; I I Group(2/2)</p>
<p>+ □ tol 2(2/2)</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the camera(s).</li>
<li>Select or set the search time.</li>
<li>Choose to search for recordings or pictures. The default is to search for recordings.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="193" height="208" class="wp-image-2727" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 45" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 263"> Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>In step 3: The calendar shows search results for the selected camera(s), and blue indicates recording on that day.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark110"></a> Playback Control</p>
<p>Double-click a file on the right-side list to start playback; or click on the timeline to start playback from the corresponding time.</p>
<p><strong>Playback Toolbar</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="889" height="134" class="wp-image-2728" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 46" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 264" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46.jpeg 889w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46-300x45.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46-768x116.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 889px) 100vw, 889px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Set window layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Close all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Click to take a snapshot of images in all windows.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Click to switch to synchronous playback mode. In synchronous playback mode, operations (e.g., pause, resume, stop, adjust speed, click on the timeline to start playing from that point) are effective to all the playing windows.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>:</p>
<p>Frequent operations (such as pause/resume, adjust speed) during synchronous playback may affect the synchronous performance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E/H</td>
<td>Play by frame. Click to play the previous/next frame of image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Pause/resume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Stop</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I</td>
<td>Adjust playback speed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Download recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>K</td>
<td>Switch to full screen mode. Press <strong>Esc </strong>to exit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>L/N</td>
<td>Move the timeline forward or backward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M</td>
<td>Zoom in or out on the timeline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O</td>
<td>Click to open a calendar and search recordings of a different date.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Playback Window Toolbar</strong></p>
<p>The window toolbar appears when the mouse pointer rests on a playing window. Operations with the toolbar are for this window only.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="79" class="wp-image-2729" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 47" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 265" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47.jpeg 786w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47-300x30.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47-768x77.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p><strong>Table 7-1 </strong>Playback Window Toolbar</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Take a snapshot and save it to your PC. The image format and storage path is configurable in system configuration (see System Configuration).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Digital zoom. When enabled, drag the mouse to draw an area on the image to zoom in on, and use the scroll wheel to zoom in or out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Clip the video to download.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Mute or adjust speaker sound volume on your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Current bit rate and resolution.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark112"></a> Q NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The toolbar shows when the camera is a fisheye camera. Click this button to open the fisheye</li>
</ul>
<p>control panel.</p>
<p><strong>|°g|</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The toolbar shows when the camera is a multi-sensor camera. Click this button to enable</li>
</ul>
<p>tracking mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can choose a stream transmission protocol (see System Configuration) according to the network environment to improve image quality.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Right-click Menu</strong></p>
<p>A menu appears when you right-click a window during playback. Many functions on the menu are same to the toolbar buttons.</p>
<p><strong>Playback by View</strong></p>
<p>In normal recording playback mode, playback by view can play recordings of cameras bound to the windows in the set window layout. On the <strong>View </strong>tab, select a custom view, select a date on the calendar, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>This function is only available to device recording.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark114"></a> Smart Search</p>
<p>The NVR records motion in different areas of the image when recording video. Smart search allows you to locate videos that include motion in the image.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark116"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>This function is available only when the software works with certain NVR models and versions.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>Device </strong>tab, select <strong>Smart Recording Playback </strong>from the drop-down list. Select a camera, and then select a date on the calendar.</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Search results appear on the timeline. The green means videos with changed images, and the</p>
<p>green part plays at the normal speed; other irrelevant parts play at high speed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="932" height="109" class="wp-image-2730" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 48" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 266" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48.jpeg 932w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48-768x90.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 932px) 100vw, 932px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>By default, smart search searches the entire screen. You may click the <strong>Draw Area </strong>button (1) and then drag or click to edit the search area (covered by red grid).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="941" height="428" class="wp-image-2731" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 49" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 267" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Finish Drawing </strong>button (2), adjust search sensitivity as needed, and then click the <strong>Search </strong>button (3) to search again.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark118"></a> Recording Download</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark120"></a> Download Recordings</p>
<p>Use the following methods to download recordings from a device to your PC. Download progress displays in real time on the bottom toolbar.</p>
<p>* After a search, click the <strong>Download </strong>button (^3) under the recording list (see Playback Toolbar) to</p>
<p>download recordings. Recording download is not available to smart search.</p>
<p>Choose a download speed:</p>
<ol>
<li>High speed: Consumes more network bandwidth and PC performance and may affect other services. This option is recommended for scenarios where there is no need to guarantee the normal operation of other programs or services.</li>
<li>Normal speed: Consumes less network bandwidth and PC performance and has limited impact on other services. This option is recommended for scenarios that need to guarantee adequate performance resources and network bandwidth for other programs or services.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Use the <strong>Start Clipping </strong>and <strong>Stop Clipping </strong>buttons on the window toolbar (see Playback Window Toolbar).</li>
<li>Use the right-click menu.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Recording Download </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of the GUI, search device</li>
</ul>
<p>recordings and then download recording files. You can also download the recordings by time.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark122"></a> Manage Download Tasks</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click the <strong>Task Management </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of the GUI to manage download</p>
<p>tasks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="174" class="wp-image-2732" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 50" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 268" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50.jpeg 895w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50-768x149.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>On the <strong>Recording Download </strong>tab, view and manage download tasks. The operations for the tasks vary with download status. You can stop download tasks, delete tasks, resume tasks, play downloaded recordings, and open a folder to view the downloaded recordings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark124"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Stopping a download task does not delete the video that&#8217;s already downloaded to your PC.</li>
<li>You may set the file format and path at <strong>System Configuration </strong>&gt; <strong>Audio &amp; Video </strong>&gt; <strong>Recording</strong>.</li>
<li>A video player is needed to play the downloaded recordings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark126"></a> 8 video wall</p>
<p>Play video on a physical video wall.</p>
<p>Video wall is divided into DX video wall and decoding card video wall, depending on the device used to create the video wall.</p>
<ul>
<li>DX video wall: Video wall created by using a decoding device.</li>
<li>Decoding card video wall: Video wall created using a decoding card on an NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark128"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a decoding device or an NVR as admin first under <strong>Device Management </strong>&gt; <strong>Device</strong>.</li>
<li>The number of video walls supported, operations allowed, and functions/features available may vary with decoding device and version.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark130"></a> Add a Video Wall</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="173" height="36" class="wp-image-2733" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 51" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 269"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Video Wall </strong>on the control panel. For the first time use, click</p>
<p>and then choose</p>
<p>a video wall type. If a video wall already exists, click right to the video wall name to add a video</p>
<p>wall.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="580" class="wp-image-2734" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 52" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 270" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52.jpeg 899w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the video wall name.</li>
<li>Select the decoding device you want to use to create the video wall. The software automatically sets the video wall size and binds decoding channels to the windows. Decoding channel names appear on the screen.</li>
<li>Edit the video wall size, resolution or the binding between the decoding channels and windows. Use the <strong>Unbind All </strong>( ) or <strong>Bind All </strong>(^^) button as needed.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the video wall size is consistent with the physical video wall.</li>
<li>Set small pixel pitch LED if necessary. The special LED width is the width of the last column; the</li>
</ul>
<p>special LED height is the height of the last row. The unit is pixel.</p>
<ol>
<li>To edit or delete a video wall, click next to the video wall name.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark132"></a> Video Wall Operations</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark134"></a> Play Video on Video Wall</p>
<p>□ after an online camera</p>
<p>Before playing video on a video wall, you can place the mouse pointer on</p>
<p>to preview live video.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag cameras to windows to start live video on the video wall.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark136"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>Some video walls require you to open window(s) on the screen first. The functions available may vary depending on the actual video wall, for example, you may open a window manually by dragging on the screen, automatically by choosing an existing layout, or by setting coordinates and window size.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="707" height="411" class="wp-image-2735" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 53" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 271" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53.jpeg 707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 707px) 100vw, 707px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To start live video from multiple cameras or group(s), select the cameras or group(s), click a window and then click <strong>Play on Screen </strong>or <strong>Play on Wall</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Play on Screen: Play on one window.</li>
<li>Play on Wall: Play on multiple windows.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To play a signal source (such as from a PC), click the <strong>Signal Source </strong>tab, and then drag the signal source to the intended window.</li>
<li>To choose a window to play alarm-triggered live video, right-click the window and click <strong>Set Alarming Window</strong>. Make sure alarm-triggered live video is configured (see Configure Alarm- Triggered Action for details). To cancel the setting, right-click the window and click <strong>Cancel Alarming Window</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark138"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Only one window can be set as the alarming window.</li>
<li>If the video wall is created using an NVR&#8217;s decoding card, alarm-triggered live video is only available to a camera under the NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark140"></a> Output Audio</p>
<p>Use the audio output channel of a DX device to output audio of a camera playing in a window or a screen. Only DX video wall created with certain DX device models supports this feature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="920" height="494" class="wp-image-2736" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 54" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 272" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54.jpeg 920w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="36" class="wp-image-2737" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 55" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 273"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="37" class="wp-image-2738" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 56" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 274"></p>
<p><strong>1.</strong></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>(1),</p>
<p>and then select the audio channel.</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Click a window/screen, and then click</p>
<p>(2); or right-click and then select <strong>Turn Audio On. </strong>An</p>
<p>icon appears in the top right corner, means the audio channel is outputting audio of the IPC in the window/screen.</p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Adjust output volume or mute the sound as needed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark142"></a> Play Sequence Resource</p>
<p>Play sequence resources on video wall. Three sequence modes are available: sequence video on a single window, sequence video on multiple windows, and sequence scenes.</p>
<p><strong>Sequence on Single Window</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, drag a sequence resource to a window.</p>
<p><strong>Sequence on Multiple Windows</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, select the sequence resource, click <strong>Play on Screen</strong>, and then select the windows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="422" class="wp-image-2739" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 57" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 275" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57.jpeg 895w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p><strong>Sequence Scenes</strong></p>
<p>Scene refers to video wall settings including screen layout, window, and video service (live view or sequence). The scene allows you to recall the video wall settings with one click of a button. Sequence scenes is to display different scenes according to set time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="36" class="wp-image-2740" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 58" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 276"></p>
<p><strong>1.</strong></p>
<p>Click the right-side</p>
<p>or click</p>
<p>on the <strong>Scene </strong>tab to create scenes.</p>
<p>Scene Info O X</p>
<p>Name</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Scene Sequence </strong>tab, click Hto create scene sequence plan.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="374" height="427" class="wp-image-2741" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 59" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 277" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59.jpeg 374w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59-263x300.jpeg 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 374px) 100vw, 374px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the scenes and import them to the plan.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="941" height="626" class="wp-image-2742" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 60" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 278" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Set the sequence mode. You may choose to sequence by time interval or configure a 24-hour sequence plan.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Sequence by interval: Display scenes one by one at set intervals, for example, 30 seconds in the figure above.</li>
<li>24-hour plan: Enable the plan, and then set the starting time. The scene will automatically display</li>
</ul>
<p>on the video wall at the set time. You may add scenes repeatedly as needed.</p>
<p>Scene Sequence Plan</p>
<p>Plan Name</p>
<p>Scene</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>□ S 1</p>
<p>Sequence By (•) 24H Plan Interval(s) 30</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>| | Scene Name Start Time Operation</p>
<p>□ 1 08:00:00 © V ft i ®</p>
<p>Remarks :</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>The scene sequence plan appears on the <strong>Scene Plan </strong>tab. Click <strong>Start </strong>to start scene sequence.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="416" class="wp-image-2743" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 61" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 279" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61.jpeg 357w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61-257x300.jpeg 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark144"></a> Other Video Wall Operations</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="938" height="69" class="wp-image-2744" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 62" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 280" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62.jpeg 938w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62-300x22.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62-768x56.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" /></p>
<p>For more video wall operations, see the tables below.</p>
<p>The buttons on the toolbar are effective to all windows on the video wall.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Save scene. See Sequence Scenes for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Audio management, choose an audio output channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Splice screens (combine several screens to make one bigger screen).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Window management, input coordinates to create a window on the set position with custom window height and width.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Close all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F/H</td>
<td>Lock/unlock window position and shape.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Start decoding in all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I</td>
<td>Stop decoding in all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Click to renumber all windows according to their positions: from top to bottom, from left to right. The window numbers are displayed in the window&#8217;s top-left corner.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>BCD E F G H Channel Na*e Strea* Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>O ES H ® [&gt; □ &lt;$ iFikfii* 192.168.2.104.002.192.168.1 Kain <sup>1</sup> ▼</strong></p>
<p><strong>K L</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback Close Window</strong></p>
<p>Window Virtual LED</p>
<p>Window control area. Buttons in this area are effective to a selected window. The actual buttons available may vary depending on the video wall type and device model.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Split a screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Start decoding.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Stop decoding.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Set sound volume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Set the specified window to display on the top of all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Set the specified window to display on the bottom of all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Display/hide the window control area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H</td>
<td>Display a window in full screen mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>I/J</td>
<td>Set stream type and preset (PTZ camera only).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>K</td>
<td>Search and play recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>L</td>
<td>Close window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark150"></a> Screen Control</p>
<p>On the <strong>Screen Control </strong>tab, you can turn on/off screens including small pixel pitch LED screens.</p>
<p>Before you operate on the client, make sure the screen, the power distribution box (for LED screen), and the server are properly connected.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark152"></a> Configure Serial Port and Protocol</p>
<p>Configure the serial port and protocol in accordance with the decoding device model and screen type.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="532" class="wp-image-2745" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 63" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 281" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63.jpeg 536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63-300x298.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark154"></a> Turn On or Off the Screen Automatically at a Set Time</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Turn On At </strong>or <strong>Turn Off At</strong>, and then set the time(s) when the screen automatically turns on or off.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The screen will turn on or off automatically at the set time.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark156"></a> Turn On or Off the Screen Manually</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Turn On Screen</strong>. The screen turns on immediately.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Turn Off Screen</strong>. The screen turns off immediately.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark158"></a> Turn Off the Screen with Delay</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box for <strong>Turn Off In </strong>and then enter the time in the text box.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Turn Off Screen</strong>.</li>
<li>A message as shown below appears. The screen turns off automatically when the timer expires.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="93" class="wp-image-2746" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 64" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 282" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64.jpeg 441w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark160"></a> Behavior Search</p>
<p>Search VCA images and recordings from an NVR.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark162"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>This feature is available on certain NVR devices/versions. Currently this feature only supports Cross Line Detection and Intrusion Detection.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Follow the steps as illustrated on the image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="953" height="451" class="wp-image-2747" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 65" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 283" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65.jpeg 953w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65-768x363.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 953px) 100vw, 953px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Perform the following operations as needed.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Play or download the alarm video (5). The alarm video is 10 seconds long (5s before and 5s after the alarm time).</li>
<li>View or save the alarm image (6). You can click the left or right arrow to view the previous or next image.</li>
<li>Click (7) to switch to list mode.</li>
<li>Click (8) to export search results.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark146"></a> 10</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark148"></a> Face Recognition</p>
<p>View live video, alarm records and pass-through records; manage device face libraries and monitoring tasks. Use face recognition to search people and count people coming in and out.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark164"></a> Realtime Monitoring</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="395" class="wp-image-2748" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 66" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 284" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>View live video and snapshots of people passing through, view realtime alarm records.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera to start live video. Up to four cameras are allowed.</p>
<p>Perform the following operations as needed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click a snapshot to view details. Click <strong>More </strong>to go to the <strong>Pass-Thru Records </strong>tab. If a face is identified as a stranger, you can add it to a face library: put your mouse pointer on the snapshot,</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="41" class="wp-image-2749" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 67" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 285"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="327" class="wp-image-2750" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 68" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 286" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68.jpeg 434w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></p>
<p>, enter the required information, and choose the target library.</p>
<p>click</p>
<p>* View realtime alarms. Click <strong>More </strong>to go to the <strong>Alarm Records </strong>tab.</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose a record type:</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Comparison Record</strong>: Click an icon to filter alarm records by comparison result (</p>
<p>for match,</p>
<p>for not match).</p>
<p>* <strong>Mask&amp;Temperature Records</strong>: View records of people not wearing a mask and people with an abnormal temperature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="106" class="wp-image-2751" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 69" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 287" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69.jpeg 422w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69-300x75.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a record to view the corresponding face comparison information. Personal information is displayed only when the degree of match between the captured face and the face in the library reaches the set alarm threshold. See Monitoring Task for details.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>View people counting statistics. The statistics are displayed only when <strong>Mask&amp;Temperature Record </strong>is chosen.</li>
</ul>
<p>To view the statistics of people not wearing a mask and people with an abnormal temperature, you need to enable <strong>Mask Detection </strong>and <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>first. See System Configuration for details. The statistics are automatically cleared at 0:00 every day. You can also click <strong>Clear Statistics </strong>to reset the statistics manually.</p>
<p>0 Total: 667 No Mask: 35 Abnormal Temperature: 29 Clear Statistics</p>
<ul>
<li>Configure epidemic control parameters. Click under the live view window to configure</li>
</ul>
<p>epidemic control parameters. See System Configuration for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>Configure attributes to be displayed for match faces and not match faces. Click under the live</li>
</ul>
<p>view window to configure attributes. See System Configuration for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark166"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>A device reports alarms only when a corresponding monitoring task has been configured.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark168"></a> Face Library Management</p>
<p>Manage faces in different libraries to meet different monitoring needs. The libraries are saved on the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark170"></a> Create Face Library</p>
<p>Select the device you want to manage, then the face libraries of the device appear in the list. Click sa to create a new face library. You can edit the library name or delete a library you don’t need anymore.</p>
<p><strong>Face Library</strong></p>
<p>NVR301-04LB<sup>_</sup>P4_192. 168. 2. 107 »</p>
<p>&#8211; to HVR301-04LB-P4J92. 168—</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark172"></a> Add Face Data</p>
<p>Choose one of the following ways to add face data to face libraries.</p>
<p>Option 1: Use Batch Add</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Add</strong>, then select the target face library. You may select multiple libraries of different devices.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, then select face images you want to add. The images must be JPG files and the size of each photo is between 10KB and 500KB.</li>
<li>Click the edit button, enter the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="561" class="wp-image-2752" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 70" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 288" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Click <strong>Next </strong>to save and continue to the next, or click <strong>Finish</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the information for all.</p>
<p>Option 2: Import a file containing face data</p>
<p>Import a file that contains the necessary face data. The file and its content must conform to the format, and the size of each photo is between 10KB and 500KB.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>and then enter the face data into the template file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Import </strong>and select the file you have edited. The imported data appear in the list. You can click</li>
</ol>
<p>the button in the list&#8217;s upper right corner to switch display mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="889" height="186" class="wp-image-2753" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 71" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 289" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71.jpeg 889w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71-768x161.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 889px) 100vw, 889px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Edit or delete face data as you need; click <strong>Export </strong>to save the face data in the current library to a CSV file.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark174"></a> Monitoring Task</p>
<p>Create monitoring tasks using the created face libraries. The device compares the captured faces with the faces in the libraries and reports alarms as configured.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a camera on the left, and click <strong>Add </strong>to create a monitoring task.</li>
<li>Set the task name, monitoring type, and choose a face library to be used for monitoring. Set the alarm threshold based on your needs.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Match Alarm: If the similarity (or <strong>Match </strong>in <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>) between a captured face and a face in the library reaches the alarm threshold, the device reports a Match alarm.</li>
<li>Not Match Alarm: If the similarity between a captured face and a face in the library fails to reach the alarm threshold, the device reports a Not Match alarm.</li>
<li>All: To monitor all the faces that the device captures.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-2682-bookmark174">Add Moni tori ng Task O X</a></p>
<p>B Task Name</p>
<p>Monitoring Type All ▼</p>
<p>Alarm Threshold 80 „</p>
<p>Kern arks</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>” □ KTC6881-IR_192. 168.2.221(2/16)</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark176"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Personal information such as name and ID number will not be displayed in the realtime monitoring window for a Not Match alarm.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>. The task is created and appears in the list. For an NVR channel, you may copy the</li>
</ol>
<p>monitoring task to other channels of the same NVR.</p>
<p>“I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add |II | Delete Copy To</p>
<p>Q Task Name Alarm Threshold Remarks Face Library</p>
<p>Monitoring Type</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>□ 963</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark178"></a> Alarm Records</p>
<p>View alarm records generated by the configured monitoring tasks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="933" height="136" class="wp-image-2754" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 72" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 290" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72.jpeg 933w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72-300x44.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72-768x112.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></p>
<p>Choose a video channel, set search conditions including monitoring type and alarm time, and then click <strong>Search</strong>. If you chose <strong>Match Alarm </strong>as the monitoring type, you can click <strong>More </strong>to set more conditions including name, ID number, degree of match, mask wearing status, and body temperature range.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark180"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Only NVR channels supporting face detection or face recognition can be selected</p>
<p>Perform the following operations as needed:</p>
<p>* Add the face snapshot of a stranger to a face library</p>
<p>Put your mouse pointer on the face snapshot and then click You need to enter the required</p>
<p>information including name and ID number and specify the target library. <sup><a id="post-2682-footnote-ref-2" href="#post-2682-footnote-2">[1]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-2682-footnote-ref-3" href="#post-2682-footnote-3">[2]</a></sup> View details</p>
<p>Click a record to view alarm details.</p>
<p>* Export records</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export all the search results.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark182"></a> Pass-Thru Records</p>
<p>View pass-through records, people counting statistics, mask wearing status, body temperatures.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="942" height="87" class="wp-image-2755" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 73" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 291" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73.jpeg 942w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73-300x28.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73-768x71.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 942px) 100vw, 942px" /></p>
<p>Choose a video channel, set search conditions including alarm time, mask wearing status and temperature range, and click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark184"></a> 11</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark186"></a> People Counting</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark188"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Count people entered and/or left during a certain period.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark190"></a> g“ NOTE!</p>
<p>This function requires that the camera be capable of people counting and connected to the PC via an NVR.</p>
<p>Click <strong>People Counting </strong>on the control panel. The <strong>People Counting </strong>page is displayed with two tabs:</p>
<ul>
<li>Realtime Statistics: Display counting results of selected cameras in real time, including seven latest counting results.</li>
<li>Report Statistics: Display counting results in a bar chart or a line chart and export.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark192"></a> Realtime Statistics</p>
<p>On the <strong>Realtime Statistics </strong>tab, select the check box for the camera to enable realtime statistics. You may double-click a camera to start live video from it.</p>
<ul>
<li>Enable realtime statistics to view real-time counting results from selected cameras.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="927" height="167" class="wp-image-2756" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 74" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 292" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74.jpeg 927w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74-768x138.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 927px) 100vw, 927px" /></p>
<p>Statistics include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Realtime counting results (left side): It is the total number if multiple cameras are selected. The three colors indicate different counting types, and they match the lines on the coordinates on the right side.</li>
<li>7 latest counting results (right side): axis X means time, and axis Y means number of people (the</li>
</ul>
<p>minimum is 0; the maximum is 10 by default and it updates according to the actual counting result).</p>
<p>When realtime statistics is enabled, the first time of counting is displayed in the lower left corner of axis X (1), and the counting result appears on axis Y (e.g., 993). The result updates periodically, and the latest result is displayed on the right (2).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark194"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Live view and realtime statistics stop automatically when you close the <strong>People Counting </strong>page or log out of the system.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark196"></a> Report Statistics</p>
<p>On the <strong>Report Statistics </strong>tab, select camera(s) and then click on</p>
<p>Today Last 7 days Last 30 days</p>
<p>to</p>
<p>count directly; or set conditions first:</p>
<ul>
<li>Counting type: By minute, hour, day or month.</li>
<li>Set a time period by selecting on the calendar or typing in the field.</li>
</ul>
<p>Count people entered and/or left by selecting the check box(es)</p>
<p>Display results in a line chart or a bar chart by clicking</p>
<p>v* *| People Entered O v* People Left O</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="53" class="wp-image-2757" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 75" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 293"><a id="post-2682-bookmark198"></a> 3<sup>1</sup> NOTE!</p>
<p>The maximum time period you can set is 60 time units, depending on the counting type (minute, hour, day or month) you choose. For example, the maximum period is 60 months if you choose to count</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="925" height="335" class="wp-image-2758" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 76" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 294" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76.jpeg 925w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76-300x109.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76-768x278.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 925px) 100vw, 925px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="41" class="wp-image-2759" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 77" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 295"> by month, and 60 days if you choose to count by day.</p>
<p>* Click a column title, for example, <strong>People Entered </strong>or <strong>People Left </strong>to sort the results in ascending or descending order.</p>
<p>to display in a bar chart.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export statistics as a CSV file to your PC. You can use Microsoft Office Excel to open the</p>
<p>file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark200"></a> 12</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark202"></a> Access Control</p>
<p>Manage access control libraries, perform realtime monitoring, search and export entry/exit records.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark204"></a> Library Management</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark206"></a> Add a Library</p>
<p>Add a library for an access control device and use the library to control access.</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose the target access control device in the drop-down list on the left.</li>
<li>Click U behind the device name. A new library appears under the device.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click behind the new library, and enter the device name.</p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark208"></a> Add Personal Data</p>
<p>Add personal data to the library. You can add data for one person at a time, for multiple person using the Batch Add feature, or for multiple persons at a time by importing a file containing personal data of these persons.</p>
<p><strong>Option 1: Add data for one person</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>&gt; <strong>Add One Person</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the required information. Click the image on the left to upload a photo.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Next Step</strong>, and choose the target library.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Option 2: Use batch add</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>&gt; <strong>Batch Add</strong>, and choose the target library.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="126" height="157" class="wp-image-2760" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 78" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 296"> | Il | Delete o X</p>
<p>| | Select All ~j<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add</p>
<p>&lt;No. &gt;</p>
<p><strong>n</strong>* Name</p>
<p>ID No.</p>
<p>IC Card No.</p>
<p>Remarks</p>
<p>Note: To continue editing, click Next.</p>
<p>Next Finish Cancel</p>
<p>OK</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, and select face image(s) you want to add.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click , and enter required information including name and ID.</p>
<p><strong>4.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next </strong>to save and continue to the next, or click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the information for all.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Option 3: Add data for multiple persons at a time by importing a file containing personal data of these persons</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate Template</strong>, and use the template to create a file containing the required personal data.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>2.</strong></p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Import</strong>, and select the target library.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Browse. . .</p>
<p>and select the file to import (CSV or XLSX).</p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark210"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Only JPG images are allowed. The size of each image must be within the range of 10KB and 500KB.</li>
<li>XLSX files cannot be imported or exported on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="46" class="wp-image-2761" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 79" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 297"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>in the list&#8217;s upper right corner to switch display mode.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to save data in the library to a CSV or an XLSX file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark212"></a> Realtime Monitoring</p>
<p>View live video and snapshots of people passing through, take snapshots, use digital zoom, and open</p>
<p>the door remotely.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera or drag it to the window to start live video. Pass-through records are displayed</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="890" height="405" class="wp-image-2762" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 80" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 298" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80.jpeg 890w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 890px) 100vw, 890px" /></p>
<p>on the right side.</p>
<p>The captured face snapshots and the corresponding library photos (if a match is found) are displayed on the right side. You can click a record to view details, including the original snapshot, mask wearing status and body temperature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="736" height="413" class="wp-image-2763" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 81" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 299" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81.jpeg 736w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 736px) 100vw, 736px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="49" class="wp-image-2764" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 82" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 300"> If a face snapshot does not have a match in the library, then no library photo is displayed, and the person will be identified as a strange. You can add the stranger to a library by placing your mouse</p>
<p>. You need to enter a name and ID for the person and</p>
<p>pointer on the face snapshot and clicking specify the target library.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark214"></a><em>NOT</em> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Mask detection and temperature detection are available only when they are supported by the device and have been configured on the device. See the user manual of the access control device for details.</li>
<li>If the access control device can upload original snapshots, the <strong>Show Original Snapshot </strong>button will be displayed, and you can click it to view the original snapshot.</li>
<li>Up to 10 pass-through records can be displayed. The oldest record will be replaced by the new one when more than ten pass-through records are generated.</li>
<li>Pass-through records are displayed in real time. Restarting the software will clear the pass-through records in realtime monitoring.</li>
<li>You are recommended to configure at least one library before you view pass-through records.</li>
</ul>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live view window toolbar</li>
</ul>
<p>The window toolbar appears when the mouse pointer rests on a live view window. The toolbar is effective only to the current window. See Live View Window Toolbar for details. The El on the toolbar is used to open doors.</p>
<ul>
<li>Live view toolbar</li>
</ul>
<p>See Live View Toolbar for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>System configuration</li>
</ul>
<p>Cl- k®- th ■ ht t f- I d I ■ d t s s t</p>
<p>Click in the upper right corner to configure alarm sound, pop-up alarm window, etc. See System</p>
<p>Configuration for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark216"></a> Entry/Exit Records</p>
<p>Search entry and exit records by time, mask wearing status, body temperature range, authentication result, etc. You can further filter search results by name and IC card number after setting <strong>Authentication Result </strong>to <strong>Succeeded</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="176" class="wp-image-2765" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 83" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 301" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a stranger to a library quickly</li>
</ul>
<p>The library photo is empty when a stranger is detected. To add the stranger to a library, click in the <strong>Operation </strong>column, enter the required information including name and person ID, click <strong>Next Step</strong>, and then select the target library.</p>
<p>View details</p>
<p>in the <strong>Operation </strong>column to view detailed personal information.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<ul>
<li>Export search results</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to save search results to a CSV or an XLSX file. You can choose to export only text or both text and images.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark218"></a> 13</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark220"></a> E-map</p>
<p>First complete configuration on the <strong>Edit Map </strong>tab, and then use the map on the <strong>Map </strong>tab.</p>
<ul>
<li>Hot spot: Video channels, alarm input/output channels, and devices added to the map. Live view and playback are only available for video channels.</li>
<li>Hot zone: A map on a map. You may add hot spots on a hot zone.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark222"></a> Map Configuration</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark224"></a> Add a Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="409" class="wp-image-2766" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 84" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 302" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84-768x335.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Add Map</p>
<p>Click <strong>E-map</strong>on the control panel, and then click &#8216; &#8216; J PNG, BMP and JPEG images are allowed</p>
<p>The added map appears on the page and on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list on the left.</p>
<p>On the <strong>Edit Map </strong>tab, you can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Change the map scale: Use the scroll wheel or click the zoom buttons (1) to zoom in or out.</li>
<li>Eagle eye: Drag on the yellow area (2) to view details on the map (or drag map directly).</li>
<li>Add hot spots (3): Drag devices, video channels, alarm input/output channels to intended</li>
</ul>
<p>positions on the map. See Add a Hot Spot for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>Add hot zones (4): Add a map on the map. Up to 7 layers of maps are allowed. See Add a Hot Zone for details.</li>
<li>Manage pictures (5): Add or delete maps. Deleting a map will also delete all hot spots and hot zones on it.</li>
<li>Edit map resources (6): Edit map name, and change the icon color of hot zones.</li>
<li>Filter map resources (7): Choose to display video channels, alarm input/output channels or devices on the map.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark226"></a> Add a Hot Spot</p>
<p>Add hot spots so you can quickly locate them on the map when any event occurs. Hot spots include video channels, alarm input/output channels and devices. Right-click a hot spot to change color or delete it from the map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="171" class="wp-image-2767" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 85" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 303" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85-300x86.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></p>
<p>When adding a device hot spot, you can also add video channels and alarm input/output channels under it. The channels and the device will appear together on a hot zone on the map. You need to choose a map for the hot zone. Follow the steps as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="934" height="415" class="wp-image-2768" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 86" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 304" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86.jpeg 934w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86-768x341.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 934px) 100vw, 934px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark228"></a> Add a Hot Zone</p>
<p>Follow the steps to add a hot zone.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="560" class="wp-image-2769" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 87" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 305" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87-768x496.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Add Map</p>
<p>Map Name</p>
<p>Add Pictur,</p>
<p>Icon Color White</p>
<p>The hot zone is displayed as an icon on the map and opens when you double-click it. Right-click a hot zone to change color or delete it from the map.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark230"></a> Map Operations</p>
<p>After you complete the configuration, click the <strong>Map </strong>tab to use the map. You may view hot spots, hot zones, alarms, and trigger/clear alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark232"></a> Locate a Hot Spot or Hot Zone on the Map</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Locate </strong>button to locate a hot spot or hot zone on the map.</p>
<p>Map Edit Map</p>
<p><strong>■ap Resources</strong></p>
<p>” map</p>
<p>S street</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>221_I_0 &lt;§&gt;</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>£ 192.168.2. 221_I_1</p>
<p>Locate</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark234"></a> Hot Spot Operations</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Select </strong>button on the top toolbar and then drag on the map to select hot spots. Different hot spot types allow different operations:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video channel: Select video channels to view live or recorded videos. You may use the window toolbar during live view.</li>
<li>Alarm input: Select channels to clear alarms.</li>
<li>Alarm output: Trigger/clear alarms. You can use the buttons in the <strong>Operation </strong>column or the buttons on the top to trigger or clear alarms.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can also right-click a hot spot to perform the above operations. For alarm input channels and video channels, you can also view alarm information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="347" class="wp-image-2770" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 88" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 306" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88.jpeg 484w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88-300x215.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark236"></a> Handle Alarms</p>
<p>When an alarm occurs, the corresponding hot spot flashes red on the map. If the hot spot is on a hot zone, the hot zone flashes red. Right-click the hot spot to play live or recorded video, view alarm info or clear the alarm.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="349" class="wp-image-2771" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 89" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 307" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89.jpeg 562w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>37:05</p>
<p>37:01</p>
<p>36:55</p>
<p>36:51</p>
<p>36:06</p>
<p>36:02</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark238"></a> View Hot Zone</p>
<p>To view a hot zone, click the hot zone map on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list on the left, or double-click the hot zone icon on the map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="375" class="wp-image-2772" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 90" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 308" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90.jpeg 814w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90-768x354.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Click the main map on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list to return.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark240"></a> 14 audio</p>
<p>Audio services include audio, two-way audio and broadcast. Two-way audio cannot work at the same time with audio or broadcast, which means, starting two-way audio will stop audio or broadcast, and vice versa.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Broadcast is not available on Mac OS.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark242"></a> Audio</p>
<p>When live video is playing, click B in the window toolbar to turn on audio from the camera. The audio is one-way from the camera to your PC and it stops when live video is closed. <strong>Note: </strong>Turning on audio for another camera will turn off audio from the current camera.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark244"></a> Two-Way Audio</p>
<p>Two-way audio is audio communication between a device (camera or NVR) and your PC. Both the device and the PC shall be connected to audio input and output devices.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Two-way audio is available to one device at a time.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark246"></a> Two-Way Audio with a Camera</p>
<p>Double-click the camera or drag it to the window on the right. When two-way audio is started, the audio channel symbol changes (1), the two-way audio symbol flashes in the window&#8217;s upper right corner (2), and a hint appears indicating two-way audio is in use (3).</p>
<p>During two-way audio, you can adjust sound volume (4)(6) or stop two-way audio (5).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="936" height="443" class="wp-image-2773" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 91" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 309" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91.jpeg 936w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91-768x363.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 936px) 100vw, 936px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark248"></a><em>NOT</em> NOTE!</p>
<p>You may also start two-way audio with a camera (camera only) by clicking in a live view</p>
<p>window.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark250"></a> Two-Way Audio with an NVR</p>
<p>On the <strong>Two-way Audio </strong>tab, double-click the NVR or drag it to the window on the right. When two­way audio is started, the audio channel symbol changes (1), and a hint appears (2) indicating two-way audio is in use.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="923" height="445" class="wp-image-2774" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 92" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 310" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92.jpeg 923w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92-300x145.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92-768x370.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 923px) 100vw, 923px" /></p>
<p>During two-way audio, you can adjust sound volume (3)(5) or stop two-way audio (4).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark252"></a> Broadcast</p>
<p>Broadcast is one way from your PC to cameras.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Broadcast </strong>tab. Select audio channels from the left-side list. You can:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select audio channels one by one.</li>
<li>Select an NVR or an organization to select all audio channels under it.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>. The selected audio channels appear on the broadcast list on the right.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="38" height="36" class="wp-image-2775" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 93" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 311"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="407" class="wp-image-2776" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 94" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 312" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94.jpeg 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94-768x350.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<p>After all the channels are added, click</p>
<p>to start broadcast.</p>
<p>After broadcast is started, you can:</p>
<p>Add more audio channels: Select audio channels on the left-side list (1) and then click <strong>Add.</strong></p>
<p>Broadcast starts automatically for these channels.</p>
<p>Adjust sound volume (2) or click 0 to turn off the microphone.</p>
<p>Delete audio channels from the broadcast list: click İSİ (3) to delete one by one; or select the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="89" height="31" class="wp-image-2777" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 95" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 313"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2778" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 96" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 314"></p>
<p>check box (4) and then click</p>
<p>(5)</p>
<p>to delete in batches.</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>broadcast: click</p>
<p>or close the <strong>Audio </strong>page.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark262"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<p>Currently, broadcast to an NVR is not available.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark254"></a> 15</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark256"></a> Alarm Configuration</p>
<p>Configure action(s) to trigger when an alarm of a certain type occurs at a specified source; view alarm</p>
<p>records and handle alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark264"></a> Configure Alarm-Triggered Action</p>
<p>Alarm configuration includes the configuration of alarm source, alarm type, device to link, and action</p>
<p>to trigger.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="392" class="wp-image-2779" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 97" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 315" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97.jpeg 826w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97-768x364.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click <strong>Alarm Configuration </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click a tab according to the alarm type you want to configure. Take <strong>Camera Alarm </strong>for example.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Camera alarm: includes camera online/offline, event alarm and VCA alarm.</li>
<li>Device alarm: includes device online/offline, disk online/offline, high/low temperature, etc. For</li>
</ul>
<p>DX devices, the following alarm types are available: fan failure, LED distribution box high temperature, LED distribution box smoke alarm, fan failure cleared, LED distribution box high temperature cleared, LED distribution box smoke alarm cleared, high/low temperature cleared.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select an alarm source. The subsequent settings are all configured for this alarm source.</li>
<li>Select an alarm type. An alarm of the specified type will trigger the configured actions. If you choose face recognition match or not match alarm, make sure the monitoring task has been configured (See Monitoring Task).</li>
<li>Configure alarm parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>For the following alarm types, you need to click <strong>Configuration </strong>to access the device&#8217;s Web interface and complete configuration first: motion detection, tampering detection, alarm input, audio detection, intrusion detection, cross line detection, face detection, defocus detection, object left behind, object removed, human body detection.</p>
<p>Take motion detection as an example, you need to make sure motion detection is enabled, detection area is specified, and arming schedule is configured.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Trigger Actions </strong>tab.</li>
<li>To receive an email alert when an alarm occurs, select the check box and complete email configuration (see System Configuration).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>. A dialog box appears. Select the device(s) to link and then click <strong>OK</strong>. The linked device(s) appear on the list. The device(s) will be triggered to perform the specified action(s) when an alarm of the specified type (step 2) occurs at the specified source (step 1).</li>
<li>Configure actions to trigger:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Alarm-triggered live view: An alarm will trigger a pop-up window playing live video from the camera.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered preset: An alarm will trigger the PTZ camera to rotate to the preset. The presets in the list must be configured beforehand.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered output: An alarm will trigger the camera to output an alarm and trigger an action by a third-party device.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered video wall: An alarm will trigger the video wall to play live video from the camera. You need to complete video wall configuration first. Only one camera can be selected.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>&amp;</p>
<ul>
<li>in the bottom left corn er of the GUI</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark266"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>In order for alarm-triggered live view to take effect, click and select <strong>Display Link Video</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Triggering live video from multiple cameras may cause high CPU usage of your PC and may therefore affect other services.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark268"></a> View Alarm Records</p>
<p>Click <strong>Alarm Records </strong>on the control panel to view alarm records, acknowledge alarms, and export alarm data to your PC.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark270"></a> Latest Alarm</p>
<p>The <strong>Latest Alarm </strong>tab list alarms reported since your current login and refreshes automatically.</p>
<p>History Alarm</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Alarm Type All</strong></p>
<p><strong>© Acknowledge</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Alarm Level Filter if :</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Select All [ 1 L&lt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>,vel^ ■ L</strong></td>
<td><strong>evel£ ■ Level^</strong></td>
<td><strong>■ Level Jg</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong><sup>L</sup>«v^Jj</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>O Alai» Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alain Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Preview</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:21</strong></td>
<td><strong>HIC6881-IR_192.168. 2. 221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:06</strong></td>
<td><strong>HTC6881-IB.192.168.2.221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:01</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:01</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.107_003_g®tfl. 03</strong></td>
<td><strong>Audio Detection 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>inded</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:00</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:00</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:55</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:55</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:54</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>®</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:53</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:53</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:49</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:48</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:48</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:47</strong></td>
<td><strong>HTC6881-IB.192.168.2.221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Q 2021-03-10 14:56:45</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>I—&gt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Z2X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A a ® 0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<p>You can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Sort records in ascending/descending order by clicking a header (e.g., <strong>Alarm Time</strong>).</li>
<li>Acknowledge alarms: Select (or double-click) an alarm and click <strong>Acknowledge</strong>. Acknowledged alarms are moved to the <strong>History </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click to turn on/off alarm sound.</li>
</ul>
<p>to play an alarm video. The length of alarm video is configurable in system configuration</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="42" class="wp-image-2780" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-98.png" alt="word image 2682 98" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 316"> (<strong>Operation </strong>&gt; <strong>Alarm </strong>&gt; <strong>Stop Playback After </strong>and <strong>Start Playback Before</strong>).</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Latest Alarm </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of your GUI. On the page displayed,</p>
<p>you can turn on/off alarm sound, select/deselect <strong>Display Link Video </strong>to enable/disable alarm- triggered live video, or double-click a record to display the full <strong>Realtime Alarm </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="952" height="145" class="wp-image-2781" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 99" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 317" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99.jpeg 952w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99-768x117.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 952px) 100vw, 952px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-2782" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 100" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 318"></p>
<p>Click the <strong>Alarm-triggered View </strong>button</p>
<p>to view alarm-triggered live video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="885" height="523" class="wp-image-2783" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 101" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 319" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101.jpeg 885w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101-300x177.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101-768x454.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 885px) 100vw, 885px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>The window toolbar is available (see Live View Window Toolbar).</li>
<li>Lock Screen: When this option is selected, the current window layout (e.g., 4-window layout) is</li>
</ul>
<p>locked, and it does not change as new alarm-triggered live video occurs.</p>
<ul>
<li>Lock Current Live View: When this option is selected, the current live video will not be replaced by new alarm-triggered live video.</li>
<li>Live video stops when the set play time is over (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). You can</li>
</ul>
<p>play the video again by double-clicking the alarm record in the top left area.</p>
<p>* Click the button in the lower left corner to open the alarm records page. Alarm level and corresponding alarm types:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 1</td>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 2</td>
<td>Device offline, motion detection started, alarm input started, cross line detection, intrusion detection, face detection, audio detection started, defocus detection started, scene change detection, auto tracking, tampering detection started, disk abnormal, disk offline, array damaged, array degraded, face recognition match alarm, face recognition not match alarm, object left behind, object removed, human body detection, video loss started, high temperature, low temperature, fan failure, LED distribution box high temperature, LED distribution box smoke alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 3</td>
<td>Device online, disk online.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 4</td>
<td>Reserved.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 5</td>
<td>Motion detection ended, alarm input ended, auto tracking alarm cleared, audio detection ended, tampering detection ended, array back to normal, video loss</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>ended, high temperature cleared, low temperature cleared, fan failure cleared, LED distribution box high temperature cleared, LED distribution box smoke alarm cleared.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark272"></a> History Alarm</p>
<p>All alarms, including latest alarms and history alarms, can be retrieved on the <strong>History </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="920" height="212" class="wp-image-2784" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 102" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 320" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102.jpeg 920w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102-768x177.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" /></p>
<p>You can:</p>
<p>* Set search conditions. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to reset search conditions.</p>
<p>Click a header (e.g., Alarm Time) to sort records in ascending/descending order.</p>
<p>Choose the number of records displayed per page.</p>
<p>Double-click a record to view details. <strong>Alarm Time </strong>is your PC&#8217;s system time when the alarm occurs, and <strong>Device Time </strong>is the device&#8217;s system time when the alarm occurs. The times can be different. You will also find a time difference if your PC and the device belong to different time zones.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="524" height="557" class="wp-image-2785" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 103" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 321" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103.jpeg 524w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103-282x300.jpeg 282w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Select an alarm and click <strong>Acknowledge </strong>to acknowledge it.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export search results to your PC as a CSV file. Use Microsoft Excel to open it.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark258"></a> 16</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark260"></a> Operation Logs</p>
<p>Click <strong>Operation Log </strong>on the control panel to query logs and export search results to your PC. Log information includes username, operation details and result.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="938" height="183" class="wp-image-2786" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 104" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 322" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104.jpeg 938w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104-300x59.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104-768x150.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" /></p>
<p>You can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Set search conditions. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to reset search conditions.</li>
<li>Click a header (e.g., Log Time) to sort records in ascending/descending order.</li>
<li>Choose the number of records displayed per page.</li>
<li>Double-click a record to view details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export search results to your PC as a CSV file.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark274"></a> 17</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark276"></a> System Configuration</p>
<p>Click <strong>System Configuration </strong>on the control panel to configure the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Audio &amp;</p>
<p>Video</td>
<td rowspan="4">Video</td>
<td>Processing</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Short Delay: Video delay is minimized, though video quality may not be satisfactory.</li>
<li>Fluent: Video fluency takes priority, and video delay may exist.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Adapt to Screen Layout : When this option is</li>
</ul>
<p>selected, the client chooses a stream type</p>
<p>according to the number of windows:</p>
<p>Windows &gt; 16: Third stream</p>
<p>4 &lt; Windows &lt;16: Sub stream</p>
<p>Windows &lt; 4: Main stream</p>
<ul>
<li>Use Default Stream Type: Choose the main, sub or third stream.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Mode</td>
<td>Set according to the display capability of your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream</td>
<td>Transmission protocol for a camera to send video data</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5"></td>
<td>Transmission</p>
<p>Protocol</td>
<td>to the display window. The changed setting takes effect at the next startup of the software.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>TCP </em></strong><em>is recommended in poor network conditions.</em></li>
<li><em>For </em><strong><em>UDP, </em></strong><em>make sure the software is not blocked by the firewall.</em></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play Main</p>
<p>Stream in Maximized</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p>Window</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Selected: When you maximize a live view window by a double-click or using the shortcut menu, the system automatically switches to the main stream if it is not the current stream type; and when the window restores, so does the stream type.</li>
<li>Not selected: Maximizing a live view window does not change the stream type.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</p>
<p>Shortcut PTZ</p>
<p>Control</td>
<td>When enabled, shortcut PTZ control is available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable VCA</p>
<p>Rule</td>
<td>When enabled, VCA rules display on the live video of the camera that supports this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable GPU</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>When enabled, the software can start stream for more cameras.</p>
<p>The supported encoding formats (e.g., H.264, H.265) are displayed when this option is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Snapshot</td>
<td>Snapshot Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Save snapshot(s) in specified format to the specified path.</li>
<li>Manual: In this mode, user can select the snapshot(s) to save, set the path and format, and enter remarks (for JPEG only).</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous</p>
<p>Snapshot Interval</td>
<td>Time interval between two snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous</p>
<p>Snapshots</td>
<td>Number of snapshots to take every time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</p>
<p>Format</td>
<td>Choose the format of snapshots taken to be saved on your client computer:</p>
<ul>
<li>BMP: Save snapshots without compression. It takes more space than JPEG.</li>
<li>JPEG: Snapshots are compressed to save space at the expense of reduced image quality.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Recording</td>
<td>Downloaded</p>
<p>Recording</td>
<td>Format and save path of downloaded recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Local</td>
<td>Format and save path of local recordings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Recording</td>
<td>Set the recording policy when recording space is used up:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Overwrite: Earliest recordings will be overwritten by new recordings when space is used up.</li>
<li>Stop: Recording stops when space is used up.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording space: The disk space used to save recordings.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>It&#8217;s recommended to set at least 2GB recording space.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording file size: The size of a single recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">System</td>
<td rowspan="2">Startup</td>
<td>Enable Auto Login to</p>
<p>Smart Station 3.0</td>
<td>When enabled, you will automatically log in to Smart Station after you start the software.</p>
<p>If <strong>Enable Auto Login to Windows </strong>is enabled at the same time, the software will automatically start after the computer accesses the Windows operating system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable Auto</p>
<p>Login to</p>
<p>Windows</td>
<td>When enabled, automatically log in to Windows with the provided username and password at startup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Log</td>
<td>Save Operation Log For</td>
<td>Retention period for operation logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Save Alarm</p>
<p>Log For</td>
<td>Retention period for alarm logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Maintenance</td>
<td>Import</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Import configurations from a configuration file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Export configurations to save as a file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Operation</td>
<td rowspan="2">Alarm</td>
<td>Enable Alarm</p>
<p>Sound</td>
<td>If enabled, you can custom alarm sound duration and set different sounds for different alarm types.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start</p>
<p>Playback Before/After</td>
<td>Length of video before/after the alarm time for playback. Use these settings to customize the length of alarm video that plays on the <strong>Alarm Records </strong>page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td>Service</td>
<td>Enable Auto</p>
<p>Time Sync</td>
<td>If enabled, the software syncs the PC&#8217;s system time to cameras at the synchronization interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email</td>
<td colspan="2">Required for alarm-triggered email (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). The specified email address(es) will receive an email when an alarm occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="9"></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">
<ul>
<li>Encryption Type: choose the encryption type of email transmission.</li>
<li>Sender: Email address used to send emails.</li>
<li>Recipient: Email address used to receive emails.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the sender address as the recipient and click <strong>Send Test Email </strong>to make a test.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7">Epidemic control</td>
<td>Temperature Unit</td>
<td>Choose <strong>Celsius </strong>or <strong>Fahrenheit </strong>as the temperature unit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mask</p>
<p>Detection</td>
<td>Enable/disable mask detection. When enabled, the number of people not wearing a mask is displayed in <strong>Face Recognition </strong>&gt; <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Abnormal Temperature Detection</td>
<td>Enable/disable abnormal temperature detection. When enabled, the number of people with an abnormal temperature is displayed in <strong>Face</strong></p>
<p><strong>Recognition </strong>&gt; <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Abnormal</p>
<p>Temperature</p>
<p>Threshold</td>
<td>The system reports an alarm when the temperature measured is higher than the threshold.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Sound</td>
<td>When enabled, the alarm will sound when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pop-up Alarm</p>
<p>Window</td>
<td>When enabled, an alarm window will pop up when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>When enabled, an alarm email will be sent when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attribute Display</td>
<td colspan="2">Configure parameters to be displayed on the <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>, <strong>Alarm Records</strong>, and <strong>Pass-Thru Records </strong>tabs in the <strong>Face Recognition </strong>module. All parameters are displayed by default. You can hide certain parameters on these tabs and still view all parameters in the <strong>Details </strong>window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click <strong>User Management </strong>on the control panel to add, edit or delete users.</p>
<p>Use the default username/password (<strong>admin</strong>/<strong>123456) </strong>to log in. &#8220;admin&#8221; is the super administrator and cannot be deleted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark278"></a> 18</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark280"></a> User Management</p>
<ol>
<li>To add a user, click <strong>Add</strong>:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Administrator: Only admin can add administrator. Administrator has all permissions by default.</li>
<li>Operator: Admin or administrator with user management permissions can add operators. An operator has no permission by default.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To assign permissions, specify permissions on the left. For some permissions (e.g., Live View), you need to select device(s) on the right.</li>
<li>To edit a user (username, password, permissions), double-click the user on the list; to delete user(s), select and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark286"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Menus may be grayed out or hidden for lack of permission. Contact admin if necessary.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark282"></a> 19</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark284"></a> Appendix</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark288"></a> Add an Encoding Device by MyDDNS</p>
<ol>
<li>Enable UPnP on your router. Refer to router&#8217;s user guide.</li>
<li>Log in to the Web interface of your device and enable port mapping (<strong>Network </strong>&gt; <strong>Port Mapping</strong>).</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Mapping Mode: <strong>UPnP </strong>is recommended</li>
<li>Mapping Type: <strong>Auto </strong>is recommended. The device and the router negotiate external ports.</li>
<li>If you choose <strong>Manual</strong>, make sure the ports you set are valid; otherwise, port mapping does not take effect.</li>
<li>If external IP address is not displayed: a. make sure UPnP is enabled on the router; b. some routers limit the number of devices for port mapping. If the maximum number has reached, revoke unnecessary port mapping.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the Web interface of the device, configure DDNS (<strong>Network </strong>&gt; <strong>DDNS</strong>) as follows:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>DDNS Type: MyDDNS</li>
<li>Server Address: <a href="http://www.star4live.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.star4live.com</a></li>
<li>Port: 80</li>
<li>Domain Name: Choose one that is easy to remember (e.g., myNVR123) and test whether it is available.</li>
<li>If configuration succeeds, the device is online, and the server address is displayed (e.g., <a href="http://www.star4live.com/myNVR123" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.star4live.com/myNVR123</a>).</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add the encoding device on the software:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Adding Mode: MyDDNS</li>
<li>Device Name: Set as needed</li>
<li>Domain: Domain name you get in step 3 (myNVR123 in this case)</li>
<li>Enter the username and password of the device</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark290"></a> Auxiliary Monitor Recovery</p>
<p>If your PC is connected to an auxiliary monitor, you can use it to display a tab (e.g., <strong>Live View</strong>) by dragging the tab to the auxiliary monitor. The tab will remain on the auxiliary monitor when the software restarts.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark292"></a> Multi-Window Display</p>
<p>Drag a tab to open a new window.</p>
<p>Example:</p>
<p>Alarm Records</p>
<p>People Counting</p>
<p>Latest Alarm</p>
<p>Device Management</p>
<p>Realtime Statistics</p>
<p>Alarm Source</p>
<p>Video Channel</p>
<p>Alarm Type A Q Enter Keywords</p>
<ul>
<li>□ IPC(3/3)</li>
</ul>
<p>Alarm Level Filt&lt; _</p>
<p>□ HIC6881</p>
<p>. + □ IT TIC2221</p>
<p>Details Q</p>
<ul>
<li>□ Bk NVR(14/18)</li>
</ul>
<p>Group</p>
<p>SS Encoding Device</p>
<p>SS Decoding Device</p>
<p>Wï Cloud Device</p>
<p>iS Access Control Device</p>
<p>Network Keyboard</p>
<p>Managed Device(6) “I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add Edit |||| Delete © Time Sy: Status Q En</p>
<p>| | Name IP Address Status Mod</p>
<p>□ NVR304-16E~B~DT_192.168.2.104 192.168.2.104 «Online cesh</p>
<p>□ HVR301-04LB-P4J92.168. 2. 107 192.168. 2. 107 ■ Online NVR-</p>
<p>Click <strong>Count</strong>, and results appear.</p>
<p>* Place the cursor on the line/column to view the number at a time point.</p>
<ol>
<li id="post-2682-footnote-2">Only NVR channels supporting face detection or face recognition can be selected.Perform the following operations as needed:* Add a stranger’s face snapshot to a face library
<p>Put your mouse pointer on the face snapshot and click ^^3. You need to enter the required information including name and ID number and specify the target library. <a href="#post-2682-footnote-ref-2">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-2682-footnote-3">View detailsClick a record to view alarm details.* Export records
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export all the search results. <a href="#post-2682-footnote-ref-3">↑</a></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2023 20:07:08 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EseeCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GV-Eye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iCMS-Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2311</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide, CMS is called Camera Monitor System. It is a camera monitoring client for online preview ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/#more-2311" aria-label="Read more about EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide, CMS is called Camera Monitor System. It is a camera monitoring client for online preview image, video storage, remote playback, device management, video/screen download and other functions. It is suitable for DVR, NVR, IPC, VR CAM, Wifi IPC and other devices.</p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc5351"></a>Foreword</h1>
<p>Welcome to use our products! We are very honored to get your trust.</p>
<p>In order to have a general understanding of our product CMS and facilitate your use, we have specially configured this manual for you, including the function introduction, operation steps, precautions, etc., which are essential guides for your use of this product.</p>
<p>Please read the instruction manual carefully before use. I believe it will be of great help to your effective use of this product. In addition, if you have any questions during the use, please feel free to contact us, we will be happy to serve you.</p>
<p><strong>Applicable Model</strong></p>
<p>This manual is for the camera monitoring system CMS.</p>
<p><strong>Statement</strong></p>
<p>This manual may contain areas where the product functions or operations do not match, or where the technology is inaccurate, or a typographical error. For such problems, our company will update the manual content according to product updates, and regularly update the hardware and software products described in this manual. The updated content will be added to the new version of this manual without prior notice.</p>
<p>The contents of this manual are for reference guidance only, and are not guaranteed to be <a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK1"></a>identical to the actual product. Please refer to the actual product.</p>
<p><strong>Agreement</strong></p>
<p>In order to simplify the description in this manual, make a <a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK2"></a>convention:</p>
<p>The camera monitoring system CMS is referred to as CMS or software for short;</p>
<p>DVR, NVR, IPC, VR CAM, WIFI IPC equipment, etc., collectively referred to as equipment;</p>
<p>Click <a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK3"></a>for the left mouse button click, double click for the left mouse button to double click;</p>
<p>Some pictures are schematic, please refer to the actual interface of the software;</p>
<p>A “note” hint text may appear in this article to indicate that the operation is potentially risky, and ignoring the text may result in errors or unpredictable results.</p>
<h2>EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide</h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/2117/gv-eye-installation-guide/">GV-Eye Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1966/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/">Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1088/vsplayer-software-user-manual/">iCMS-Pro Full User Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc28398"></a>Introduction to CMS</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc26475"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25226"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11031"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24730"></a>1.1Function introduction</h2>
<p>CMS is called Camera Monitor System. It is a camera monitoring client for online preview image, video storage, remote playback, device management, video/screen download and other functions. It is suitable for DVR, NVR, IPC, VR CAM, Wifi IPC and other devices.</p>
<p>CMS has the following characteristics:</p>
<p><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK7"></a> Interface containerization processing mode: In the interface design of the client component, the containerized processing is carefully adopted, which simplifies the processing mode of multi-screen and single-screen switching, greatly improves the multi-screen operation feeling, and adapts to the development trend of a multi-screen PC.</p>
<p>Channelized management mode: In the client component design, channelized management mode is added, and the traditional design mode with device as the core subject is abandoned, which is more suitable for the development direction of IP monitoring.</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc7971"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28855"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14539"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2891"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6528"></a>1.2 Operating environment</h2>
<p>Operating system:Microsoft Windows7 / Windows 8 / Windows 10 (32/64 bit Chinese and English operating system)</p>
<p>OSX 10.9 or higher (64-bit Chinese and English systems)</p>
<p>CPU：I3/2.4GHZ or more</p>
<p>Memory: 4GB or more</p>
<p><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK4"></a> Graphics card: integrated graphics (Intel HD 4000 and later), discrete graphics (NVIDIA GeForce GTX 460 and later)</p>
<p><strong>note:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Preview multiple video or high resolution video at the same time, requiring higher hardware configuration and network bandwidth</strong></p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc18657"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6082"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2835"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17805"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21437"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc300"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2926"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11106"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28708"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14009"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9391"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15653"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23932"></a>2. Installation login</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc15337"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12248"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25552"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27241"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22149"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12614"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3177"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21281"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24084"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8202"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5974"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28433"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15407"></a>2.1 Installation and operation</h2>
<ul>
<li>Step 1: Run the EseeCloud_Setup_3.0.1.exe installation package</li>
<li>Step 2: Select the display language when installing</li>
<li>Step 3: Read and determine whether to accept the agreement</li>
<li>Step 4: Determine the path to the installation</li>
<li>Step 5: Installation is complete and you can choose to run immediately</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="92" class="wp-image-2312" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/qq20170927222936.png" alt="QQ截图20170927222936" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 381"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="294" height="156" class="wp-image-2313" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-2.png" alt="word image 2311 2" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 382"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="389" class="wp-image-2314" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-3.png" alt="word image 2311 3" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 383" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-3.png 503w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-3-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Running program ②Choose a language ③Reading agreement</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="389" class="wp-image-2315" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-4.png" alt="word image 2311 4" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 384" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-4.png 503w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-4-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="389" class="wp-image-2316" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-5.png" alt="word image 2311 5" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 385" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-5.png 503w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-5-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></p>
<p>④Determine the path ⑤The installation is complete</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc16918"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22872"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31454"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3010"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27044"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16140"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16878"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29226"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17049"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1828"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15650"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5972"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31762"></a>2.2 User login</h2>
<h3><a id="post-2311-_Toc13107"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25977"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2620"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12913"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12580"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31000"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27489"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5598"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2758"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3507"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21665"></a>2.2.1 Local login</h3>
<p>①Enter account + password ②Click to login</p>
<ul>
<li>Local login can be logged in using the <a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK5"></a>default account admin (the initial password is blank)</li>
<li>Local login mode can choose remember passwords or automatic login (automatic login is not possible when auto lock status is enabled)</li>
<li><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK8"></a> Click the string in the login forgot password to be encrypted. Different accounts correspond to different encrypted passwords</li>
<li><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK9"></a> The account number box can display three accounts that are mostly used recently.</li>
<li>Switch to cloud login</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="316" class="wp-image-2317" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-6.png" alt="word image 2311 6" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 386" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-6.png 317w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-6-300x300.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-6-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="195" class="wp-image-2318" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-7.png" alt="word image 2311 7" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 387" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-7.png 387w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-7-300x151.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Login account ⑵forget password</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>The current CMS version of the user name can only use &#8220;admin&#8221;, the initial password is empty. In order to prevent potential safety hazards, please be sure to modify the initial password after the initial login to prevent unauthorized access to your device or other adverse consequences.</strong></li>
<li><strong>For better protection of your privacy and improving product security, we strongly recommend that you set up complex passwords based on the following rules: greater than 8 characters, including uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, special characters, and so on. Please understand that it is your responsibility to properly configure all passwords and other related product security settings.</strong></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="post-2311-_Toc6413"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8363"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10260"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25156"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3256"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22984"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30287"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28713"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9358"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6235"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15804"></a>2.2.2 Cloud login</h3>
<ul>
<li><strong>User login：</strong>①Enter ‘account+password’ ②Remember password and automatic login (optional) ③Click to Login</li>
<li><strong>Register an account：</strong>①Enter ‘new account + password + email’ ② Click to register now</li>
<li><strong>Retrieve password：</strong>①Enter ‘Account+Mailbox’ ②Click to get verification code and enter ③Enter a new password ④Click to complete</li>
</ul>
<p>Note:</p>
<p>①The cloud login should be logged in with the registered account (the account registered by the mobile app can be logged in)</p>
<p>②Registered account is recommended to use a valid mailbox, easy to retrieve passwords and other special circumstances</p>
<p>③After registering an account, you need to log in to the email address you entered during registration to activate the email address (click the received link to verify)</p>
<p>④The mailbox status is not activated, and cannot be retrieved after forgetting the password (activation period is two days)</p>
<p>⑤The first time you use EseeCloud_CMS, the software&#8217;s time zone will automatically sync with your computer, and you can change it later in the advanced settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="307" height="314" class="wp-image-2319" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-8.png" alt="word image 2311 8" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 388" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-8.png 307w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-8-293x300.png 293w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 307px) 100vw, 307px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="375" height="213" class="wp-image-2320" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-9.png" alt="word image 2311 9" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 389" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-9.png 375w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-9-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="373" height="214" class="wp-image-2321" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-10.png" alt="word image 2311 10" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 390" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-10.png 373w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-10-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /></p>
<p>⑴Login account ⑵Register a new account ⑶Retrieve password</p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc8037"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9878"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc192"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30894"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6781"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7365"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22135"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8391"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30949"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18342"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22732"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11282"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14276"></a>3. Live Preview</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc22897"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7231"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1487"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24464"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2407"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6077"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31767"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23309"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30035"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23104"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11775"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32720"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16530"></a>3.1 Connection/Disconnection</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>T</strong><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK10"></a><strong>he list style is tree shape:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK6"></a><strong>connection：</strong></p>
<p>①Double-click on the selected device/channel to enter the connected video state.</p>
<p>②After selecting the device/channel, right click and select “Connect Video” to enter the connected video state (Figure 1)</p>
<p><strong>disconnect：</strong></p>
<p>③Double-click to disconnect the current connection after selecting the connected device/channel</p>
<p>④After selecting the device/channel, right click and select &#8216;Disconnect&#8217; to disconnect the current connection.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="158" height="120" class="wp-image-2322" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-11.png" alt="word image 2311 11" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 391"></p>
<p>Figure 1</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>List style is graphic：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>①After selecting the device/channel, click the play button on the device list to enter the connected video status.</p>
<p>②After selecting the device/channel, click the stop button on the device list to disconnect the current connection status.</p>
<p>③Right-click operation connection/disconnection is consistent with the tree list style. The specific operation can be referenced.</p>
<p>Note：poor performance of the computer will directly affect the smoothness of the preview video. It is recommended that the number of channels connected to the device be gradually increased</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc3523"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15470"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28897"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4242"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6478"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31754"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc399"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14899"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29250"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32272"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc53"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1885"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15527"></a>3.2 Video/screenshot</h2>
<ul>
<li>Video<strong>：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>①Click the Record button on the toolbar to enter the video recording status (as shown in Figure 1 below)</p>
<p>②After the video operation, click the record button again to stop recording.</p>
<p>Note：</p>
<p>①The actual recording duration is not equal to the time difference between the start recording time and the end recording time.</p>
<p>②If the device network is interrupted, the recording will succeed but no video file will be saved.</p>
<p>③The channel is maximized or minimized during recording, and the recording will stop.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Screenshot：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Click the screenshot button on the toolbar to enter the screenshot status (as shown in Figure 1 below)</p>
<p>Note：</p>
<p>①If the switching stream video is not loaded, the screenshot operation will be saved.</p>
<p>②The screenshot does not have the function of continuous screenshots. Clicking the screenshot button once will capture an image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="247" height="74" class="wp-image-2323" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-12.png" alt="word image 2311 12" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 392"></p>
<p>Figure 1</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc32176"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13835"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13924"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14618"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7223"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18636"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11812"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23249"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc133"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7301"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19857"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26925"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21333"></a>3.3 Panorama mode</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Panorama mode</strong>：</li>
</ul>
<p>enter：</p>
<p>①Double-click the channel screen to enter the maximized state, right click and select “panoramic mode” to switch to the panorama mode, enter the panorama, and the code stream is automatically switched to HD.</p>
<p>②The channel screen is in 1 split screen mode, and the panorama mode option is available on the right toolbar. Click to select to switch the panorama mode.</p>
<p>drop out：</p>
<p>①Click on Panorama mode on the right toolbar and select ‘Exit panorama’ to exit panorama mode</p>
<p>②Exit the panorama mode by exiting the screen from the split screen state.</p>
<p>Panorama mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="764" class="wp-image-2324" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13.png" alt="word image 2311 13" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 393" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13-1024x617.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13-768x463.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-13-1200x724.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Cylindrical mode <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="762" class="wp-image-2325" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14.png" alt="word image 2311 14" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 394" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14-300x180.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14-1024x616.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14-768x462.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-14-1200x722.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Expand mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="766" class="wp-image-2326" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15.png" alt="word image 2311 15" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 395" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15-1024x619.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15-768x464.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-15-1200x725.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Split screen mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="764" class="wp-image-2327" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16.png" alt="word image 2311 16" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 396" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16-1024x617.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16-768x463.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-16-1200x724.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Quad screen mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="764" class="wp-image-2328" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17.png" alt="word image 2311 17" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 397" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17-1024x617.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17-768x463.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-17-1200x724.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Six-screen mode</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1267" height="766" class="wp-image-2329" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18.png" alt="word image 2311 18" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 398" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18.png 1267w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18-300x181.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18-1024x619.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18-768x464.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-18-1200x725.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p>Note：</p>
<p>①In the local login mode, you can select 6 display modes in the panorama mode, including: panorama, cylinder, expand, 2 split screen, 4 split screen, 6 split screen</p>
<p>②In the cloud login mode, you can select 4 display modes in the panorama mode, including: panorama, cylinder, split screen, quad screen</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Installation mode：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Suspension: the direction of the cruise is clockwise</p>
<p>Wall-mounted: the direction of the cruise swings left and right</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Cruise mode：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Speed: Cruise provides speed 3S / speed 40S / speed 60S three options, corresponding to slow / medium / fast three speeds</p>
<p>Stop: Pause the current state of the cruise, left click on the channel in the cruise or select the stop cruise button in the cruise mode to click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="236" height="280" class="wp-image-2330" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-19.png" alt="word image 2311 19" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 399"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="228" height="122" class="wp-image-2331" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-20.png" alt="word image 2311 20" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 400"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="194" height="208" class="wp-image-2332" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-21.png" alt="word image 2311 21" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 401"></p>
<p>①Panorama mode ②Installation mode ③Cruise mode</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc16520"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25531"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10879"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32029"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1117"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1993"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20745"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15235"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4756"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28251"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16204"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc454"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17203"></a>3.4 PTZ control</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Cruise / PTZ / Zoom / Focus / Aperture / Preset：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>The PTZ control function can be used only when the PTZ device (such as a ball machine) is connected to the main control device (such as NVR or DVR).</p>
<p>Cruise is to directly perform the screen cruise operation. The pan/tilt is to adjust the lens direction and zoom to replace the mirror multiple.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="158" height="32" class="wp-image-2333" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-22.png" alt="word image 2311 22" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 402"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="162" class="wp-image-2334" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-23.png" alt="word image 2311 23" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 403"></p>
<p>①PTZ speed level control ②control</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="177" height="77" class="wp-image-2335" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-24.png" alt="word image 2311 24" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 404"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="75" class="wp-image-2336" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-25.png" alt="word image 2311 25" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 405"></p>
<p>③Zoom, focus ④Preset</p>
<p>①：Adjust the PTZ control speed (default level is 6)</p>
<p>②：Adjust lens direction and cruise</p>
<p>③：Adjust the zoom and focus of the PTZ camera</p>
<p>④：Set and call the set bit, adjust the lens to the specified position, set the preset position, input the preset position later, click to call, the lens will automatically move to the specified position</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc15544"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19431"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3651"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23307"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21571"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28589"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28064"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10706"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6558"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14301"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2065"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3218"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6611"></a>3.5 Split screen number</h2>
<ul>
<li>The client provides 1 split screen / 4 split screen / 6 split screen / 8 split screen / 9 split screen / 16 split screen / 25 split screen / 36 split screen / 49 split screen, nine split screens can be switched at will</li>
</ul>
<p>When the number of connected device channels is greater than the current number of split screens, the displayed split screen will automatically increase, reaching 49 split screens.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="433" height="42" class="wp-image-2337" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/qq20180904163335.png" alt="QQ截图20180904163335" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 406" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/qq20180904163335.png 433w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/qq20180904163335-300x29.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 433px) 100vw, 433px" /></p>
<p>①Split screen number</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc24013"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24568"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21240"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4868"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18413"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14878"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31807"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30431"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6154"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2757"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21731"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5089"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7546"></a>3.6 Other functions</h2>
<ul>
<li>Sharpness switching: SD SD and HD HD toggle buttons</li>
<li>sound：①Selected screen channel ②Click to turn off/on sound</li>
<li>Intercom：①Click the intercom button to open the intercom ②Left-click and hold the connection to talk, click the exit button to exit the intercom</li>
<li>Help: The help buttons under each interface are the corresponding function instructions.</li>
<li>Recording: When the live preview channel is recording, the icon is flashing.</li>
<li>shut down：①Click to exit the login button ②Click OK to log out and return to the login screen.</li>
</ul>
<p>Other functions</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="265" height="54" class="wp-image-2338" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-27.png" alt="word image 2311 27" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 407"></p>
<p>Intercom</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="79" class="wp-image-2339" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-28.png" alt="word image 2311 28" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 408"></p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc17567"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18465"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29904"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2979"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29993"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21017"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29041"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13693"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5398"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11509"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16151"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8490"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19812"></a>4.Video playback</h1>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc28267"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9783"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23975"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28949"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8669"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2808"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31206"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29889"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30033"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8667"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31558"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc189"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22712"></a><strong>4</strong>.1 Video playback</h2>
<p>Playback four steps：①Select device channel ②Select video type ③Select playback date ④Confirm search video</p>
<ul>
<li>Retrieving the video requires three conditions of &#8216;device channel + recording type + playback date&#8217;.</li>
<li>Video types include: motion detection, timing detection, alarm detection, and manual detection. Generally, all types of videos can be retrieved by default.</li>
<li>The selection of the device channel can directly affect the retrieval result. Be sure to confirm the online status of the device before recording.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="176" class="wp-image-2340" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-29.png" alt="word image 2311 29" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 409"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="134" height="151" class="wp-image-2341" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-30.png" alt="word image 2311 30" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 410"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="183" class="wp-image-2342" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-31.png" alt="word image 2311 31" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 411"></p>
<p>①Device channel ②Video type ③Date selection</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc30108"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20184"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5559"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20502"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24760"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29002"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22194"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15764"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23181"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31407"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9200"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30165"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17013"></a>4.2 Timed playback</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Timed playback</strong>：Select the timed playback operation, enter the recording effective time point in the time frame, and confirm that it can be played immediately (effective time point refers to: the time retrieved by video playback)</li>
<li><strong>Time drag playback</strong>：Adjust the time scale and drag the cursor on the timeline to the corresponding time (as shown in Figure 2 below)</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="264" height="74" class="wp-image-2343" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-32.png" alt="word image 2311 32" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 412"></p>
<p>①Timed playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="944" height="73" class="wp-image-2344" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/2.png" alt="定时播放2" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 413" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/2.png 944w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/2-300x23.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/2-768x59.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 944px) 100vw, 944px" /></p>
<p>②Timeline</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc14396"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8223"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13533"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5692"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8560"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18050"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6379"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc169"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30088"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19138"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29572"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11931"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2883"></a>4.3 Video sync</h2>
<p>Steps：①Retrieve video ②Check sync ③Switching time point</p>
<ul>
<li>Date: Check the synchronization switching time point, the channel synchronization will not take effect.</li>
<li>Time: Check the synchronous switching time point. The recording time of each channel will not take effect at the same time.</li>
</ul>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc16858"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10837"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8039"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29210"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11029"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16197"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4390"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25120"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9333"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26109"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24479"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10591"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25400"></a>4.4 Video download</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Batch download</strong>：Enter the time period to be downloaded at the start time + end time according to the needs of the retrieved recording time range.</li>
<li><strong>Time period download</strong>：The time period of the video recording will also be displayed in the download resource. Click the download button for any time period according to your needs.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1068" height="50" class="wp-image-2345" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34.png" alt="word image 2311 34" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 414" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34.png 1068w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34-300x14.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34-1024x48.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-34-768x36.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1068px) 100vw, 1068px" /></p>
<p>①Custom bulk download</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="68" class="wp-image-2346" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-35.png" alt="word image 2311 35" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 415" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-35.png 995w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-35-300x21.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-35-768x52.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /> ②Select time period to download</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc23594"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20121"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10655"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3540"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5829"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5056"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6165"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10285"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc410"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7792"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25416"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7064"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14065"></a>4.5 Other functions</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Playback control</strong>：Support playback/pause/stop control in video playback, select the screen form in playback and click operation</li>
<li><strong>Time scale adjustment</strong>：The settings in the Setup Wizard are not set. The playback timeline scale will default to 60 minutes. You can also modify the scale value by clicking ‘Reduction’ or ‘Magnify’ during video playback.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="115" height="24" class="wp-image-2347" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-36.png" alt="word image 2311 36" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 416"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="25" class="wp-image-2348" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-37.png" alt="word image 2311 37" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 417"></p>
<p>①Playback control ③Adjustment scale</p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc20689"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3000"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3131"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28629"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32461"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16803"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29130"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14708"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9146"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14933"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1442"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8895"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4329"></a>5.Equipment management</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc3785"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22168"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30968"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9837"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11216"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29314"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10924"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5750"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29555"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11813"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23852"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc31383"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3013"></a>5.1 Add device</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add a LAN device</strong>：①Enter the device management interface ②Refresh LAN device ③Check the device and click Add (LAN device can be filtered by entering IP/ID in the filter box)</li>
<li><strong>Add cloud ID device</strong>：Manually enter the device &#8216;cloud ID number + channel number&#8217;, select &#8216;type&#8217; according to the actual situation of the device, and the rest can click to confirm (the password can be selected according to the actual settings of the device)</li>
<li><strong>Add an IP/DDNS device</strong>：Manually enter the device ‘IP/DDNS+port+channel number’, select ‘type’ according to the actual situation of the device, and the rest can click OK.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="175" class="wp-image-2349" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-38.png" alt="word image 2311 38" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 418" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-38.png 894w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-38-300x59.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-38-768x150.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /> ①LAN add</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="229" height="132" class="wp-image-2350" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-39.png" alt="word image 2311 39" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 419"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="67" class="wp-image-2351" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-40.png" alt="word image 2311 40" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 420" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-40.png 358w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-40-300x56.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="238" height="52" class="wp-image-2352" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-41.png" alt="word image 2311 41" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 421"></p>
<p>②Manual input addition</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc26072"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12409"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11453"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7330"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24702"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29223"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10768"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11542"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29481"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27768"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8075"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2647"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10328"></a>5.2 Modify device</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Device modification</strong>：In the device management or preview interface, after selecting the device and clicking Modify, the device interface will be loaded.</li>
<li><strong>Regional modification</strong>：In the modify device interface, click the area drop-down box.</li>
<li><strong>Group modification</strong>：After selecting the group under the device management interface, click the modify button to load the modified group information interface.</li>
</ul>
<p>note：Modify the channel name, panorama, and channel type corresponding to the channel number in the device. The panorama or channel type corresponding to each serial number is independent. The channel device in the device needs to be in the panoramic state. You can select the corresponding channel serial number to modify the panorama. And channel type</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="391" class="wp-image-2353" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-42.png" alt="word image 2311 42" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-42.png 752w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-42-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="178" class="wp-image-2354" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-43.png" alt="word image 2311 43" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 423" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-43.png 387w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-43-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Device modification ②Grouping</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc27754"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23358"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14375"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17144"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18196"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13159"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30413"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1175"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11508"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17985"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2925"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4325"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29915"></a><strong>5</strong>.3 Remote setting</h2>
<h3><a id="post-2311-_Toc10387"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30909"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2958"></a>5.3.1 VR CAM/gateway Remote setting</h3>
<p><strong>Setup steps</strong>：①Selected device ②Click Settings / Connect Device and click the Remote Settings button (as shown in Figure 1)</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Device Information</strong>：Content includes device model, device ID, OEM serial number, firmware version (providing check updates)</li>
<li><strong>Function setting：The audio, prompt tone, prompt language, and display mode and resolution can be set on the configuration.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Alarm system</strong>：The content includes motion detection, message push, motion detection sensitivity, and synchronization time function. If daylight saving time setting is available, you can set daylight saving time.</li>
<li><strong>TF card settings</strong>：TF card status, available / total capacity, TF card formatting function</li>
</ul>
<p>note：</p>
<p>①Alarm message push is not supported in local login. You need to check to switch to cloud login status.</p>
<p>②Currently supports VR CAM/gateway devices for remote setup</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="197" class="wp-image-2355" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-44.png" alt="word image 2311 44" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 424"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="114" class="wp-image-2356" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-45.png" alt="word image 2311 45" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 425"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="476" class="wp-image-2357" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-46.png" alt="word image 2311 46" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 426" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-46.png 695w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-46-300x205.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></p>
<p>Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Remote setting interface</p>
<h3><a id="post-2311-_Toc7947"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23635"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27120"></a>5.3.2 D82 series NVR remote setting</h3>
<p><strong>Setup steps</strong>：①Selected device ②Click Settings / Connect Device and click the Remote Settings button</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>General settings：</strong>Set the device&#8217;s time zone, date format, date, time, button sound, OSD transparency, VGA resolution</li>
<li><strong>Channel setting：</strong>
<ul>
<li><strong>Coding settings：</strong>Can set the encoding mode of each channel, the resolution of the primary and secondary streams, the code stream control, the code stream rate, the video frame rate, and the encoding format.</li>
<li><strong>Color adjustment：</strong>The tone, contrast, brightness, and saturation of each channel can be adjusted and copied to other channels.</li>
<li><strong>Channel OSD：</strong>The title, display status, and communication quality of each channel can be modified.</li>
<li><strong>Video detection：</strong>Each channel alarm duration, detection type, sensitivity, whether to enable various alarm information push, detection area selection, deployment time selection can be modified, and can be copied to other channels</li>
<li><strong>Code stream value：</strong>Monitor real-time stream for each channel</li>
<li><strong>Channel details：</strong>View the primary stream, secondary stream, and software version for each channel</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Recording settings：</strong>You can set the recording type and time of each channel. There are three types of timing, movement and alarm.</li>
<li><strong>Network settings：</strong>
<ul>
<li><strong>Network settings：</strong>You can modify whether to use DHCP. If you choose No, you can modify the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, DNS address, and WEB port of the NVR.</li>
<li><strong>Dynamic domain name：</strong>You can modify whether to use DDNS. If yes, you can modify the provider, domain name, username, password.</li>
<li><strong>PPPOE：</strong>Select whether to enable PPPOE. If yes, you can modify the PPPOE protocol, user name, and password. You can view the PPPOE status and PPPOE IP address.</li>
<li><strong>wireless setting：</strong>Can view ESSID, modify Wireless Channel, area</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>System settings：</strong>
<ul>
<li><strong>Device Information：</strong>View device name, device model, device serial number, software version, release time, cloud ID</li>
<li><strong>Log information：</strong>Select the input type, start time, and end time and click Search to display the log number, time, and content that meet the conditions.</li>
<li><strong>User Management：</strong>Display serial number, user name, whether it is super user, create new user, edit user, delete user, change password</li>
<li><strong>Factory settings：</strong>Choose simple restore (ignore channel and network configuration), restore all (restore all configurations)</li>
<li><strong>Online upgrade：</strong>Select the local upgrade file and click on Upgrade Firmware.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc30546"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26403"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22501"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17452"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19739"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6614"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21663"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19046"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29622"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23651"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc27070"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25046"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25031"></a>5.4 Device grouping</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Create a group</strong>：①Click the ‘Create Group’ button ②‘Enter the content in the group name box and click OK.</li>
<li><strong>Add channel</strong>：</li>
</ul>
<p>enter：①Select the created group ②Click the Add Channel button</p>
<p>Import selection：①Selected channel ②Selected group ③Click the import selection button</p>
<p>Import all：①Selected group ②Click to import all buttons</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Modify/delete：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Edit: Select the group and click the Modify button to modify it.</p>
<p>Delete: delete the selected group or channel and click the delete button to delete</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="385" height="175" class="wp-image-2358" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-47.png" alt="word image 2311 47" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 427" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-47.png 385w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-47-300x136.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="290" class="wp-image-2359" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-48.png" alt="word image 2311 48" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 428" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-48.png 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-48-300x187.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-48-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="386" height="176" class="wp-image-2360" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-49.png" alt="word image 2311 49" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 429" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-49.png 386w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-49-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 386px) 100vw, 386px" /></p>
<p>①Create a group ②Add channel ③Modify group</p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc4249"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13303"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24858"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26866"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5465"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19409"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29771"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17407"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc1208"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9914"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11333"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4077"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4605"></a>6. User parameter</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc17889"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23332"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9449"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25632"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29139"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7023"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17568"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24577"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7701"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22401"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14349"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29843"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2074"></a>6.1 Basic Settings</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Split screen number</strong>：The selected split screen number is displayed after the re-login, and the CMS provides split screen 1/4/6/8/9/16/25/36/49 nine forms of choice.</li>
<li><strong>Display language</strong>：CMS currently defaults to 9 display languages, such as Simplified Chinese and English. When you choose to log in again, you will switch to the corresponding language.</li>
<li><strong>Login Method</strong>：The cloud login mode is online. You need to connect to the external network when you log in. The local login does not have this hard requirement.</li>
<li><strong>List style</strong>：The list style includes tree shape and graphics. The replacement is only the real-time preview interface and the display of the device list under the playback interface. The device list under other interfaces is unified into the tree list style.</li>
<li><strong>Path modification</strong>：</li>
</ul>
<p>①Screenshot path: The screenshot file is saved in the snapshot folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to its own needs.</p>
<p>②Local recording path: The local recording file is saved in the record folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to its own needs.</p>
<p>③Video download path: The files downloaded by the playback video are saved in the video_download folder by default, and can be saved in other paths according to their needs.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Preview sync time：</strong>Check the time when the device is previewed and the computer will be automatically synchronized (only ipc is supported)</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>note：After modifying the settings, click &#8220;Finish&#8221; and you will need to log in again. (It is best not to modify it to a directory containing Chinese)</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc7528"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26005"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20971"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22912"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30289"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5084"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18311"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc18802"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25288"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20995"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19542"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28984"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26547"></a>6.2 advanced settings</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Time zone setting</strong>：The local time zone can be selected according to the actual situation.</li>
<li><strong>Automatic lock</strong>：Check the auto lock and enter the integer in minutes in the time frame. If no operation is performed on the CMS within the time of the input, the CMS will automatically lock.</li>
<li><strong>Automatically connect video</strong>：After logging in to the auto-connect video, log in to the CMS and automatically connect to the device added to the device list. The number of connected channels is the number of split screens in the basic settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Basic Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="408" class="wp-image-2361" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-50.png" alt="word image 2311 50" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 430" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-50.png 857w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-50-300x143.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-50-768x366.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></p>
<p>advanced settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="264" class="wp-image-2362" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-51.png" alt="word image 2311 51" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 431" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-51.png 759w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-51-300x104.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc5258"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29688"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24332"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17134"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9213"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7344"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22228"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28768"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc4513"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2052"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25468"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc2160"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16518"></a>7. More features</h1>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc682"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc13839"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32148"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21351"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9664"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7165"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14346"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5199"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc12997"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19128"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5640"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc10365"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc22243"></a>7.1 User Management</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>New user：</strong>①Click New User ②Enter username (required) + note name (optional)③Click to confirm</li>
<li><strong>Modify permissions：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Default: The default permissions include screenshot, video, PTZ settings, video playback, remote download 5 items</p>
<p>modify：①Click edit permission ②Check the permissions and devices/channels that need to be assigned to new users (you can click to select all) ③Click to confirm</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Other functions：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>①Clear password: If the login password of the new user is forgotten, you can log in to the newly created user again by directly clearing the password and the internal setting data can be retained.</p>
<p>②Modify the note: Add a note, change the note or delete the note, go to the modify note operation</p>
<p>③Delete user: If you feel that the newly created user is not necessary, click delete user to delete the user.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="250" class="wp-image-2363" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-52.png" alt="word image 2311 52" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 432"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="421" class="wp-image-2364" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-53.png" alt="word image 2311 53" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 433" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-53.png 695w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-53-300x182.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="247" class="wp-image-2365" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-54.png" alt="word image 2311 54" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 434"></p>
<p>①New user ②Modify permissions ③Modify user<a id="post-2311-_Toc24988"></a></p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc25072"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc8469"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5271"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30821"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30074"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11780"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7197"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32224"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc28135"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26496"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11043"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23100"></a>7.2 Log query</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Inquire</strong>：①Confirm ‘start time + end time’②Confirm ‘log type’ (including: alarm log, login log, operation log)③Selected area ④Click to query</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1225" height="242" class="wp-image-2366" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55.png" alt="word image 2311 55" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 435" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55.png 1225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55-300x59.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55-1024x202.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55-768x152.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-55-1200x237.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1225px) 100vw, 1225px" /></p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc14971"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29090"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc558"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14592"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25584"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc25793"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc20109"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6052"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14223"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7507"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc11111"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc19482"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc16915"></a>7.3 Resource management</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Screenshot</strong>：</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>search for：</strong>①Select ‘start time+end time’ ②Click search</p>
<p><strong>Preview：</strong>①Method one selects &#8216;preview&#8217; for right-click operation ②The second method is the screenshot file retrieved by direct click.</p>
<p><strong>delete：</strong>①Method 1 Select ‘Delete’ for the right-click operation. ②The second method is to enter the screenshot preview state and click to select ‘delete’.</p>
<p><strong>location：</strong>①Method 1 Select ‘Open location’ for right-click operation②Method 2 is to click &#8216;Save Location&#8217; in the resource information.</p>
<p><strong>Resource information：</strong>‘user, resource size, resolution, device name, associated channel, screenshot time, save location’, including the above content (as shown in Figure 2)</p>
<p><strong>Replacement size：</strong>‘Original size, maximize, zoom in, zoom out, resource information, delete’, the screenshot preview status includes the above status/function that can be switched to</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>video：</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>search for：</strong>①Select ‘start time+end time+’②Select the recording type (including: preview video, playback video, default all types)③Click search</p>
<p><strong>Resource information：</strong>‘user, resource size, recording type, device name, associated channel, recording time, save location’, including the above</p>
<p><strong>Other functions：</strong>The operation steps of ‘preview, resource information, location, delete’ function are the same as the screenshots. For details, please refer to the operation in the screenshot.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="161" height="116" class="wp-image-2367" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-56.png" alt="word image 2311 56" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 436"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="409" height="275" class="wp-image-2368" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-57.png" alt="word image 2311 57" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 437" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-57.png 409w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-57-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px" /></p>
<p>Figure 1 Right click operation Figure 2 Resource information</p>
<h2><a id="post-2311-_Toc27251"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32141"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc14684"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15370"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc30805"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc5893"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc15891"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc3070"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc21552"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17835"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc29168"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc26879"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc9563"></a>7.4 System Info</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong>Version Information</strong>：The content is displayed as follows ‘version number, date’</li>
<li><strong>change Password</strong>：①Enter &#8216;original password + new password + confirm new password&#8217;②Click to confirm ③Re-login verification password</li>
<li><strong>sign out</strong>：Click the ‘Exit Login’ button to quit the login status of the current account.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="257" class="wp-image-2369" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-58.png" alt="word image 2311 58" title="EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide 438" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-58.png 351w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2311-58-300x220.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></p>
<h1><a id="post-2311-_Toc26104"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24842"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc17687"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc32579"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7412"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc7104"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc23419"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc24195"></a><a id="post-2311-_Toc6606"></a>8.Frequently Asked Questions</h1>
<p><strong>Question one</strong>：After installation, open the CMS and display &#8220;Cannot load plugin&#8221;?</p>
<p><strong>Answer </strong><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK11"></a><strong>one</strong>：</p>
<p>1.Please confirm whether the installation path uses Chinese when installing, and the plugin is temporarily not compatible with Chinese path.</p>
<p>2.After confirming the non-Chinese path, if the problem persists, you can contact technical support for assistance.</p>
<p><strong>Question two</strong>：After connecting multiple channels of video (more than 30 channels), videos stop for a few seconds , all channels are automatically disconnected into the black screen. The device connected again has no response. Do we need to restart the CMS?</p>
<p><strong>Answer two</strong>：The new version of CMS3.0.1 runs with higher memory. If you connect many channels by the lower configuration computer, the computer system will run out of memory, causing the CMS to run abnormally. If the computer configuration is slightly lower, it is recommended not to connect too many channels. The optimization work has been planned for this situation.</p>
<p><strong>Question three：</strong>When CMS is installed on the OSX system, it displays &#8220;File is corrupted&#8221; or &#8220;Unable to open&#8221; when it is opened?</p>
<p><strong>Answer three：</strong></p>
<p>1.Open &#8220;System Settings&#8221; → &#8220;Security and Privacy&#8221; → &#8220;Allow applications to be downloaded in the following location&#8221;, check &#8220;any source&#8221; (applies to versions prior to OSX10.12.X);</p>
<p>2.Open &#8220;Terminal&#8221;, enter the string &#8220;sudo spctl &#8211;master-disable&#8221;, press the &#8220;Enter&#8221; key, enter the sudo password (applicable to versions after OSX10.12.X). If the above method still does not work, please contact us to help you solve it.</p>
<p><strong>Question four：</strong>After starting a window and flashing, it will not start or XP will appear. Open the software to indicate 0a00000000 memory referenced by 0x00000000 instruction. The memory cannot be &#8216;written&#8217;.</p>
<p><strong>Answer four：</strong>Large probability video card driver problem, update the graphics card driver can solve</p>
<p><strong>Question five：</strong><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK12"></a><a id="post-2311-OLE_LINK13"></a>It shows mfc100u.dll lost when opening computer</p>
<p><strong>Answer five：</strong>Install VC++2010 library to solve the problem</p>
<h1 id="firstHeading" class="firstHeading" lang="en">Tool software</h1>
<div id="bodyContent" class="mw-body-content">
<div id="jump-to-nav" class="mw-jump"></div>
<div id="mw-content-text" class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" lang="en">
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/eseecloud/EseeCloud_Setup_3.0.8.0.exe" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Computer remote client: Eseecloud 3.0.8.0(Windows7.8.10 system)</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/EseeCloud-mac-2.0.8_20200228.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Computer remote client: Eseecloud 2.0.8（MAC）</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/IPCamSuite-1.2.26.8.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">IPC Search Upgrade Tool</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/0530/DvrSuite-1.0.0.8.rar" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">NVR Search Upgrade Tool</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/DiskBackup.rar" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Hard disk linked computer backup data Tool</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/IPCProductCheck%20V1.6.2.19.exe.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Production testing Tool</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/Video-player%20.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Video player (for nvr backup video file playback)</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/CtrlSetup_1200.rar" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">IE browser plug-in</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/WifiScan%20v2.3.2%E9%87%8D%E6%9E%84%E7%89%88%E6%9C%AC.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">WIFI Analyzer</a></u></p>
<p>&gt;&gt;&gt;<u><a class="external text" href="http://download.dvr163.com/tool/CMS%20shumingshu.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Computer remote client manual in Chinese and English</a></u></p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Jun 2023 20:51:20 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analytic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cluebase]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Danale]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Huawei]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mozilla Firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VSPlayer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless Camera]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2199</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual, by vCloud.ai is new-generation Video Management Software that works on MacBook, Windows, Linux and even ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/#more-2199" aria-label="Read more about Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual, by vCloud.ai is new-generation Video Management Software that works on MacBook, Windows, Linux and even Web browser of literally any device. vCloud.ai Cluebase VMS is made for reliability, performance, and convenience. Flexibility and limitlessness by design allows creating advanced computer vision systems in a very short time. The vCloud.ai API allows integrating third-party hardware and software to extend your video system&#8217;s functionality even further. The advanced ergonomic interface makes all functions intuitively easy to use.</p>
<p><strong>Cluebase VMS by vCloud.ai User manual</strong></p>
<p>Purpose of the VMS</p>
<p>Cluebase VMS (video management system) is a software product that allows connecting video cameras to the server for further recording, live view and multiple additional functions.<br />
Cluebase VMS is distributed as an open-platform commercial product under End User License Agreement.</p>
<p>System description</p>
<p>Cluebase VMS consists of the following parts:<br />
2.1. Front-end (Web/Lunix/MacOs/Windows)<br />
2.2. Back-end: server-side application that runs in the background<br />
Cameras connect to Cluebase VMS via ONVIF and RTSP protocols.<br />
Users can connect to the cloud unlimited number of cameras individually and set individual recording plans on them.</p>
<p>Hardware requirements</p>
<p>Minimal server requirements: Dual-core ARM or Intel/AMD (32 or 64 bit), 2GB RAM, 2GB HDD/SSD. Desktop client requires a PC or Mac computer with Intel/AMD 32 or 64 bit, Apple Silicon or other ARM CPU with at least 2 cores of 1.5 GHz each. Supported browsers: Google Chrome v.92+, Mozilla Firefox v.90+, Safari v.14+</p>
<p>Compatibility</p>
<p>4.1. Codecs: Cluebase VMS is ready to work with any h.264 video stream though h.265 is supported with limited functionality.<br />
4.2. All IP cameras and DVR/NVR are compliant.,</p>
<h2>Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1966/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1453/icms-pro-full-user-guide/" rel="nofollow">Danale Wireless Camera Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1088/vsplayer-software-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">VSPlayer Software User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>Client app installation</p>
<p>Please note that Web client application is available instantly by accessing the server’s IP address via a web-browser. However is you need to install a client application on you desktop they available for downloading at <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a></p>
<p>a. Installing Linux app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_Linux_x_x.deb you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions or you can do it from the command line:<br />
sudo apt install Cluebase_ VMS_Linux_x_x.deb</p>
<p>b. Installing Windows app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_WIN_x_x.exe you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions.</p>
<p>c. Installing MacOS app<br />
Once you’ve downloaded file Cluebase_VMS_MacOS_x_x.dmg you can install it from the UI by double-clicking and following the screen instructions.</p>
<p>Signing in</p>
<p>After running the application for the first time you should see the Sign in screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="158" class="wp-image-2200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-1-png.png" alt="Picture 1.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 465"></p>
<p>Please enter your valid login and password and click Sign in. After installation you can use the default credentials: admin/admin.</p>
<p>License activation</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Services-&gt;VMS-&gt;vCloud.ai VMS-&gt;VMS License Request, fill the customer e-mail and name fields, specify the required licenses and click Send License Request. Your request will be delivered to vCloud.ai sales team so, in return, you should receive the License activation key file to your email.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="180" class="wp-image-2201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-2-png.png" alt="Picture 2.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 466"></p>
<p>Once received, you can Upload the license file at the screen bottom and click Activate.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="57" class="wp-image-2202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-3-png.png" alt="Picture 3.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 467"></p>
<p>Your license activation page should look as on the picture below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="115" class="wp-image-2203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-4-png.png" alt="Picture 4.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 468"></p>
<p>Adding cameras</p>
<p><a href="https://youtu.be/zrzHZssZru8" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Watch How to add cameras video in Cluebase VMS Tutorials on YouTube</a></p>
<p>8.1. Camera search tool<br />
Camera search tool is created to simplify and speed up cameras discovery and connection processes.</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Search</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="122" class="wp-image-2204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-5-png.png" alt="Picture 5.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 469"></p>
<p>All supported cameras in the local network will be found automatically (normally within 5-10 seconds).</p>
<p>After specifying cameras’ credentials (name/login/password) you can add them one by one using the ‘+’ button on the left</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="55" class="wp-image-2205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-6-png.png" alt="Picture 6.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 470"></p>
<p>Or you can click Add all devices to add all cameras with the specified credentials.</p>
<p>Click Refresh search to search the network again.</p>
<p>You can specify the search range manually.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="31" class="wp-image-2206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-7-png.png" alt="Picture 7.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 471"></p>
<p>By default the system will search in the current subnet.</p>
<p>8.2. Add cameras manually</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Add camera<br />
Name the camera, select connection type (ONVIF or RTSP) fill the IP address and port for ONVIF or the URL for the RTSP, fill Login and Password with camera’s credentials, select the time zone then click Add.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="367" class="wp-image-2207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png.png" alt="Picture 8.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 472" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-8-png-245x300.png 245w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Your camera should then appear in All cameras/Devices section</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="152" class="wp-image-2208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-9-png.png" alt="Picture 9.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 473"></p>
<p>8.3 Create a New Layout for the cameras</p>
<p><a href="https://youtu.be/SVz-150uOLA" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Watch Creating a New Layout video in Cluebase VMS Tutorials on YouTube</a></p>
<p>Storage settings</p>
<p>By default the VMS should identify all mounted drives from the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="179" class="wp-image-2209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-10-png.png" alt="Picture 10.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 474"></p>
<p>To enable a storage volume for recording please select the storage volume and switch it on:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="64" class="wp-image-2210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-11-png.png" alt="Picture 11.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 475"></p>
<p>Then select the cameras that are required to be recorded, set archive depth, select quality and click Save. The storage will be activated for recording immediately.</p>
<p>User access management</p>
<p>10.1. Managing roles<br />
Go to Settings-&gt;Users-&gt;Add role</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="199" class="wp-image-2211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-12-png.png" alt="Picture 12.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 476"></p>
<p>Name the role and grant access to specific cameras and functions. Click save.<br />
Please note that all users with this role will then have access to the specified cameras and functions.<br />
10.2. Managing users<br />
Go to Settings-&gt;Users-&gt;Add new user</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="162" class="wp-image-2212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-13-png.png" alt="Picture 13.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 477"></p>
<p>Specify the new user credentials: Username, Password and the required Role. Access granted to the selected Role is be indicated below but is not available for editing. To edit the permissions you need to edit the Role by clicking the pencil button</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="271" height="61" class="wp-image-2213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-14-png.png" alt="Picture 14.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 478"></p>
<p>Map setup</p>
<p>To be able to locate the camera on the map you can add the coordinates or simply drag the camera across the map and then click Save.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="297" class="wp-image-2214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png.png" alt="Picture 15.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 479" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-15-png-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Layout setup</p>
<p>Click <strong>New layout</strong> in the main menu</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="415" class="wp-image-2215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png.png" alt="Picture 16.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 480" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-16-png-217x300.png 217w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Layout</strong> editing page will open</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="182" class="wp-image-2216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-17-png.png" alt="Picture 17.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 481"></p>
<p>Give your new layout a <strong>Name</strong>, choose <strong>Layout template</strong> and drag’n’drop cameras or whole groups to the layout grid on the right-hand side.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="183" class="wp-image-2217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-18-png.png" alt="Picture 18.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 482"></p>
<p>Click Save to save your layout.</p>
<p>To edit existing layouts, click the Pencil button in the layout tab menu at the top of the screen:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="50" class="wp-image-2218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-19-png.png" alt="Picture 19.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 483"></p>
<p>Camera groups</p>
<p>Go to Settings-&gt;Cameras-&gt;Add group and fill the group name field. Then click “Add”</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="135" class="wp-image-2219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-20-png.png" alt="Picture 20.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 484"></p>
<p>To edit a group click the ‘pencil’ icon on the right side of the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="300" class="wp-image-2220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png.png" alt="Picture 21.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 485" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-21-png-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Now you can edit or delete the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="121" class="wp-image-2221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-22-png.png" alt="Picture 22.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 486"></p>
<p>To add a camera to a particular group go to camera settings and select the required group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="188" class="wp-image-2222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png.png" alt="Picture 23.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 487" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-23-png-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Technical support</p>
<p>vCloud.ai technical support is operating 24/7, the average reply time is 3 hours. Technical support can be requested via email: <a href="mailto:support@vcloud.ai">support@vcloud.ai</a></p>
<h1>Cluebase VMS Installation Manual</h1>
<h2>Preparation</h2>
<p>Download cluebase.zip from <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a> and unzip the file. Please note that in some versions of Linux the unzip application is not included so you&#8217;ll need to install it separately with the following command:</p>
<p>sudo apt install unzip</p>
<p>Now unzip the Cluebase VMS installer with the following command:</p>
<p>sudo unzip cluebase.zip</p>
<p>The above command creates a directory containing the installation files.</p>
<p>Go to CluebaseVMS directory:</p>
<p>cd CluebaseVMS</p>
<p>Now you have to provide permissions to the installation script (install.sh):</p>
<p>sudo chmod +x install.sh</p>
<p>You are all set for the installation.</p>
<h2>Automatic installation</h2>
<p>Docker container framework and Docker-compose extension are required for Cluebase VMS installation and operation.</p>
<h3>Installing on Linux</h3>
<p>Please run the install.sh script to automatically install Cluebase VMS on a clean Linux OS.</p>
<p>To run the script, please go to the folder containing “install.sh” and run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo sh install.sh</p>
<h2>Installing the SSL version</h2>
<p>Here are the steps to install Cluebase VMS with SSL encryption:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download Cluebase VMS SSL installer . Please note that it comes as a separate install package and available at <a href="https://vcloud.ai/downloads" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://vcloud.ai/downloads</a></li>
<li>Prepare SSL certificate and public key that are generated for the required domain name.</li>
<li>Unzip the installation package.</li>
<li>Navigate to &#8216;certs&#8217; directory in the installation package.</li>
<li>Copy the SSL certificate and public key (file should be named as follows: cert.crt &#8211; SSL certificate, cert.key &#8211; public). The existing files should be replaced or removed before</li>
<li>Provide permissions to the installation script by this command:</li>
</ol>
<p>sudo chmod +x install.sh</p>
<p>7. Run the installation script:</p>
<p>$ sudo sh install.sh</p>
<h2>Manual installation</h2>
<h3>Installing Docker on Linux</h3>
<p>Official Docker installation guide: <a href="https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/ubuntu/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/ubuntu/</a></p>
<p>Run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get install docker-ce docker-ce-cli containerd.io</p>
<h3>Installing docker-compose on Linux</h3>
<p>Run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo curl -L &#8220;<a href="https://github.com/docker/compose/releases/download/1.29.2/docker-compose-$(uname" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://github.com/docker/compose/releases/download/1.29.2/docker-compose-$(uname</a> -s)-$(uname -m)&#8221; -o /usr/local/bin/docker-compose</p>
<p>Grant the necessary access rights by running the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/docker-compose</p>
<h3><strong>Preparation for manual VMS installation</strong></h3>
<p>You will need to edit the environment variable file, the .env file, to successfully install the VMS.</p>
<p>Please note that this file is hidden in the folder by default.</p>
<p>Open the .env file and specify the server&#8217;s IP address in the following fields:</p>
<p>APP_HOST=0.0.0.0 (the server&#8217;s public IP address) MACHINE_HOST=0.0.0.0 (local IP address of the server)</p>
<p>If the VMS should only be used in the local network, both IP addresses will be the same.</p>
<h3>Using a custom port for the VMS</h3>
<p>By default the VMS installs and runs on port 80. However you can configure a different port by amending the .env file.</p>
<p>Open the .env file and add NGINX_PORT variable and it&#8217;s value (port number) as shown on the screenshot.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="557" height="335" class="wp-image-2223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg.jpeg" alt="Editing .env file .jpg" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 488" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg.jpeg 557w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/editing-env-file-jpg-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /></p>
<h3>Installing and running VMS</h3>
<p>Enter the VMS folder and run the following command:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose up -d</p>
<p>This command will automatically download, install and run VMS.</p>
<h3>Failover</h3>
<h5>Description</h5>
<p>Cluebase VMS supports failover (hot swap) functionality as the following options:</p>
<ol>
<li>1 to 1 &#8211; every server in the system has a failover server</li>
<li>Many to 1 &#8211; several servers can be hot-swapped by 1 failover server</li>
<li>Many to Many &#8211; several servers can be hot-swapped by several failover servers</li>
</ol>
<h5>Important</h5>
<ol>
<li>In case of using the failover functionality it’s important to make sure that network storage is being used (Object storage or NAS)</li>
<li>Failover server hardware should be able to handle the required number of cameras so the failover servers’ hardware should be precisely calculated and configured.</li>
<li>Configuration is automatically sent from main server to failover every 5 minutes</li>
<li>Please note that shutting down the main server manually is considered as maintenance and will not initiate the failover process.</li>
<li>After switching back from failover server to the main server it is required to reset failover server&#8217;s configuration or reboot.</li>
</ol>
<h5>Setup</h5>
<p>To set up a failover system you need to have at least 1 main server and 1 failover server.</p>
<p>Go to the main server user interface and open Failover settings: Settings-&gt;Failover-&gt;Add Failover Server and fill the fields with Failover server credentials. In the Logic field choose the server or servers that should be hot-swapped by the current Failover server. Then click Save.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="208" class="wp-image-2224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/failover-settings-png.png" alt="Failover settings.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 489"></p>
<h2>Sign in</h2>
<p>Open a web browser (Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox and Safari are recommended), enter the server&#8217;s IP address and press Enter.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="170" class="wp-image-2225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/picture-24-png.png" alt="Picture 24.png" title="Huawei Cluebase VMS User Manual 490"></p>
<p>By default login and password: admin/admin.</p>
<h2>Stopping the VMS</h2>
<p>Run the following command from the VMS folder to stop the VMS server:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose down</p>
<h2>Updating VMS</h2>
<p>To update the VMS version:<br />
1.stop the VMS<br />
2.Run the following command from the VMS folder:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose pull</p>
<p>3.Restart VMS:</p>
<p>$ sudo docker-compose up -d</p>
<h1>Cluebase VMS Architectural and Engineering Specification</h1>
<p><strong>General Description</strong></p>
<p>1. Cluebase video management system (VMS) is an enterprise-level client/server-based smart IP video security solution that provides management of video, audio and other data across an IP network. The video management system is designed to work with various ONVIF compliant 3<sup>rd</sup> party products. Video from other sites may be viewed from single or numerous workstations simultaneously at any time.</p>
<p>2. The video management system can be deployed on a single PC for small or medium system applications or on separate interconnected PCs and servers to meet large systems requirements.</p>
<p>3. The server part of VMS compatible with Linux and Windows OS (64-bit). Though recommended OS for server part is Ubuntu 18.04, 20.04 versions.</p>
<p>4. The server part compatible with ARM, Intel and AMD CPUs.</p>
<p>5. The server part fully docker container-based.</p>
<p>6. The client part compatible with Linux, Windows and MacOS operating systems.</p>
<p>7. There is web-based client. Supported browsers are Chrome, Edge, Firefox, Safari.</p>
<p>8. Client part also has desktop Windows, Linux and MacOS applications.</p>
<p>9. The VMS support cameras compliant to ONVIF Profile S. It is possible to scan the network for ONVIF cameras.</p>
<p>10. It is possible to provide basic configuration of ONVIF cameras from within the VMS, such as general camera settings, recording profiles, audio profiles.</p>
<p>11. It is possible to access camera’s web interface from the link in the VMS.</p>
<p>12.  It is possible to use the events provided by an ONVIF camera to trigger events and alarms in the Video Management System.</p>
<p>13.  It is possible for operator to control PTZ camera using virtual joystick.</p>
<p>14.  It is possible to record ONVIF compliant cameras.</p>
<p>15.  It is possible to display ONVIF compliant cameras in live view on a monitor connected to a PC.</p>
<p>16.  It is possible to connect cameras or other video sources via RTSP stream to VMS.</p>
<p>17.  It is possible to live view and record cameras connected via RTSP.</p>
<p>18.  The VMS is designed to use a facility’s existing IT infrastructure.</p>
<p>19.  The VMS is capable to be deployed in Local Area Networks (LAN) as well as in Wide Area Networks (WAN).</p>
<p>20. The VMS allows an operator to control and view live and playback streams of cameras and receive alarms from a remote site (across WAN).</p>
<p>21.  The VMS is capable to be deployed in the cloud environment (containers, VMs).</p>
<p>22. The VMS allows to view transcoded video streams (live and playback).</p>
<p>23. Live video and archive is played via HLS (HTTP Live Streaming) protocol.</p>
<p>24. The VMS shall allow the establishment of user groups that have access rights to specific cameras, layouts, camera settings, storage settings, system settings.</p>
<p>25. The VMS supports export of the video and frame in the avi, mp4 and jpeg formats to a local or network drive.</p>
<p>26. The VMS is designed in such a way that configuration changes to any part of the system will not interrupt operational tasks.</p>
<p>27. The video management system supports enabling an encrypted communication between the server and client workstation.</p>
<p>28. The server part provides management, monitoring, and control of the entire system. The server part maintains stream management, alarm management, central configuration and user management.</p>
<p>29. The client part provides the user interface for system monitoring and operation. The client workstation maintains live monitoring, storage retrieval, and alarm handling.</p>
<p>30. The video management system supports display of alarms in a special alarm panel.</p>
<p>31.  The video management system provides the capability to allow alarms to be filtered by type of the alarm, camera and time.</p>
<p>32. The video management system allows to send an e-mail message in response to an alarm.</p>
<p>33. The video management system allows to send messages to Telegram in response to an alarm.</p>
<p>34. The video management system allows to send messages in the alarm panel, to an email address and Telegram in case of camera disconnection.</p>
<p>35. The video management system supports API that allows for fetching live video streams and archive from 3rd party applications.</p>
<p>36. The video management system provides the user of the client workstation with an option to select the video stream offered by a camera. For cameras configured to use two or more different streams for live view and for recording, operator shall be able to manually switch between the higher resolution stream and the lower resolution stream for a particular camera.</p>
<p>37. The video management system provides the user of the client workstation with an option to enable an automatic switching between a high and a low-resolution stream. The video management system automatically switches to a low-resolution stream, if the user of the client workstation opens multiple cameras on a monitor. The video management system automatically switches to a high-resolution stream, when the user maximizes a camera on the monitor.</p>
<p>38. The video management system support PTZ control with a dedicated graphical (virtual) joystick control, supporting Pan, Tilt, Zoom and Focus commands. For PTZ cameras, the cursor shall change to indicate the Pan/Tilt direction when hovering over the corresponding image pane. The Pan/Tilt speed shall increase as the cursor moves farther from the center of the virtual joystick. An additional control command near the Pan/Tilt command of the joystick shall be used for zoom-in/zoom-out control.</p>
<p>39. The video management system shall support digital zoom of any image pane. The mouse wheel shall control digital zoom when the mouse cursor is hovering over a selected image pane.</p>
<p>40.  The video management system provides an instant playback function. Instant playback supports pause, play forward, play reverse, single step forward, single step reverse, fast-forward.</p>
<p>41.  The video management system shall support a timeline that provides a graphical overview of video stored on the disk for particular camera. The timeline shall display a timescale that can be adjusted.</p>
<p><strong>Video analytics</strong></p>
<p>42. The video management system provides an integration with a server-based analytics platform.</p>
<p>43. The video analytic processing able to scale seamlessly by adding servers.</p>
<p>44. The system should allow the use of a pool of video analytic algorithm on any camera. It should be easy to change an algorithm from a camera to another.</p>
<p>45. The video analytic processing should be able to run on top of a server or to be virtualized using virtualization technologies.</p>
<p>46.The system can offer the following video analytic:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Object Detection &#8211; identifies people, cars, busses, trucks, motorcycles and animals in a defined area/zone.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Face recognition – an algorithm for human identification and verification, based on the facial recognition as well as the age and gender estimation. The algorithm creates a database of all faces captured by video cameras and lets you search the database for similar faces.</p>
<p>&#8211;   License plate recognition &#8211; an algorithm for license plate recognition. Video streams can be processed to search for and recognize license plate numbers in the frame. These license plate numbers are saved to a database and associated with the relevant recorded video. The database is searchable. License plate numbers can be compared to lists in real time, with actions performed (or not performed) depending on whether or not a license plate is found in the list. Aside from license plates, system can recognize the make, model, and color of vehicle, as well as the country and direction of movement of the car.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Traffic Analytics &#8211; intended for the calculation of intensity and determination of traffic structure classify the types of vehicles (car, bus, truck, bicycle, motorbike). It also counts people and provides statistical report with graphs and pies by hours, days, weeks, months.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Crowd Detection &#8211; estimates the number of people within a given area in real time and triggers an alarm when a specified number of people (capacity) or a specified percentage of people (occupancy) is reached.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Hard Hat Detection &#8211; detects people not wearing helmets, records video and sends alarms.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Heat Map &#8211; color visual representation of data analysis of customer activity presented by color visual representation of data (warm and cold zones).</p>
<p>&#8211;   Age &amp; Gender Detection &#8211; determines the gender of customers and their approximate age by detecting and analyzing the faces of visitors.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Motion Detection &#8211; captures any movement in the scene. The following rules can be applied: line crossing, loitering, intrusion, abandoned object, disappearance of an object.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smoke &amp; Fire Detection &#8211; recognizes smoke and fire in the image.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smart Tracking System &#8211; search people by attributes (color of clothes, bag, hair, hat, gender, and age).</p>
<p>&#8211;   Body Movement Detection &#8211; identifies a person in different positions: sitting, standing, walking, lying, getting up.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Wagon Identification &#8211; detection and recognition of wagon UIC numbers.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Smart Parking &#8211; management of parking lot, detection of license plates of entering vehicles, recognition of model, direction of movement, and payment status of the car.</p>
<p>47.It is possible to setup several “lists” in the database of the analytics platform. A list contains License plates or faces and related data.</p>
<p>48. The analytics platform detects license plates or faces in the live stream provided by the cameras and shall match them against the license plates and faces stored in data-base of the analytics platform</p>
<p>49. When there is a match, an event should be sent by the system to the video management system. Additional data such as the camera and the time of detection should be included in the event provided to the video management system.</p>
<p>50. When the event provided by the analytics platform triggers an alarm in the video management system, the following content shall appear in the alarm panel of the VMS:</p>
<p>&#8211;   A cropped extract of the original image.</p>
<p>&#8211;   The corresponding face or license plate taken from the database of the analytics platform to allow the operator to compare the captured image with the reference image from data-base</p>
<p>&#8211;   Additional data related to the face or license plate stored in the data-base of the analytics platform (e.g. name of person etc.)</p>
<p>51.  All events and meta-data are displayed in the archive on a timeline of corresponding camera of the video management system as an icon. If pointing the mouse arrow at this icon, a frame with the image of an object that triggered an alarm should appear.</p>
<p>52. System should support own AI-based embedded human and vehicle motion detection algorithm.</p>
<p><strong>User interface elements</strong></p>
<p>53. Video frame elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should be able to switch from live video mode to archive mode. If video camera is being recorded switch button should appear as an activate. If not being recorded it should be in inactive status without possibility to click on it.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have button allowing instantly jump back to archive for a predefined number of seconds.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should be a possibility to pause live video upon request and restart it by clicking on play button.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have date and time indicator, that allows to access archive at specified date and time.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have object counter element indicating number of detected objects of specific type.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should have sound volume bar allowing to control sound from the camera with built-in microphone.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Should contain video analytics icon allowing to activate embedded AI-based motion detection analytics.</p>
<p>&#8211;   While clicking on video analytics “ai” icon, settings should be activated allowing to pre-configure embedded AI-based human and vehicle motion detection analytics.</p>
<p>&#8211;   In the pre-configurable settings, it should be possible to set the following parameters: enable video analytics button, sensitivity option in percentage, view zone button, send to alarm panel button, detections frequency in seconds, delay between detection in seconds, object type selection option.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If embedded human and vehicle motion detection analytics enabled the “ai” icon should turn green. When disabled it should be of a white color.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Stream management icon allowing to choose from lower and higher resolution video stream as well as allowing the system to perform automatic stream selection.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Google maps activation icon. If activated it partially overlays on the live video frame with the option to fully overlay on it indicating camera positioning on the map.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to reload the video stream by clicking on a dedicated icon.</p>
<p>&#8211;   In the archive mode it should be possible to increase the video playback speed x2, x4, x8.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video or frame can be exported by clicking on dedicated icons. Video can be exported in mp4 or avi formats. Frame can be exported in jpeg format.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to expand and narrow down the archive timeline by scrolling the mouse wheel while pointing on a timeline or by clicking on the plus and minus buttons.</p>
<p>54. Upper menu panel:</p>
<p>&#8211;   All created layouts should appear in the menu panel. Each of them should have unique name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   All layouts displayed in the menu panel should be editable right from the panel.</p>
<p>&#8211;   It should be possible to move layouts by holding the mouse cursor and dragging them left and right.</p>
<p>&#8211;   I should be possible to hide upper menu panel by clicking on dedicated icon in a such way that it appears whenever user point mouse cursor back at the same area.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be an icon on menu panel that allows to work in tutorial mode. Once activated is should be possible to point by mouse cursor at any user interface element and receive short explanation what is this element created for.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be possibility to access expandable main menu from upper menu panel.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be an alarm indicator that changes the color and creates sound whenever alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>55. Alarm panel:</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be a possibility to expand alarm panel by clicking on dedicated icon in the upper panel menu.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Alarm panel should have an option to filter events by: type of event, cameras and time of the event.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Each video analytics event should contain the following minimum information: frame (picture of the object), type of the analytics, camera, object type, and time and date of triggering.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If alarm is triggered by face recognition or license plate recognition analytics event may also contain the name of the person from the list.</p>
<p>&#8211;   There should be “apply” button to filter events and “reset” button to return to default status.</p>
<p>&#8211;   The latest triggered event should appear in the top of the list.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Alarm panel should have chat field so different users of the system could communicate through this chat.</p>
<p>56. Layout settings:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Layout configuration should be accessible from either by editing existing layouts or by accessing expandable main menu.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Layout settings should consist of: layout name field, layout templates, camera list, groups of cameras and save and cancel buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should have the following layout templates: 1 camera, 4 cameras, 9 cameras, 16 cameras, 25 cameras, 36 cameras, all cameras.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should allow to add camera by drag and drop method to one of the chosen layouts using mouse cursor.</p>
<p>&#8211;   System should allow to drag and drop individual camera or the whole group.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Once layout created it should be possible to change position of live streaming cameras by drag and drop method without accessing layout settings.</p>
<p><strong>Camera settings</strong></p>
<p>57. Camera settings should consist of the following elements: name of the server, camera groups, individual cameras, manual camera adding option, adding group of cameras option, option to bind two or more servers,  automatic camera search option.</p>
<p>58. Individual camera setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Unique camera number field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Device name field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera ID.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera group field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording schedule field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera type field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   If camera being added through RTSP then RTSP URL field followed by login and password fields.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Receive event check box for events from integrated cameras.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Generate RTSP checkbox to create RTSP link.</p>
<p>&#8211;   PTZ checkbox for cameras added through ONVIF or native protocols.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to reset settings.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Frame showing camera live stream.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to set camera location on the google map.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Coordinates filed allowing to set camera on the google map by entering precise coordinates of the location.</p>
<p>59. Manual camera adding option should consist of the following fields: device name, camera type, IP and port fields if camera being added through ONVIF, RTSP URL if camera being added through RTSP, login and password fields.</p>
<p>60.Adding group of cameras setting should consist of add group field and add button.</p>
<p>61.  Bind server setting should consist of the following fields: server name, domain or IP address of the server, port, login and password.</p>
<p>62. It should be possible to bind 2 or more servers in the local network or with public IP.</p>
<p>63. It should be possible to bind 2 or more remotely distributed servers each of which is in their own local network using cloud link feature. It should be possible to manage local storage, access camera’s archive, create layouts and receive alarms from all of those binded local servers by 1 or more remote operators.</p>
<p>64.Automatic camera search setting should consist of the following fields: range of IP addresses field, list of discovered cameras including IP address of the camera, camera name field, login, password and ping information in milliseconds, add all devices and refresh the search buttons.</p>
<p><strong>Storage settings</strong></p>
<p>65. Storage setting should consist of the following elements: server name and hard drive discs.</p>
<p>66. Hard drive disk should have the following settings and fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   On and off buttons that activate storage.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Individual camera storage settings section.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkbox allowing to select individual camera.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera unique umber.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Camera name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Archive depths in days field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording quality drop down field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Recording logics drop down field allowing to select the following options: full time recording, scheduled recording or recording by triggered alarm.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Storage bulk configuration section.</p>
<p>&#8211;   General storage limit for the selected hard drive in Gb.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Pre-recording and post-recording fields in seconds.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Storage capacity bar indicating used space and free space on a hard drive.</p>
<p><strong>Analytics settings</strong></p>
<p>67. Analytics settings should consist of the following elements: server settings, notifications, alarms via emails.</p>
<p>68.Server settings should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video analytics server URL or IP address.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Video analytics server authorization API token.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Option to store metadata in days.</p>
<p>69. Notifications settings should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send email upon event occurrence with ability to enable and disable this option with the dedicated buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;    Send event to Telegram messenger upon event occurrence including fields for Telegram bot API token and Telegram chat ID with ability to enable and disable this option with the dedicated buttons.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send notification when camera connection is lost with checkboxes that allow to select where to send. There should be 3 options available: email, Telegram and alarm panel.</p>
<p>70.Alarm via email settings should be available for events from integrated cameras’ edge analytics and should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons to enable or disable receiving alarms form the camera.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Fields to enter: email address, password, IMAP host and IMAP port.</p>
<p><strong>License settings</strong></p>
<p>71.  License settings should consist of two statuses: before the license has been activated and after activation status.</p>
<p>72. License activation status should consist of the following fields:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer email.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Number of required camera licenses.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Type of license allowing to choose temporary or permanent license.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Send license request button.</p>
<p>&#8211;    Buttons allowing to upload activation file and activate licenses.</p>
<p>73. After licenses were activated license setting should contain the following information:</p>
<p>&#8211;   License type: permanent or temporary.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer email address.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Customer name.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Number of activated licenses.</p>
<p>&#8211;   License status.</p>
<p><strong>Users settings</strong></p>
<p>74.Users settings menu should consist of created users and roles assigned to the users, option to add new user and option to add new role.</p>
<p>75. By default, there should be admin role and admin user created.</p>
<p>76. For admin user fields to change user name and user role should be disabled. User name should always remain as admin and user role should always remain as Admin.</p>
<p>77. Add new user setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Username filed.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Password field.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Dropdown menu to select a role.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes showing cameras that are allowed to be controlled by the user.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes showing current permissions set for the user: camera settings, storage settings, system settings, user settings, layout settings, analytics settings, camera archive access, exporting and alarm notifications.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons that are enabled or disabled depending on set permissions for the user: archive status, access to microphones, access to reports.</p>
<p>78. Add new role setting should consist of the following elements:</p>
<p>&#8211;   Role name filed.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes allowing to select cameras to be controlled by the user by this specific role.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Checkboxes setting the following permissions for this specific role: camera settings, storage settings, system settings, user settings, layout settings, analytics settings, camera archive access, exporting and alarm notifications.</p>
<p>&#8211;   Buttons that should enabled or disabled the following permissions for the user: archive status, access to microphones, access to reports.</p>
<p><strong>General settings</strong></p>
<p>79. General settings menu should consist of the following settings: video stream, user interface, recording schedules, system information, cloud link, demo mode.</p>
<p>80. Video stream settings should have possibility to set live stream and archive chunk size in seconds.</p>
<p>81.  There should be a possibility to enable and disable pulling both camera streams (lower and higher resolution) at the same time.</p>
<p>82. User interface settings should allow to enable and disable automatic page reload after predefined number of seconds.</p>
<p>83. Recording schedules setting should allow to set day of the week and time to schedule the recording of video in the archive. Possibility to create schedule should be easy and intuitive by double clicking on the schedule indicator and dragging the bar from side to side by holding mouse cursor. It also should include list of created scheduled in the drop-down menu.</p>
<p>84. System information setting should include the following parameters: CPU load, RAM load, UI version and server version.</p>
<p>85. Cloud link setting should allow to create tunnel between the server of the user and client machine of the user that connects to the server. By enabling cloud link system should generate URL that should allow the user without any additional VPN or public IP on a server side to connect to the server using his access credentials from any location. Server and client should have internet access.</p>
<p>86.Demo mode setting should allow to enable four video clips that can be used as virtual cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Localization settings</strong></p>
<p>87. Localization setting should contain list of languages with checkboxes. Once user chooses preferred language user interface language should instantly change to the chosen language.</p>
<p>VMS User Manual</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/huawei-cluebase-vms-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 20:36:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HikCentral Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HikCentral ReGuard]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iVMS-4200]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tutorials]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video monitoring]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1966</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide, Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/#more-1966" aria-label="Read more about Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide, Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers and expand your business by subscription offers. Read the following sections to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark1"></a> Chapter 1 Introduction</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro is a convergent, cloud-based security solution that helps manage services for your customers and expand your business by subscription offers. You can monitor the system health status of your customers&#8217; sites (even resolve problems) remotely, using a simple and reliable platform. Hik-Partner Pro solution enables you to customize security solutions for customers with fully-converged Hikvision devices, covering video, intrusion, access, intercom, and more.</p>
<p>Read the following sections to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark3"><strong><em>Clients</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Relationship Among Hik-Partner Pro, Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Clients</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro solution provides different ways/clients for service providers&#8217; customers.</p>
<p>Table 1-1 Client Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro Portal</td>
<td>Portal for service providers logging in to Hik-Partner Pro to manage the security business, such as permission and employees management, site management, device management, project registration, product selection, Hikvision product order management, solution search, and devices health monitoring.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for service providers logging into Hik-Partner Pro to manage site, apply for site information management permission from end users, manage and configure the devices, submit RMAs (Return Material Authorization) requests, create quotations, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for customers to manage their devices, accept the site handover from the service provider as the site owner, approve the Installer&#8217;s application for site information management permission, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect Portal</td>
<td>Portal for customers to manage their employees&#8217; access level and attendance after you set an attendance system for them via the Hik-Partner Pro Portal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark3"></a> HikCentral Connect Portal</td>
<td>Portal for customers to manage resources, configure and use video management, on-board monitoring, alarm detection systems, etc.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral Connect Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for customers to use video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection systems, such as live view, playback, driving monitoring, and track playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral ReGuard Web Client</td>
<td>Web Client for service providers to configure parameters for video alarm receiving center and manage work orders or statistics reports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HikCentral ReGuard Control Client</td>
<td>Control Client for service providers to perform alarm monitoring, virtual guard, investigation and search, and so on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Relationship Among <a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/download/software/hik-partner-pro/" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Hik-Partner Pro</a>, Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard</p>
<p>As the following diagram shows, Hik-Partner Pro provides certain value-added services related with Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard. You can activate these value-added services to benefit yourselves or your customers (i.e., customers who use Hik-Connect, HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard). For more information about the value-added services and how they relate to Hik-Connect,HikCentral Connect, and HikCentral ReGuard, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"> <strong><em>Value-Added Services</em></strong></a> and its sections.</p>
<h2>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/809/how-to-configure-hikvision-ivms-4200/">How To Configure Hikvision iVMS-4200</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/437/how-to-add-device-to-hik-proconnect/">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/330/how-to-reset-password-hikvision/">How to Reset Password Hikvision</a></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>The availability of the value-added services is determined by your country/region. Some value- added services are not supported in every country/region.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="333" class="wp-image-1967" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 1" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 639" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-1-768x289.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 1-1 Relationship Diagram</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark4"></a> Target Audience</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>This manual provides the service providers (i.e., Installer, System Integrator, Distributors, Resellers, OEM, and Alarm Receiving Centers(ARC)) with the essential information and instructions about how to use the Hik-Partner Pro Portal to manage the security business.</p>
<p>This manual describes how to manage the permission and employees of your company, add new or existing site for management, apply for site authorization and device permissions from your customers, manage and configure the devices belonging to the site, project registration, product selection, Hikvision product order management, solution search, and check the device health status for further maintenance, etc.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark6"></a> Entities in Hik-Partner Pro</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Here we introduce the entities (any physical or conceptual object) involved in Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Identity Related Entities</p>
<p><strong>Service Provider</strong></p>
<p>Those who provide services such as the design of security solutions, system/device installation, after-sales, and (or) device maintenance. There are several service provider types and the detailed descriptions are as follows.</p>
<p><strong>Installer</strong></p>
<p>Provides device installation and maintenance services for customers.</p>
<p><strong>System Integrator</strong></p>
<p>Integrates multiple systems to provide solutions for customers.</p>
<p><strong>Distributor</strong></p>
<p>Trades with Hikvision and supplies Hikvision devices to other businesses that sell to customers.</p>
<p><strong>Reseller</strong></p>
<p>Bulk purchases Hikvision devices from distributors and then sells the devices to installers.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC)</strong></p>
<p>Provides the alarm receiving and handling service for customers.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>If you are to apply for joining Hik-Partner Pro as ARC, selecting <strong>Alarm Receiving Center </strong>as the type of service provider is recommended when registering. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Add Your</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Company to the ARC List</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark8"></a><strong>OEM</strong></p>
<p>OEM partners source products, parts or services from Hikvision and relabeling, rebranding or embedding them as a part to another product or system.</p>
<p><strong>Maintenance Service Partner (MSP)</strong></p>
<p>The MSP is a special type of security service providers. They offer technical support to installers who lack technical capabilities and skills. Usually, they collaborate with these installers to provide device management/maintenance services for end users. On Hik-Partner Pro, installers can share sites with their maintenance service partners to collaborate with them. For details, see <strong><em>Site Sharing</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The MSP can select any of the service provider types when they registering an account for logging in to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Monitoring Center (RMC)</strong></p>
<p>Provides the alarm receiving and handling services remotely based on the video monitoring via HikCentral ReGuard.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>The RMC can select any of the service provider types when they registering an account for logging in to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>End User</strong></p>
<p>Those who have purchased Hikvision devices (e.g., network cameras, DVRs, alarm devices, video intercom devices, and access control devices) and want to manage the devices via an easy-to-use mobile client. End users are customers of the service provider, and they use Hik-Connect to manage devices.</p>
<p>Site Related Entities</p>
<p><strong>Site</strong></p>
<p>A site represents a physical location where device(s) are installed and through which the Installer/ Installer Admin can manage and configure devices.</p>
<p><strong>Site Manager</strong></p>
<p>When a site is assigned to an Installer, the Installer becomes the site manager of the site, and can manage and configure the devices of the site.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>Assigning site to Installer is not supported in countries and regions only with support for free functions. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>Regions Only</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Site Owner</strong></p>
<p>When an installer transfers ownership of a site to an end user, the end user becomes the site owner who is the holder of the site. The installer can also apply for site authorization from the site owner to manage the site.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark9"></a> Running Environment</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following is recommended system for running the Portal.</p>
<p>Operating System</p>
<p>Microsoft Windows® 7/8.1/10 (32-bit and 64-bit).</p>
<p>CPU</p>
<p>Intel® Core<sup>TM</sup> i5-4460 CPU @3.20GHz 3.20GHz and above.</p>
<p>RAM</p>
<p>8 GB and above (4 GB at least).</p>
<p>Graphics Card</p>
<p>NVIDIA® GeForce GT 730</p>
<p>Web Browser</p>
<p>Versions of Firefox (32-bit and 64-bit), Chrome (32-bit and 64-bit), and Edge (32-bit and 64-bit) released in the latest half year.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark11"></a> 1.4 Function Availability for Different Countries/Regions</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers both free functions and value-added functions that cost certain fees. You can purchase certain services in the Service Market of Hik-Partner Pro to get access to the value-added functions. Currently, certain value-added functions are only available in certain countries and regions. And users in some countries and regions can only access the free functions.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This document contains introductions of all Hik-Partner Pro functions, therefore some functions illustrated in this document may Not be supported in your country or region. And contents in some figures in this document may be different from the actual interface, if so, the latter shall prevail.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark13"></a> Functions Only Available in Certain Regions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following table shows the functions only available in certain countries and regions.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about whether your country or region supports the functions contained in the services listed below, refer to the after sales or local distributor.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s) Only Available in Certain Countries and Regions</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>Only linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Linkage rule is unavailable in the United States and Canada.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark330"><strong><em>Cloud Storage Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark389"><strong><em>Temperature Screening Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark313"><strong><em>Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark395"><strong><em>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC)</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark395"><strong><em>Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark312"><strong><em>Purchase Employee Account</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark312"><strong><em>Add-On</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark354"><strong><em>HCC Services</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the services.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark404"><strong><em>HikCentral ReGuard Service</em></strong></a></td>
<td>All functions contained in the services.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark15"></a> Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following two tables shows the free functions and the countries and regions only with support for the free functions.</p>
<p>Table 1-2 Free Functions</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account Management</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Register an Installer Admin Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account Information</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site Management</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark81"><strong><em>Add Existing Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark92"><strong><em>Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Site Sharing</em></strong></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark17"></a> Device Management</td>
<td>• Add Device</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong></a></p>
<p>° <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Release the Permission for Devices</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"><strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"><strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"><strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong></a></li>
<li>Manage AX PRO Security Control Panel</li>
</ul>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark183"> <strong><em>Control AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark186"> <strong><em>Configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Batch Configure AX PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o<a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"> <strong><em>Batch Arm/Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark219"><strong><em>Remote Configuration</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Reset Device Password</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Unbind a Device from Its Current Account</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark0"><strong><em>View Live Video</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark207"><strong><em>Play Back Video Footage</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td><strong><em>Search Operation Log</em></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tool</td>
<td><a href="#post-1966-bookmark422"><strong><em>Tools</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Solution</td>
<td>View and Search for Solutions, and Add to Favorites</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>View, Search, Like, Share, and Comment News Articles, and Add to Favorites</li>
<li>View, Search, Like, Share, and Comment How-To Guides or Videos, and Add to Favorities</li>
<li>Receive and View Notices</li>
<li>View and Participate in Activities</li>
<li>View and Participate in Events</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Project</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Create a Project</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark264"><strong><em>View Project History</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Order &amp; Promotion</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>View and Search for Products</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"><strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"><strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function(s)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Support</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Tutorial Center</li>
<li>Chatbot</li>
<li>Case</li>
</ul>
<p>° <a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"><strong><em>Submit Case</em></strong></a></p>
<p>°<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Feedback</li>
<li>Serial Number Inquiry</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for accounts of authenticated channel partners.</p>
<ul>
<li>Contact Us</li>
<li>RMA (Return Materials Authorization)</li>
</ul>
<p>o <a href="#post-1966-bookmark283"><strong><em>Submit RMA Request</em></strong></a></p>
<p>o <strong><em>View RMA Request</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for accounts of authenticated channel partners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rebate</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark431"><strong><em>The Process of Earning Rebates</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"><strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark439"><strong><em>View Bill of Sale</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 1-3 Countries and Regions Only With Support for Free Functions</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Continent</strong></td>
<td><strong>Country/Region</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Africa</td>
<td>Angola, Benin, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo(Brazzaville), Congo(Kinshasa), Cote D&#8217;Ivoire, Djibouti, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Gabon, Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Liberia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mali, Mayotte, Mozambique, Namibia, Niger, Nigeria, Rwanda, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Somalia, Tanzania, Togo, Uganda, Zambia, Zimbabwe</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Asia</td>
<td>Japan, Taiwan (China)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark18"></a> Chapter 2 Account Management</p>
<p>There are two types of accounts: Installer Admin and Installer. Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For the countries and regions only with support for free functions, only the Installer Admin account is available and the Installer account is unavailable. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"> <strong><em>Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Installer Admin</strong></p>
<p>The Installer Admin has full access to the functions in the system. Usually, the Installer Admin can be the manager of the installation company.</p>
<p><strong>Installer</strong></p>
<p>Installers are &#8220;sub-accounts&#8221; to the Installer Admin and are controlled by permissions for what they can do. For example, they can only manage the sites that are assigned to them. Usually, the Installers are the employees in the installation company.</p>
<p>The installation company should first register an Installer Admin account, and then invite the employees to register Installer accounts.</p>
<p>The flow chart of the whole process is shown as follows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="54" class="wp-image-1968" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 2" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 640" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2-300x18.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-2-768x47.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 2-1 Flow Chart of Account Management</p>
<p>• <strong>Register an Installer Admin Account: </strong>You should first register an Installer Admin account before accessing any functions of Hik-Partner Pro. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"> <strong><em>Register an Installer Admin</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Account</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>After you register Installer Admin account, you need to complete your company information after logging in to the account. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"> <strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Set Role and Permission: </strong>Before adding an employee to the system, you can create different roles with different permissions for accessing system resources. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"> <strong><em>Manage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Invite Employees: </strong>You can invite employees to register Installer accounts and assign different roles to employees to grant the permissions to her/him. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"> <strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Accept Invitation and Register Installer Accounts: </strong>The employees can accept the invitation and register Installer accounts to manage sites and devices. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Accept Invitation and</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Register Installer Account</em></strong> </a>.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark20"></a> Register an Installer Admin Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The installation company should first register an Installer Admin account before accessing any functions of Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>Try Free Demo </strong>on the login page to see what Hik-Partner Pro can do for you, without registering any account. The data displayed in the demo is for demonstration only, and you cannot perform any operations.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the address bar of the web browser, enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partner.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partner.com</a></em></strong> .</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>For Russia, you can enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partnerru.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partnerru.com</a></em></strong> in the address bar of the web browser.</p>
<p>The Login page of Hik-Partner Pro will show.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Login page, click <strong>Register </strong>to register an account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If your account has been registered, you can click <strong>Login </strong>to log in to Hik-Partner Pro. For details about login, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark53"> <strong><em>Login</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Whether you will enter the process of registering the OneHikID account or Hik-ProConnect account is determined by your country/region.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select your identity and service provider type (installer, system integrator, distributor, reseller, alarm receiving center (ARC), or OEM).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Hl] Note</strong></p>
<p>If you enter the process of registering the Hik-ProConnect account, you don&#8217;t need to select the service provider type. For details about the identities and service provider types, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark8"> <strong><em>Entities</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark8"><strong><em>in Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Register the OneHikID account or Hik-ProConnect account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Register the OneHikID account:</p>
<ol>
<li>Set your name (first name and last name), company name, email, verification code (for verifying the email address), and password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark22"></a> We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Register</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Register the Hik-ProConnect account:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your email address and the CAPTCHA code.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code </strong>to verify the account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you don&#8217;t enter the verification code within the required time, click <strong>Get Again </strong>to get the verification code again.</li>
<li>If you fail to get the verification code, click <strong>Didn&#8217;t receive the verification code? </strong>for failure reasons.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the Complete Your Information page, enter or edit the required information such as your company name, address, phone number, and name. (For the process of registering the Hik- ProConnect account, you also need to set a password for your account on this page.)</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the invitation code if you are invited by your friend, so that your friend can earn some reward points.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>I would like to receive newsletters about new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires from Hikvision. I understand that at any time I can unsubscribe. </strong>to subscribe.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If subscription succeeded, you will receive a confirmation email in a few minutes. You can unsubscribe by clicking the URL in the email if needed.</li>
<li>After subscription, we will send emails about the latest product introduction, service introduction, questionnaires and special offers, to the email address which is used for your account registration.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>I agree to the Terms of Service and Privacy Policy </strong>if you accept the details in these agreements.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enter Hik-ProConnect </strong>to finish registration and log into Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>After registering an Installer Admin account and logging into Hik-Partner Pro with this account, you need to complete the information of your company. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark23"></a> Manage Company Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After registering an Installer Admin account, you can manage and edit your company information.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When your company is not authenticated, the Installer Admin can manage and edit all the company information, and when your company authentication application is approved, the Installer Admin can submit the information change request and the information will be edited successfully after approval.</li>
<li>You can link your Installer Admin account to a distributor via the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client to get support and help from the distributor. For details, see <em>Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you can click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the top right of the page to switch to another company for using. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Company Information </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your company is an authenticated channel partner, the partner level will be displayed one the company logo.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the name of your company.</li>
<li>Enter other information of your company, such as the address, GPS information, postal code, phone number, email, and user type.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The country or region cannot be changed once you save the company information after registration.</p>
<ol>
<li>Edit the VAT number of your company, which will be used for qualification verification.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you want to upload the company logo, click <strong>+ </strong>to upload the picture of your company logo, or click <strong>Edit </strong>to re-upload a picture to update the logo.</li>
</ol>
<p>HO <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The picture should be in JPG, JPEG, or PNG format.</li>
<li>Recommended picture size: Height = 200 px, 200 px &lt; Width &lt; 600 px.</li>
<li>You are not allowed to enable the Co-Branding function if you have not set the company logo. For details about Co-Branding, see <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark25"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the website of your company.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter or edit the description information, which will be displayed on Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can check the percentage of completed information after saving.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark26"></a> Authenticate Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you register an Installer Admin account, you can authenticate your account to purchase value-added services and use more features (besides the basic features) in Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>One of the following ways for account authentication is supported, depending on the selected country or region when registering your account.</p>
<p>By Entering Authentication Code</p>
<p>For this way, you need to get the authentication code from the Hikvision or distributor first and then enter the authentication code to authenticate your account.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Company Information </strong>, and click <strong>Authenticate Now </strong>to enter account authentication page.</li>
<li>(Optional) If you have no authentication code, click <strong>Get Authentication Code</strong>, and send the application email with the predefined content template, including your email address (the one which is used when registering your Installer Admin account) and company information, such as company ID, company name, and phone number, to Hikvision or distributor, and apply for one authentication code.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can click £ to edit the information in the template. The edited contents will be updated in the company information.</li>
<li>If the email server is not configured or the recipient&#8217;s address is not filled automatically, you can copy the content and send it to Hikvision or distributor by your own email box.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>After you get the authentication code, enter the authentication code on account authentication page and click <strong>OK </strong>to authenticate your account.</li>
</ol>
<p>•</p>
<p>By Submitting Online Application</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark28"></a> For this way, you need to fill and submit the online application information to authenticate your account directly. After your application is approved, your account will be authenticated.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your company is not authenticated and you have the permission to submit the authentication application, you may be prompted and guided to authenticate your company by submitting the application after login.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Company Information </strong>page, and click <strong>Authenticate Now </strong>to enter account authentication page.</p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) Edit the company information, such as company name, address, and city if needed.</li>
<li>Select your identity type from the drop-down list.</li>
<li>Enter the VAT Number of your company.</li>
<li>Click <strong>+ </strong>to upload a picture (e.g., business card) as evidence.</li>
<li>Enter the distributor if you have bought Hikvision products.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Authenticate Now</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application information will be sent.</p>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After your application is approved, you will be notified via push notification and email.</li>
<li>If your country/region is in Australia (continent), you should also enter your security license number and contact name.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark29"></a> Manage Role and Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Before adding an employee to the system, you can create different roles with different permissions for accessing system resources and then assign roles to corresponding employees to grant the permissions to them. Or you can give a predefined role to an employee without creating one. An employee can have only one role.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For the countries or regions only with support for free functions, or for authenticated channel partners, managing role and permission is not supported. For details about free functions and these countries and regions, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"> <strong><em>Regions Only with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>There are three predefined roles in the system: Administrator, Site Manager, and IT Manager.</li>
</ul>
<p>The permissions of the three roles are as follows. The three roles cannot be deleted by anyone.</p>
<p>° <strong>Administrator</strong>: Setting company information, managing employees, checking operation logs of all the employees, and managing all the sites.</p>
<p>° <strong>Site Manager</strong>: Managing assigned sites, adding, configuring, and deleting devices, and enabling valued services for end users of assigned sites.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark31"></a> ° <strong>IT Manager</strong>: Managing all the sites, assigning sites to other employees, enabling or editing valued service for all the end users, and viewing operation logs of all the employees.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Role and Permission </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Role and Permission </strong>to display all the roles.</li>
<li>Add a role.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Role </strong>to open the Add Role panel.</li>
<li>Enter the role name and select permission(s) for the role.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Manage All Sites</strong></p>
<p>Managing all sites, including adding and editing site, assigning site to Site Manager, handing over sites, applying for site authorization, searching sites, managing devices in the site (adding, deleting, editing, upgrading), applying for device permission, and health monitoring. Up to 100 employees can be assigned with this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Assigned Site</strong></p>
<p>Managing site(s) assigned to the employee, including editing site, handing over sites, applying for site information management permission, adding existing site, adding a new site, managing devices in the site (adding, deleting, editing, and upgrading), and deleting site.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>You need to give an employee this permission before assigning the employee a site.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Account and Role</strong></p>
<p>Accessing Employee and Role and Permission page, adding and deleting accounts and roles. Employee and Role and Permission page will not show without this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Company Information</strong></p>
<p>Accessing company information page and edit company information (e.g. name, logo, addresses, etc.). Company information page will not show without this permission.</p>
<p><strong>Manage Service Package and Order</strong></p>
<p>Viewing orders, purchasing service packages such as health monitoring packages and employee packages.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter remarks of the role in the <strong>Description </strong>field.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check added roles and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected role(s).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot delete a role which has been assigned to an employee.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark32"></a> 5 Invite Employee</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark34"></a> Installer Admin and Installer with the role permission for managing account and role can invite employees to manage resources in the system.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For countries or regions only with support for free functions, or for authenticated channel partners, inviting employee is not supported. For details about these countries, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>Regions Only</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark17"><strong><em>with Support for Free Functions</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the Add Employee pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Employee ^ Add Employee </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Employee ^ Add Employee </strong>.</li>
<li>On the Home page, click <strong>Company ^ Role and Permission </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Role and Permission </strong>, and then click <strong>Add Employee </strong>in the Operation column.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the email of the to-be-invited employee.</li>
<li>Select a role for the employee.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also create a new role. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Manage Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The permissions of the role will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The invited employee will receive an email delivering a link in the entered email box. The employee needs to click the link to register an account, after which the employee&#8217;s information will be displayed in the employee list.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you invite the employee via your OneHikID account, and if the Hik-ProConnect account of the to-be-invited employee has not been upgraded to the OneHikID account, the to-be-invited employee needs to upgrade the account according to the instructions on the interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding employees.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable/Disable</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></td>
<td>Set the switch to on or off in the Enable column to enable or disable the employee account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Hl] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Once disabled, the employee cannot log in to the platform via this account.</li>
<li>You cannot disable your own account and the Installer Admin account.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></td>
<td>Check one or more employees and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Employees</strong></td>
<td>employee(s) if needed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You cannot delete your own account, the Installer Admin account, and the Site Manager account.</li>
<li>If the employee has not merged account data or become a Hik-Partner Pro user, you cannot delete their account. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"><strong><em>Pro User After Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane to view the employee&#8217;s contact number, email address, role permissions, and so on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Role Assigned to Employee</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane and click £ in the Role field to enter the Edit Role pane. Then you can click <strong>Add </strong>to add a new role or select another role for the employee. %</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot edit roles assigned to your own account and the Installer Admin account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Sites</strong></p>
<p><strong>Managed by</strong></p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></td>
<td>Click an employee to open the Employee Details pane or click the information in the Managed column to view the list of all sites managed by the employee. You can click a site to view the site details.</p>
<p>Hl® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The above operation is supported only when the employee has site(s) to be managed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark35"></a> Accept Invitation and Register Installer Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Installer Admin, and Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>can invite other employees to register Installer accounts. The employees can accept the invitation and register Installer accounts to manage sites and devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Installer Admin and Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>should first invite the employee first. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"><strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>After inviting the employee, the employee will receive an email from Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>Click the button or the link in the email.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark37"></a> Click <strong>Register </strong>to open the Create Account page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have already registered a OneHikID account using your email address, you can log in with the account to join the company directly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the type, name, verification code (for verifying the email address), and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>By clicking Register, I agree to Hikvision OneHikID&#8217;s Privacy Policy.</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Register</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Result</strong></p>
<p>You can log into Hik-Partner Pro with this account and perform other operations such as site management and configuration.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark38"></a> Set Account Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After login, you can edit the basic information of the current account and change password if necessary.</p>
<p>Click the name at the upper-right corner and select <strong>Account Settings </strong>or click <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Profile </strong>.</p>
<p>Set Basic Information</p>
<p>Set the basic information of the current account, including the name of the Installer, email address,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="48" class="wp-image-1969" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 3" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 641"> phone number, etc.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to set the profile of the current account.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1970" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 4" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 642"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can view your HIK ID on this page, but you cannot edit it.</p>
<p>Manage My QR Code</p>
<p>Hover over to show My QR Code, which your customers can scan to add you as the service provider and authorize you to manage devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark40"></a> If you have uploaded your company logo, your company logo will be displayed in the center of the QR code. Or you can click <strong>Add Your Company Logo to the QR Code </strong>to upload your company logo. Click to download the QR code.</p>
<p>Change Password</p>
<p>Change the password of the current account.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If your account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the page for changing the password of your OneHikID account will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to finish change the password.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Change Account&#8217;s Bound Email</p>
<p>You can change the bound email address of the current account to another one if required.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Basic Information page of the account settings, click .</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the current bound account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the page for editing OneHikID account information will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to change the email.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter a new email address in the <strong>New Email </strong>field.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the new email address, you will receive an email with a verification code.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the received verification code in the <strong>Verification Code </strong>field.</li>
<li>Enter the password of the current account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Delete Installer Admin Account</p>
<p>For Installer Admin, if the account is no longer used, you can delete it in the Basic Information page of the account settings.</p>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting Installer Admin account is irreversible. The company information and accounts CANNOT be restored once deleted. Back up the required data before deleting the account.</li>
<li>If there are authorized site(s) or employee account(s) under the current account, you cannot delete it.</li>
<li>If the current bound account has been upgraded to OneHikID account, the login page for OneHikID account will be displayed. You can follow the instructions to delete the account.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>In the Basic Information page of the account settings, click <strong>Delete Installer Admin Account</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the password of your Installer Admin account, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete Installer Admin Account </strong>to confirm deleting.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark41"></a> View Employee Efficiency Statistics</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the latest active time, added sites, added devices, handed-over sites, handed-over devices, and handled device exceptions. You can also perform operations such as exporting the efficiency statistics.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This is supported only if you have permissions to manage the employees.</p>
<p>You can enter the Employee Efficiency Statistics page via the following methods:</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to <strong>Company ^ Employee Efficiency Statistics </strong>or <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Employee Efficiency Statistics </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>View All </strong>in the Employee Efficiency Overview section.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="231" class="wp-image-1971" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 5" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 643" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-5-768x200.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 2-2 Employee Efficiency Statistics Page</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<p>Table 2-1 Supported Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Operation Logs of an Employee</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This is not supported when your company is an authenticated channel partner.</td>
<td>Click <strong>Details </strong>in the Operation column to switch to the Operation Log page to view the operation logs of the corresponding employee.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark43"></a> Filter Statistics</td>
<td>Click v to filter the efficiency statistics by time period (i.e., today, yesterday, this week, last 7 days, last 30 days, or custom time period).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search for Statistics</td>
<td>Enter the employee&#8217;s name, email address, or phone number in the search box to search for statistics.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export Statistics</td>
<td>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export statistics in XLSX or CSV format.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark44"></a> Manage My Shipping Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add, edit, and delete your shipping addresses, and set the default shipping address.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1972" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 6" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 644"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>The function is only supported in certain countries and regions.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ My Address </strong>.</p>
<p>You can view and manage all your added shipping addresses if any, or you can add new shipping addresses if you haven&#8217;t added any shipping address. Perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<p>Table 2-2 Supported Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add New Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>New Address</strong>, fill in all required information (contact person, country/state, address, postal code, etc.), check <strong>Set this address as default </strong>if you are to set it as the default shipping address, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click z to edit the corresponding shipping address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click ® to delete the corresponding shipping address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Default Shipping Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set as Default </strong>to set the corresponding shipping address as default.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark46"></a> View My Partner Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark48"></a> You can view and export the basic information about your partners.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ My Partner Network </strong>to enter the My Partner Network page.</p>
<p>You will be able to view the partner No., partner name, partner type, partner level, VAT No., address, website, etc.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Export </strong>to export the information.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark49"></a> View Dashboard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can have an overview of the status of all your projects and orders, and view the number of your DPPs/distributors.</p>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Dashboard </strong>to enter the Dashboard page.</p>
<p>You can view the number of your DPPs/distributors. Click to switch to My Partner Network to view details about your DPPs/distributors. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"> <strong><em>View My Partner Network</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>You can view the status of your projects, including draft, waiting for supporter, processing, approved, more information required, ineligible, closed won, closed lost, and closed canceled. Click <strong>View Details </strong>to switch to Project History for more details and operations. Refer to <strong><em>Project</em></strong> .</p>
<p>You can view the status of your orders, including in review, undelivered, fully delivered, and back order. Click <strong>View Details </strong>to switch to My Order for more details and operations. Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"> <strong><em>View My</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark51"></a> Login</li>
</ol>
<p>After logging in by an Installer Admin account or Installer account, you can manage resources (including sites, devices, and roles, etc.) and perform health monitoring and so on.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have registered an account. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark22"><strong><em>Register an Installer Admin Account</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Accept</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark37"><strong><em>Invitation and Register Installer Account</em></strong> </a>for details about registration.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the address bar of the web browser, enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partner.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partner.com</a></em></strong> .</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For Russia, you can enter <strong><em><a href="https://www.hik-partnerru.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.hik-partnerru.com</a></em></strong> in the address bar of the web browser.</p>
<p>The login page of Hik-Partner Pro will show.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a country or region where the account locates and a language from the drop-down lists at the top of the page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Log In by OneHikID (Hik-ePartner) Account / Log In by OneHikID Account </strong>or <strong>Hik- ProConnect </strong>on the login page.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The display of &#8220;OneHikID&#8221; or &#8220;OneHikID (Hik-ePartner)&#8221; on the login page is determined by the country or region where you locate.</li>
<li>The login method available is determined by the country and the region of your account. If you select OneHikID as the login method, and your Hik-ProConnect account has not been upgraded to the OneHikID account, you need to upgrade your account according to the instructions on the interface.</li>
<li>If your Hik-ProConnect account has been upgraded to the OneHikID account, logging in to the platform by the Hik-ProConnect account is not supported.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the registered email and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>nS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have registered for Hik-ePartner with a phone No., you can also enter the registered phone No. and password.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Reset the password if you have forgotten the password.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Forgot Password </strong>to enter the resetting password page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Get Verification Code</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will receive a verification code sent by the Portal in your email box.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the received verification code in the <strong>Verification Code </strong>field.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark53"></a> Enter the new password and confirm password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>By default, you will be required to log in by the new password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Sign In </strong>or <strong>Login</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you need to select one company for login. You can also click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the Company Information page to switch to another company. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"> <strong><em>Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark56"><strong><em>Product Upgrade</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark54"></a> Become a Hik-Partner Pro User After<br />
Product Upgrade</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro is upgraded from Hik-ProConnect, combining the features of Hik-ProConnect and another product named Hik-ePartner, so it provides services which are more diverse and more professional. If you have already registered for Hik-ProConnect and/or Hik-ePartner before the product upgrade, you can log in to Hik-Partner Pro using the existing account to become a Hik- Partner Pro user.</p>
<p>When you log in to Hik-Partner Pro for the first time using the existing account of Hik-ProConnect and/or Hik-ePartner, a window will pop up to notify you of the product upgrade.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="353" class="wp-image-1973" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 7" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 645" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-7-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-1 Product Upgrade</p>
<p>After you check <strong>I would like to receive newsletters about new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires from Hikvision. I understand that I can unsubscribe at any time. </strong>(which is optional) and <strong>I have read and agree to Terms of Service and Privacy Policy.</strong>, and click <strong>Enter</strong>, you become a Hik-Partner Pro user and can continue to use Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>In some countries/regions, the above-mentioned window will not pop up.</li>
<li>If your existing account is an Admin account of Hik-ePartner, after you become a Hik-Partner Pro user, the employee account add-on will be given as a gift to you which can cover the existing employee accounts in your company and is valid for one year.</li>
<li>In some countries/regions, the authenticated channel partners can complete the process of becoming a Hik-Partner Pro user offline.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark56"></a> Refer to the following sections for more details.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>Situations Where You Enter the Home Page Directly After You Click Enter</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>Other Situations</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark57"><strong><em>After First-Time Login</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Situations Where You Enter the Home Page Directly After You Click Enter</p>
<ul>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ProConnect.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and is the Installer Admin / Admin account in both companies on Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, which means the two companies can be merged into one company, and the data (devices, employees, etc.) of both companies can also be merged and not lost. Moreover, the information about the two companies are the same so that you don&#8217;t need to select the company information to be kept, or only one of the two companies is authenticated so that the information of the authenticated company will automatically be kept.</li>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ePartner. And your account is the Admin account, or is an employee account but the Admin user has completed company merging.</li>
</ul>
<p>Other Situations</p>
<ul>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and is the Installer Admin / Admin account in both companies on Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, which means the two companies can be merged into one company, and the data (devices, employees, etc.) of both companies can also be merged and not lost. Moreover, the information about the two companies are the different, and both companies are authenticated / not authenticated. You have to select the company information you would like to keep after you click <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner. The Installer Admin / Admin accounts of the two companies are different, so company merging is not supported, which means both companies are kept for you on Hik-Partner Pro. You have to select one for login after you click <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner, and your account is an employee account in Hik-ePartner. You can log in to the company created on Hik-ePartner only after the Admin user completes merging companies. Or you can continue to log in to your company created on Hik-ProConnect for using.</li>
<li>Your account only exists in Hik-ePartner and is an employee account. Moreover, the Admin user has not completed company merging. You can log in to use Hik-Partner Pro only after the Admin user completes merging companies.</li>
<li>Your account exists in both Hik-ProConnect and Hik-ePartner. And your account exists in more than one company on Hik-ePartner. You have to select one from the companies on Hik-ePartner for company merging. You should also select the company information you would like to keep if needed.</li>
</ul>
<p>After First-Time Login</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark57"></a> If you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro, you need to select one company for login.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Switch Company </strong>on the Company Information page to switch to another company.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark58"></a> Chapter 5 Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro Portal is a B/S portal of Hik-Partner Pro platform. The service providers (e.g., installation company) can register an Installer Admin account on Hik-Partner Pro, then the Installer Admin can invite employees to register Installer accounts. Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers.</p>
<p>After registration, the Installer Admin and Installers can log into the Hik-Partner Pro via the web browser and the Home page of the Hik-Partner Pro Portal will show.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark60"></a> 5.1 Main Modules</p>
<p>The Hik-Partner Pro Portal is divided into several main modules. You can access these modules via tabs at the top.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1974" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 8" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 646"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>If the country or region where you locate does not support the Solution, Explore, Project, and Order &amp; Promotion module, the Portal layout of the current version is still the same as that of Hik- ProConnect in version 1.11.0. For details, refer to the corresponding user manual.</p>
<p>Table 5-1 Main Modules of Hik-Partner Pro Portal</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Home</td>
<td>On the Home page, you can view the banners showing the key features, functions, and important information of Hik-Partner Pro, check the number of added sites and devices, have an overview and get the introductions of the projects, value-added services, order &amp; promotion, or explore modules, and quickly access some pages such as the site adding page, device adding page, and products page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark65"><strong><em>Home</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark65"><strong><em>Page</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-ProConnect</td>
<td>The module provides entries for main functions including dashboard overview, batch configuration of devices, customer site and HikCentral Connect system management, health monitoring, notification center, service market, tools, and tutorial center. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark66"><strong><em>Hik-ProConnect</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark66"><strong><em>Module</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark62"></a> Solution</td>
<td>The module provides all-around solutions for varied needs from Hik- Partner Pro users. These solutions are designed to provide comprehensive and end-to-end capabilities for diverse service providers, which can empower them to explore new business opportunities, optimize operations, and get a winning edge in the competition.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can perform the following operations in the Solution module.</p>
<ul>
<li>View solutions listed for a variety of verticals.</li>
<li>Filter solutions of a vertical by tags of its sub verticals.</li>
<li>Display solutions in groups by different types, namely solutions by industry, by scenario, and by function.</li>
<li>Search for solutions keyword.</li>
<li>Sort the solutions in ascending/descending order by release date and/or number of views.</li>
<li>Add a solution to Favorites and view only those added to Favorites by checking My Favorites.</li>
<li>View the solution description and BOQ (Bill Of Quotation), and download the related documents.</li>
<li>Like solutions and share solutions you interested by sending the links to other persons.</li>
</ul>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions.</p>
<p>For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore</td>
<td>The module collects introductions, videos, pictures, and news about the latest Hikvision products and solutions. Service providers can easily keep up with the trend here, without having to find the latest news on other websites, and they can also forward the interested materials to their customers.</p>
<p><strong>News</strong></p>
<p>You can get the latest news and information about Hikvision products and solutions, including videos, pictures, and articles, which are categorized by product type for easy searching and quick sharing with your customers.</p>
<p><strong>How To</strong></p>
<p>If you have troubles with product installation or software setup, you can view both documentation and videos in How To for guiding you through solving all kinds of problems you encounter when using Hikvision products and services.</p>
<p><strong>Notice</strong></p>
<p>You can view notices announced by the Hik-Partner Pro team to know some important information about the product, such as updates in the current version.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Notice window will automatically pop up once you logged in to the Hik-Partner Pro Portal. If you check <strong>Do Not Show Again </strong>before closing the window, it will not pop up for your next time login.</p>
<p><strong>Activity</strong></p>
<p>You can get the information about activities, such as lucky draws and promotions, initiated by the Hik-Partner Pro team and participate in them.</p>
<p><strong>Events</strong></p>
<p>You can view the upcoming and past events, such as training, seminar, exhibition, and roadshow, initiated by the Hik-Partner Pro team and participate in the upcoming events.</p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For News and How To, you can search for them by keyword and product type, like or comment them, and add them to the Favorites. And you can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Comment / My Favorites </strong>to view your historical comments or Favorites.</li>
<li>This function is only available in certain countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Project</td>
<td>This module provides the support (e.g., trainings, consultations, and learning materials) and pricing for the authenticated channel partners who have new projects to help them better complete their projects.</p>
<p>For how to register a project, refer to <strong><em>Project</em></strong> .</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Order &amp; Promotion</td>
<td>This module supports viewing the information about hot products or a certain type of products. Authenticated channel partners can search for or filter the products, download the related documents, share the product information with others, compare parameters/specifications of products to learn about their similarities and differences, and submit orders to purchase products.</p>
<p>For details, refer to <strong><em>Order &amp; Promotion</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Incentive</td>
<td>This module provides a reward point system to reward your trust and support. You can complete specific tasks to get the reward points redeemable for lots of gifts in the Rewards Store.</p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Support</td>
<td>This module is available to you in many helpful formats. Wherever you are, whenever you need it, we have resources ready. Whether you are installing hardware or have questions about our services, our online support, documentation, and knowledgeable representatives are only a mouse-click away.</p>
<p><strong>Tutorial Center</strong></p>
<p>You can view video tutorials and documents in the Tutorial Center to learn more product information and the proper ways to use our products.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot</strong></p>
<p>If you have any question about Hik-Partner Pro, you can try finding the answer here.</p>
<p><strong>Case</strong></p>
<p>If you have any issues when using Hik-Partner Pro, you can get professional services from our technical support via Case. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Feedback</strong></p>
<p>If you encounter any problems while using the product or if you have any functional needs or suggestions, please feel free to contact us via Feedback.</p>
<p>After opening the feedback window, you can select a type for your feedback and then enter your suggestions in the pop-up window and attach a picture if necessary. Enter an email address. After we receive your feedback, we will send an email to this address if we get an conclusion. Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit your feedback to us.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Us</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can get the contacts (i.e., address, phone, and email) of our headquarter and the local office, and the email address of your sales representative.</p>
<p><strong>RMA (Return Material Application) / Serial Number Inquiry</strong></p>
<p>The RMA is an arrangement in which you can ship an item back for an exchange or repair due to a product defect or malfunction. For the detailed process, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark283"><strong><em>Return Materials Authorization</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>After you submit RMA requests, you can search for requests by the device serial No. to view the request status.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>My Hik-Partner</td>
<td>This module deals with all the management and administration aspects of a single installation company. It contains the following five parts: <strong>Company Management</strong></p>
<p><strong>Company Information</strong></p>
<p>View and manage the company information. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Company Information</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Employee</strong></p>
<p>Each company has only one Installer Admin but can have multiple Installers. The Installer Admin can invite the company&#8217;s employees to register Installer accounts and assign different permissions to employees according to actual needs. Installer whose role contains permission of <strong>Manage Account and Role </strong>can also invite other employees to be Installers by registering Installer accounts. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark34"><strong><em>Invite Employee</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Employee Efficiency Statistics</strong></p>
<p>Shows the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the latest active time, added sites, added devices, handed-over sites, handed-over devices, and handled device exceptions. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"> <strong><em>View</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"><strong><em>Employee Efficiency Statistics</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Role and Permission</strong></p>
<p>A role defines one employee&#8217;s rights to the functions in the system. After creating a role and specifying the role&#8217;s permission,</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>you can assign it to the employees according to actual needs. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark31"><strong><em>Manage Role and Permission</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Operation Log</strong></p>
<p>View the operation logs of your accounts and sites in the current company. See <strong><em>Search Operation Log</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p><strong>Co-Branding</strong></p>
<p>Enable to display the company logo on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client for brand promotion to the end users. For details about how to get the co-branding service for free and enable the service, refer to <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>My Address</strong></p>
<p>Manage your shipping addresses for receiving items (e.g., gifts, repaired devices). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"><strong><em>Manage My Shipping Address</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available in certain countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Verify Gifts</strong></p>
<p>Distributors verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</p>
<p><strong>My Partner Network</strong></p>
<p>You can view and export basic information about your partner. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark48"> <strong><em>View My Partner Network</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Account Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>My Profile</strong></p>
<p>Edit your account information, including profile photo, name, email address, password, and phone number. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>My Favorites / My Comments</strong></p>
<p>View your historical comments to news and how-to articles, and view the news, how-to articles, and solutions that are added to your Favorites.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>My Order</strong></p>
<p>View your order details, invoices, the balance of your e-wallet, financial reports, stock lists, price lists, and so on. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"><strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OX] Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Rebate</strong></p>
<p>For authenticated channel partners to view the rebates they earn from successfully promoting services of Hik-Partner Pro to their customers. See <strong><em>Rebate</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>My Dashboard</strong></p>
<p>Have an overview of the status of all your projects and orders, and view the number of your DPPs/distributors. For details, refer to <strong><em>View Dashboard</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>ÜİİNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark63"></a> Home Page</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="363" class="wp-image-1975" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 9" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 647" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-9-768x315.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-1 Home Page</p>
<p>Table 5-2 Home Page Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Banner</td>
<td>There are some banners, showing the key features, functions, and important information of Hik-Partner Pro.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Company, Site, Device, and HikCentral Connect Overview</td>
<td>You can view your company logo and name, the partner level (for authenticated channel partners), the total number of sites, devices, and HikCentral Connect systems managed by you.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Site </strong>to add a new site. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Device </strong>to add a device. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add HikCentral Connect </strong>to add a HikCentral Connect system. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"> <strong><em>Create HCCSystems</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>iNote</strong></p>
<p>The HikCentral Connect service is only available in certain countries or regions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark65"></a> Project Overview</td>
<td>Click <strong>Project Registration </strong>to view the features about the Project module.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Register a New Projects </strong>to go to the Project page and create a project. For details, refer to <strong><em>Create a Project</em></strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Value-Added Services Overview</td>
<td>Click <strong>Value-Added Services </strong>to view the value-added services you have purchased or obtained.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>More </strong>to enter the Service Market page to purchase more services.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rewards Store Overview</td>
<td>You can view the available gifts for redeeming, and redeem your reward points for gifts.</p>
<p>Click <strong>View More </strong>to enter the Rewards Store page and perform more operations. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trending Products Overview</td>
<td>You can click / Q view the information about the hot products.</p>
<p>Click <strong>View More </strong>to enter the Order &amp; Promotion module and perform more operations, such as submitting an order, comparing products, and so on. For details, refer to <strong><em>Order &amp; Promotion</em></strong> .</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Explore Overview</td>
<td>You can view the hot news and how-to articles to keep up yourself with the trend.</p>
<p>Click <strong>More </strong>to enter the news or how-to details page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Solution Overview</td>
<td>You can switch to view some basic information about hot solutions.</p>
<p>Click <strong>More </strong>to enter the Solution page to search for and view more solutions.</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/ regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Hik-ProConnect Module</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark66"></a> The Hik-ProConnect module is divided into several sections. You can access these sections via the navigation pane on the left.</p>
<p>Uil <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click =■ or ~ to pin or unpin the navigation pane on the left of the page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="415" class="wp-image-1976" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 10" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 648" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-10-768x360.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-2 Hik-ProConnect Module</p>
<p>Table 5-3 Hik-ProConnect Module Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Dashboard</td>
<td><strong>Global Search</strong></p>
<p>Click the search box to show a search panel, select <strong>All</strong>, <strong>Site</strong>, or <strong>Device </strong>and enter a site name, device name, or device serial No. to search for sites or devices added to the Hik-ProConnect module.</p>
<p>© AH © S&#8217;<sup>te</sup> ® Device</p>
<p>| Site Name / Device Name / Device Serial No.</p>
<p>Search History [nJ</p>
<p>new site</p>
<p>Recently Visited Sites Nt ..</p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-3 Global Search Panel</strong></p>
<p>The search results will be listed in two columns named by <strong>Site </strong>and <strong>Device</strong>. You can view the site information (including the site owner, phone number and address of the site owner, site type, and site manager) and the device information (including device name, device type, device serial No., online status, and health monitoring status).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can also click a result item to enter the corresponding site or device details page.</p>
<p>The search history will be displayed on the search panel, and you can click a historical keyword to search again or clear the search history.</p>
<p>The recently visited sites will also be displayed on the search panel and below the search box, and you can click a site name to enter the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>Number of Sites / Devices / HCC Systems Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the total number of sites / devices /HCC systems added to Hik-Partner Pro and the number of abnormal devices.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add New Site </strong>/ <strong>Add Device </strong>/ <strong>Add </strong>to enter the corresponding page to add sites / devices / HCC systems. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>/ <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>/<a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"> <strong><em>Create HCC Systems</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The HikCentral Connect service is only available in certain countries or regions.</p>
<p><strong>Employee Efficiency Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the efficiency statistics of all employees, including the numbers of added sites and handed-over sites, the numbers of added devices and handed-over devices, the number of device exceptions, the exception handing rate, and the numbers of handled and to be handled exceptions.</p>
<p>You can also filter statistics data by this month, this week, and today, or click <strong>Refresh </strong>to display the latest statistics data.</p>
<p>If you want to view more data, click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Employee Efficiency Statistics page. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"> <strong><em>View Employee</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark43"><strong><em>Efficiency Statistics</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This is only supported only if you have permissions to manage the employees.</p>
<p><strong>Device Status Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of abnormal devices and total devices, including devices overall and each device type respectively.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Health Status page to check the device health status details. For detailed instructions about Health Status, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"> <strong><em>View Status of Devices in All Sites</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"> <strong><em>View Status</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"><strong><em>of Devices in a Specific Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Notification Overview</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of not handled and to be checked exceptions and numbers of top 5 types of the not handled exceptions.</p>
<p>You can click a number on a chart to enter the Exception Center page and the exceptions will be filtered correspondingly. For example, if you click the number on the Not Handled chart, the exceptions will be filtered by the status of Not Handled on the Exception Center page.</p>
<p>CHI <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To receive exception notifications, you need to configure the recipient when setting the exception rule. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark171"><strong><em>Add Exception Rule</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>The number of exceptions you view here may not be the same as that in Exception Center. You can click <strong>View All </strong>to enter the Exception Center page to check the received exceptions. For detailed instructions about Exception Center, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"><strong><em>Center</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Storage Solution</strong></p>
<p>You can view the short introduction of cloud storage solution and click <strong>Learn More </strong>to view more details about the cloud storage.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Cloud Storage Device </strong>to enter the Add Device page and you can add cloud storage device to the platform for further application. For how to add devices by different methods, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>More Value-Added Services</strong></p>
<p>You can set related service (such as cloud storage service and temperature screening) for devices after adding them to sites.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Set </strong>on the upper right side, and select a site in the list to enter the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>My Service Overview</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can have an overview of your services and manage the services.</p>
<p><strong>Free Package (Adding Devices + Remote Configuration)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display number of managed devices and devices that can be added.</li>
<li>Display the entrances for adding devices and synchronizing devices from Hik-Connect.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Co-Branding</strong></p>
<p>Display the company logo when co-branding is enabled and the entrance for enabling the co-branding.</p>
<p><strong>Health Monitoring Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display the numbers of used and available service packages and the entrance for activating the service.</li>
<li>Display the number of devices with expiring or expired service and the entrance for details, if there are devices with the service expiring within 30 days.</li>
<li>Display the numbers of device exception notifications and scheduled reports if there are devices using the health monitoring service.</li>
<li>Displaying the entrance for renewing/expanding.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for getting the free health monitoring packages (if any).</li>
<li>Display the entrances for enabling the device exception notifications and configuring the scheduled reports.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Storage Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display numbers of used and available service packages.</li>
<li>Display the number of devices with expiring or expired service and the entrance for details, if there are devices with the service expiring within 30 days.</li>
<li>Display the entrances for renewing/expanding and activating the service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Employee Account Add-On</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display used and available employee accounts.</li>
<li>Display the expiry time when the service is expiring within 30 days and displaying the entrance for renewing the service</li>
<li>Display the entrances for inviting employees and managing employees.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cloud Attendance Service</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Display numbers of used and available service packages.</li>
<li>Display numbers of expiring and expired cloud attendance systems and the entrance for details.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for adding cloud attendance systems.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) Service</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Display the status of your application for joining as ARC if your company has applied, and displaying the entrance for applying if your company has not applied or the application failed.</li>
<li>Display the number of companies added to the local ARC list and the name of last joined company.</li>
<li>Display the numbers of managed devices.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for viewing the local ARC list and searching for ARCs.</li>
<li>Display the entrance for configuring the ARC service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This section will be displayed only if your country/region supports the ARC service, and your company type is ARC or there are companies added to the local ARC list.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;jNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This feature is supported only if you have the permission to manage service packages and orders.</li>
<li>Only the services for which you have available service packages will be displayed on My Service Overview.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Case</strong></p>
<p>The Case is a center for you to report any issues generated when using Hik-Partner Pro. And our technical support will receive your issues and help you resolve them as soon as possible.</p>
<p><strong>Tutorial Center</strong></p>
<p>You can view video tutorials and documents to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro and the proper ways of using the platform.</p>
<p>Click a video to open a webpage and start playing the video. Click <strong>View All </strong>to view all the videos in Tutorial Center.</p>
<p><strong>Tools</strong></p>
<p>You can use some online tools to improve your work efficiency.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Tools </strong>to view all the provided tools.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Help</strong></p>
<p>View online documents including the Device Compatibility List, User Manual, Datasheet, and What&#8217;s New.</p>
<p><strong>Frequently Used Functions</strong></p>
<p>You can view the functions which you have used frequently.</p>
<p>Click these icons to perform these functions quickly if needed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Install &amp; Configure</td>
<td>Provides four features for batch configuring devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>Batch configure online encoding devices on the same LAN with the Portal via custom templates. See <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details.</li>
<li>Remotely batch configure AX PRO devices via custom templates. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>Batch Configure AX PRO</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Batch arm/disarm AX PRO devices on different sites. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"> <strong><em>Batch Arm/</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark198"><strong><em>Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Batch upgrade devices including security control panels, encoding devices, etc., on the same LAN. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site &amp; HCC</td>
<td><strong>Customer Site</strong></p>
<p>A site represents a physical location where devices are installed and through which the Installer Admin/Installer can manage the devices.</p>
<p><strong>Site Map</strong></p>
<p>If sites are configured with the GPS information, they can be displayed on the map for viewing the site details, such as the site name, site owner, site location, and number of online/offline/ abnormal devices.</p>
<p><strong>HikCentral Connect</strong></p>
<p>A system created by installers via the Hik-Partner Pro Portal for providing a Video Security as a Service (VSaaS) solution for enterprise users. For details, refer to the user manuals of HikCentral Connect.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;iNote</strong></p>
<p>HikCentral Connect is only available in the certain countries or regions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Monitoring</td>
<td>There are three parts in the Health Monitoring module:</p>
<p><strong>Health Status</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Installer can view the devices overall, normal, and abnormal status, locate the abnormal devices, and perform troubleshooting quickly.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Center</strong></p>
<p>After setting the exception rules, when an exception occurs on the device, the device will push a notification to the Portal and you can view all the received notifications of exception in the Exception Center.</p>
<p><strong>Scheduled Report</strong></p>
<p>The platform can send the health check reports of encoding devices and AX PRO devices to target recipients regularly.</p>
<p><strong>Maintenance Quotation</strong></p>
<p>You can create quotation for providing the device maintenance service for your customers. Thus, you can standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand your business.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Service</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Service Market: </strong>Hik-Partner Pro provides value-added services and you can purchase these service packages or renew them. You can also view details of the free package.</li>
<li><strong>My Service: </strong>View all services you purchased and the details, such as free package and cloud storage service package.</li>
<li><strong>Order: </strong>View the order list and order details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tools</td>
<td>Hik-Partner Pro provides some online tools to improve your work efficiency.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tutorial Center</td>
<td>View video tutorials and documents to learn more about Hik-Partner Pro and the proper way to use the platform.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark68"></a> 5.2 Other Modules</p>
<p>Get Co-Branding for Free</p>
<p>Click &lt;•&gt; on the top right of the Portal to get the co-branding for free. See <strong><em>Co-Branding</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>The display of the icon &lt;*&gt; on the top right is not supported in all countries/regions.</p>
<p>My Points</p>
<p>For the first time login in a day, you can click <strong>Check In to Earn Point </strong>on the top of the Portal to check in and the reward points will be credited to your account.</p>
<p>And then you can view your total points and click <strong>My Point </strong>on the top of the Portal to enter the Rewards Store page and perform more operations, such as completing tasks to earn points, viewing point history, and redeeming points for gifts. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark425"><strong><em>Rewards Store</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Notification Center</p>
<p>Shows all the history business notifications (including device management invitations, site sharing notifications, and notifications about device installation work orders), notifications of device/ channel exceptions, new features of the system messages, and the latest deals and offers. For more details about the notification center, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark247"><strong><em>Notification Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Language</p>
<p>Click the language area in the top right corner of the Portal and select a language from the drop­down list as you required.</p>
<p>Help</p>
<p>Click □ in the top right corner of the Portal to show a drop-down list.</p>
<p><strong>User Manual</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for viewing the user manual of the Hik-Partner Pro Portal online.</p>
<p><strong>Wizard</strong></p>
<p>View a wizard which guides you through the process of configurations and operations.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>or <strong>Previous </strong>to go through the introductions in the wizard. You can click the image on the right to view the large image and check the details on the image if necessary.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Skip </strong>to close the wizard.</p>
<p><strong>Questionnaire</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for joining the survey to help us provide a better experience and service for you.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This icon is displayed only when a survey has been initiated.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for asking questions and getting answers.</p>
<p><strong>After-Sales Authorization Code</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for you to view the after-sales authorization code of your company. The after-sales authorization code is exclusive to the technical support staff for troubleshooting only. You can give your authorization code to the staff when it is necessary to log in to your account for troubleshooting. The staff can log in to your account via the authorization code to view or edit the information about the company (name, type, etc.), manage sites, remotely devices (AX PRO, etc.), perform health monitoring, etc.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Extend </strong>to extend the validity period for the current authorization code or click <strong>Invalidate Authorization Code </strong>to invalidate the code right away.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>One company can only have one valid after-sales authorization code. If the code is invalidated or your company has no authorization code, you can choose to generate one.</p>
<p>Profile Photo and Account Name</p>
<p>In the upper-right corner of the Portal, click the account name or profile photo to open the drop­down list.</p>
<p><strong>Account Settings and Upgrade Account</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for editing the basic information of the account or deleting the Installer Admin account if it is no longer used. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark40"><strong><em>Set Account Information</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>When you logged in by the Hik-ProConnect account, you can select <strong>Upgrade Account </strong>in the drop­down list and click <strong>Register </strong>or click <strong>Login </strong>to register an OneHikID account or log in by an existing OneHikID account.</p>
<p><strong>Subscribe to Newsletters</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for subscribing to newsletters. You can also unsubscribe here at any time.</p>
<p>After the unsubscription you will not receive any newsletter emails (such as new product introduction, service introduction, and questionnaires) from us.</p>
<p><strong>Link with Hik-Connect Account</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for linking your Hik-Partner Pro or OneHikID account with multiple Hik- Connect account, so the devices managed in the Hik-Connect account can be synchronized to Hik- Partner Pro account or OneHikID account automatically. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>My QR Code</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for downloading your QR code, so your customers can scan via the Hik- Connect Mobile Client to add you as the service provider and authorize you to manage devices.</p>
<p>You can also go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Profile </strong>page to view your QR code.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<p>This feature is only supported by accounts with the Manage Assigned Sites permission.</p>
<p><strong>Verify Gifts</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for distributors to verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</p>
<p><strong>About</strong></p>
<p>View the version of the current system, and read the agreements, including terms of service, privacy policy, and open source license. Or scan the QR code with your mobile phone to download the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>Switch Company</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for switching companies for login if you have completed company merging and your account still exists in more than one company, or if the companies in which your account exists are all kept on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Log Out</strong></p>
<p>Log out of the current account and return to the login page.</p>
<p>Floating Tool Bar</p>
<p><strong>p Shopping Cart</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for entering your shopping cart to view the added products. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"> <strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>, Order Upload</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for quickly submitting orders by uploading information (material code, quantity, etc.) of products with a predefined template. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark292"> <strong><em>Create an Order</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to authenticated channel partners. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>vs Product Compare</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for comparing multiple products with their same specifications hidden, so you can quickly choose products as needed. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"> <strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<p><strong>Chatbot / Feedback / Customer Feedback</strong></p>
<p>Provides entrances for asking questions and getting answers, submitting your own suggestions or suggestions from your customers.</p>
<p><strong>I Questionnaire</strong></p>
<p>Provides an entrance for joining the survey to help us provide a better experience and service for you.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This icon is displayed only when a survey has been initiated.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark70"></a> Chapter 6 Site Management</p>
<p>A site can be regarded as an area or location with actual time zone and address, such as your customers&#8217; home, office, etc. You can create a site on Hik-Partner Pro to manage devices on it. Moreover, after you complete installing and setting up devices on a site, you can hand over the site and devices to your customer.</p>
<p>Read the following two sections to learn more about the key features related to site management.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark72"><strong><em>Real Sites and Sites on Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark72"><strong><em>Typical Scenario of Handing Over Site</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Real Sites and Sites on Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>The following diagram shows the relationship between the &#8220;real sites&#8221; and the &#8220;sites on Hik- Partner Pro&#8221;.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="321" class="wp-image-1977" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 11" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 649" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11-300x109.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-11-768x278.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-1 Manage Devices via &#8220;Site&#8221;</p>
<p>Typical Scenario of Handing Over Site</p>
<p>The following diagram shows a typical scenario related to device handover and authorization, as well as the overall process. For more information, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark72"></a> In the diagram, HPP represents Hik-Partner Pro and HC represents Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="455" class="wp-image-1978" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 12" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 650" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-12-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-2 Scenario and Process</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark73"></a> Site Page Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Site page, you can view the sites that are assigned to you (the Installer Admin as well as Installers with Manage All Sites permission can view all the sites of the company), and perform some operations for the sites, such as searching site, adding site, handing over site and assigning site.</p>
<p>Enter the Customer Site page.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark75"></a> Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page. Click the search box on the top right of the Customer Site page and click <strong>Site with Offline Device </strong>to display sites with offline devices.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="368" class="wp-image-1979" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 13" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 651" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13-300x124.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-13-768x317.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-3 Site Page</p>
<p>There are different status for the sites in site list.</p>
<p><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></p>
<p>The site is newly added, and you have not handed over site to the customer.</p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></p>
<p>The handover has been sent to customer who has not registered a Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p>The handover has been sent but not be accepted by customer who has registered a Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></p>
<p>The site is handed over to the customer, but the site is not authorized to the Installer.</p>
<p><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></p>
<p>The Installer gets the authorization of the site from the customer.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>According to site status, the Installer Admin and Installers with related permissions can perform the following operations in the table below.</p>
<p>Table 6-1 Supported Operations in Different Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Supported Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></td>
<td><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></td>
<td><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assign Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Supported Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Handed Over</strong></td>
<td><strong>Not Accepted</strong></p>
<p><strong>Not Registered</strong></td>
<td><strong>Handed Over, Not Authorized</strong></td>
<td><strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manage Device</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Site</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Authorization</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Share Site</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>x</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1980" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-14.png" alt="word image 1966 14" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 652"> See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>for details about how to add devices to the site.</li>
<li>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong> </a>for details about how to synchronize devices with Hik-Connect account.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark76"></a> Add New Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the end user wants the installation company to provide installing service or the installation company assigns the employee for device installation of specified end user, the Installer Admin or Installer with related permission needs to create a new site for managing these devices of end user.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission of adding a new site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add New Site ^ New Site </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>If an existing site of end user is not authorized to any installation company, you can select <strong>Existing Site </strong>to add the existing site. For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark81"><strong><em>Add Existing Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark78"></a> Set the site name, time zone, scene, site address, city, and state/province/region.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When setting the site address, you can click on the map to locate a place, or you can enter keywords in the search box to locate a place on the map.</li>
<li>You should select the correct time zone where the devices locate and the time zone cannot be changed after the site is added.</li>
<li>The Installer can select different configuration plans for the site and devices according to the selected scene.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device </strong>to synchronize the time and time zone of the site to the devices added to the site.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the end user information, such as contact number and maintenance records as the remark.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The end user can view the remarks via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to add a new site to the list.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>According to the site&#8217;s status and authorization, perform one of the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For more details about supported operations in different site status, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark75"><strong><em>Site Page</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark75"><strong><em>Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Search Site </strong>Enter keywords in search filed, and click Q to display the search results in the list.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Details</strong></p>
<p><strong>Edit Site</strong></td>
<td>Click the site name to view the site details, including managed devices, site information, and so on.</p>
<p>On the right side of the Site Details page, click to edit the site name, site address, city, state/province/region, remarks, and whether to check <strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device </strong>or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>When editing the site address, you can find and click the place on the map, or you can enter keywords in the search box to locate the place on the map.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Site</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor over on Operation column and click 0 to delete the site.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>If a site contains armed security control panel(s), it cannot be deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Hand Over</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site</strong></td>
<td>For the site in the status of <strong>Not Handed Over</strong>, click on Operation column on Site page or click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on Site Details page to hand over the site to an end user.</p>
<p><strong>CUNote</strong></p>
<p>For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Manage</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device</strong></td>
<td>For the site in the status of <strong>Not Handed Over</strong>, <strong>Not Registered</strong>, <strong>Not Accepted</strong>, or <strong>Authorized and Monitoring</strong>, you can click the corresponding icon on Operation column or enter Site Details page to manage the devices, such as adding device to the site, upgrading device, deleting devices, applying for live view or configuration permission, adding linkage rule, adding exception rule, etc. For more details, refer to <strong><em>Device Management</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="36" class="wp-image-1981" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 15" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 653"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="36" class="wp-image-1982" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 16" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 654"><a id="post-1966-bookmark79"></a> Add Existing Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>If a security control panel is armed, it cannot be deleted unless being disarmed first.</th>
</tr>
</thead>
</table>
<p>Note</p>
<p>When a site is not assigned to a company or if a site was previously assigned to a company but was later released and is now not associated with a company, you can add it by applying for site authorization from the site owner.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click the Hik-Partner Pro tab. On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click on the number of sites or click <strong>Add Site </strong>on the Home page to enter the Customer Site page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark81"></a> Click <strong>Add New Site </strong>and select <strong>Existing Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="670" height="886" class="wp-image-1983" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 17" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 655" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17.jpeg 670w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-17-227x300.jpeg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 670px) 100vw, 670px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-4 Add Existing Site</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the site ID provided.</li>
</ol>
<p>[ULI <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the site ID form the site owner, who can view the site ID via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the end user information, such as contact number and maintenance records as the remark.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The end user can view the remarks via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The site will be added in the site list and the site owner will receive an application. After the site owner approves the application, the site will be authorized to the Installer.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark82"></a> Assign Site to Installer</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Installer Admin or the Installers with assigning site permission can assign a site to the specified Installer as site manager responsible for configurations of the devices in the site.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission of assigning site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter Site page.</li>
<li>Select one or multiple sites for assignment.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Assign</strong>.</li>
<li>Select one or multiple Installers as the site manager(s) of the selected site(s).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 100 site managers can be assigned to each site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The assigned site manager can enter site details and perform related operations, such as adding devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark84"></a> Hand Over Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After the installation company completed the installation, the Installer needs to hand over the site to a customer. If required, the Installer can also apply for specified permissions for further device maintenance when handing over the site.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site status is <strong>Not Handed Over </strong>and you have the permission of site management, such as managing all sites and assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a site to be handed over.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a site and click in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the site name to enter the Site Details page and click <strong>Hand Over Now</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark86"></a> You will enter the Hand Over Site page.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If checked, after you hand over the site to your customer and your customer approves the request, you can disable the Hik-Connect service for devices that you rent to your customer without their authorization. If the Hik-Connect service is disabled, your customer will not be able to use these devices via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client for live view, playback, receiving alarms, etc. The tenant site scenario is a typical scenario to which this feature is applicable (see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"> <strong><em>Typical Tenant Site Scenario</em></strong> </a>for details).</li>
<li>You can go to the <strong>Device </strong>tab to disable the Hik-Connect service for one device or all devices in this site by clicking or setting the <strong>Hik-Connect Service </strong>switch to off. You can also delete the devices from the your customer&#8217;s Hik-Connect account without her/his authorization.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you have checked <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service </strong>in the previous step, check <strong>Grant Me Highest Configuration Permissions for Devices on Site </strong>to get the highest configuration permissions for devices on the current site which your customer cannot edit.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Email </strong>or <strong>Phone Number </strong>as handover mode.</li>
<li>Enter the site owner&#8217;s email address or phone number.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select permissions to apply for.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>S Note</strong></li>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission for managing devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, or playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when the customer accepts the handover, the permissions will be authorized to the installer. The installer does not need to apply for authorization from the site owner again.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Apply for Activation of Cloud Attendance Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the check-box is checked, after you handed over the site to your customer, he/she will be able to use the cloud attendance system provided by Hikvision or third-party manufactures.</li>
<li>If the cloud attendance system provided by Hikvsion has been added to the site and activated, the check-box will appear on the Hand Over Site page.</li>
<li>If the attendance service is provided by a third-party manufacturer, the check-box will be <strong>Allow ### System to Access </strong>or <strong>Allow Third-Party Attendance System to Access</strong>. ### here refers to the name of the third-party manufacturer.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Apply for Site Authorization for Maintenance Service Partner </strong>to apply for site authorization for your maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong></a></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks, such as the reason of the handover, which your customer can view when he/she receives the handover via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to send the handover.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Your customer will receive the handover email or message in email box or via short message with a download link of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client. Your customer can download or open the Hik-Connect Mobile Client via the link.</li>
<li>If your customer has not registered a Hik-Connect account, he/she needs to register a Hik- Connect account first. After registering the account and accepting the handover via the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, the customer will become the site owner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Please inform your customers to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</p>
<ul>
<li>If there are maintenance requirements for the devices added in the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, but not added and managed in the site, after the customer accepts the handover and becomes the site owner, he/she can authorize the permissions about these devices to the Installer.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Before your customer accepts the handover, click <strong>Hand Over Again </strong>to send handover again.</li>
</ol>
<p>[2® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can send the handover for at most five times in one day and the previous handover will be invalid if you send the new handover again.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark87"></a> Typical Tenant Site Scenario</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In a typical tenant site scenario, you can help the property management company install and set up their security devices in their apartments, and help manage the devices so that the devices will be available for the tenants only during lease periods; as for the tenants, you can help them manage and configure the devices during lease periods.</p>
<p>To know more about the typical tenant site scenario, read the sections below:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"><strong><em>Two Agreements Reached</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark89"><strong><em>Online Operations</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Two Agreements Reached</p>
<p>Before you can hand over the devices in the apartment to the tenant via Hik-Partner Pro, the following two agreements have to be reached.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="279" class="wp-image-1984" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 18" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 656" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18-300x94.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-18-768x242.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-5 Agreement Reached Between the Property Management Company and Installer</p>
<p>Apartment A is available for rent. We have already installed some security devices in the apartment to guard the tenant and their property. During the lease period, you can use the HC App to use these devices for live view, playback, receiving alarms, etc.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="841" height="241" class="wp-image-1985" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 19" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 657" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19.jpeg 841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19-300x86.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-19-768x220.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 841px) 100vw, 841px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark89"></a> Figure 6-6 Agreement Reached Between the Tenant and Property Management Company</p>
<p>Online Operations</p>
<p>After the two agreements are reached, you will operate on Hik-Partner Pro to hand over the devices to the tenant, of which the process is shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="486" class="wp-image-1986" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 20" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 658" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-20-768x422.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-7 Hand Over Devices to the Tenant</p>
<ol>
<li>Create a site. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
<li>Add the devices to the site.</li>
<li>Batch configure the devices. Refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> or<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Batch Configure AX</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>PRO</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
<li>Hand over the site to the tenant. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for more details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Hl] Note</strong></p>
<p>You should request the tenant to allow you to disable the Hik-Connect service, and if the tenant does not approve the request, the devices will not be handed over.</p>
<ol>
<li>The tenant accepts the handover on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which means the tenant also approves your request to allow you to disable the Hik-Connect service and approves your application for permissions (if any).</li>
<li>The devices are handed over to the tenant&#8217;s Hik-Connect account.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark90"></a> Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark92"></a> When the Site (no permission selected when handing over site) has been handed over to Site Owner, and then there are maintenance requirements for the devices in the Site, the Installer needs to send an application to Site Owner for the authorization. After the authorization is approved, the Installer can get the permission to manage and configure the devices of the Site. Besides, the Site Owner can add a device on Hik-Connect Mobile Client and authorize it to the Installer for further management and configuration.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a Site.</li>
<li>Enter Apply for Authorization page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a Site and click on Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the Site name to enter Site Details page and click <strong>Apply for Authorization</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks and click <strong>OK </strong>to send the application.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Site Owner will receive and handle the application via Hik-Connect Mobile Client. After the Site Owner approves the application, the Installer will have the authorization of the Site and perform some operations.</p>
<p>If there are maintenance requirements for the devices added in Hik-Connect Mobile Client, but not added and managed in the Site by the Installer yet, after consensus, the Site Owner can select the devices and authorize the permissions of the devices to the Installer.</p>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code to them.</li>
<li>For AX Pro, after adding an AX Pro to Hik-Partner Pro, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; these accounts will be deleted after the Installer deletes the AX Pro from Hik-Partner Pro. If you edit an Installer&#8217;s login password, the password for logging in to the AX Pro by this account will also change.</li>
<li>After authorizing a Site with AX Pro to an Installer, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; besides, the account with the permission of managing all Sites will also become the account of the AX Pro.</li>
<li>If an Installer hands over the Site with this AX Pro to an end user, the end user&#8217;s Hik-Connect account will also become an account of the AX Pro, while the Installer&#8217;s account will be deleted from the AX Pro. This is also applicable to an Installer Admin.</li>
<li>For more details about operations on Hik-Connect Mobile Client, refer to the User Manual of Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Apply for Device </strong>Click the Site name to enter Site Details page and apply for</p>
<p><strong>Permission </strong>permissions.</p>
<p><strong>Discard Authorization </strong>On the Site list page, click ^ &amp; to discard authorization or the Site.</p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>For Sites with Allow Me to Disable Hik-Partner Pro Service function enabled when handing over to Installer, discarding authorization is not supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark93"></a> Accept a Device Management Invitation from a Hik-Connect User</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can accept a device management invitation from your customer (i.e., a Hik-Connect user) to manage a device already added to a Hik-Connect account. In this way, the device, along with its configuration and operation permissions, can be shared with you to allow you to manage the device on Hik-Partner Pro. Compared with synchronizing the device in Hik-Connect with the device in Hik-Partner Pro, which requires your customer to share their Hik-Connect account name and password with you, this way is more privacy-friendly and easier to be accepted.</p>
<p>To know more about the device management invitation, read the sections below:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Overall Process</em></strong></li>
<li><strong><em>Introduction About the Device Management Invitation on Hik-Partner Pro</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark95"><strong><em>The Email of Device Management Invitation</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark95"><strong><em>The Notification of Device Management Invitation</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>How Can Your Customer Invite You to Manage Their Device via Hik-Connect</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Overall Process</p>
<p>If your customer (i.e., the Hik-Connect user) has already added one device to their Hik-Connect account, the customer can use the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to invite you to manage this device. Once the customer completes the invitation, an email containing the invitation information (e.g., the Hik-Connect user name and device name) and the button/link for accepting the invitation will be sent to you, and then you can accept the invitation.</p>
<p>Invitations for device management can also be accepted via <strong>Notification Center ^ Business Notification </strong>. Once you accept the invitation, the device will show on the specified site (namely, the site mentioned in the email or the notification) on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="541" class="wp-image-1987" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 21" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 659" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-21-768x470.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-8 Overall Process Diagram</p>
<p>Introduction About the Device Management Invitation on Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>You can go to the site list page, and then click <strong>Device Management Invitation from Customer </strong>to open the window shown below. This shows how your customer uses the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to invite you to manage their device. It should be noted that you need to provide your Hik- ProConnect account (email address) to your customer first to let them specify you as the Installer who manages their device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="807" class="wp-image-1988" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 22" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 660" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22-300x273.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-22-768x700.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-9 The Pop-Up Window</p>
<p>The Email of Device Management Invitation</p>
<p>The email shows the invitation details including device name, device serial No., name of the site where the device(s) is added, Hik-Connect user account, and the time of invitation. If you agree to manage the device(s) for your customer, you need to accept the invitation in three days, otherwise the invitation will be invalid.</p>
<p>The Notification of Device Management Invitation</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark95"></a> The notification shows the invitation details including name of the site where the device(s) is added, device name, device serial No., and the Hik-Connect user account. If you agree to manage the device(s) for your customer, you need to accept the invitation in three days, otherwise the invitation will be invalid.</p>
<p><strong>Device Management Invitation</strong></p>
<p>My!</p>
<p>Devices)</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Site Own</p>
<p>yzpr</p>
<ul>
<li>You should accept the invitation in 3 days if you agree to manage y our customer&#8217;s devices. Otherwise, the invitation will be invalid.</li>
<li>If you do not agree, you need not to perform any operation. The in vitation will be invalid in 3 days automatically.</li>
<li>If you agree, the site where the device is added will be displayed o n the Hik-Partner Pro Portal or Mobile Client, and you can view the device status and maintain the devices. Also, you can enter the site I ist page, and search for the site according to the site name or the us er s account name.</li>
</ul>
<p>I Agree</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-10 Notification Example</strong></p>
<p>How Can Your Customer Invite You to Manage Their Device via Hik-Connect</p>
<p>Refer to the following steps for details about how can your customer invite you to manage their device via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the device list, tap «• of the device and the Share Device page will pop up. Or select <strong>More ^ Manage Sharing Settings ^ Share Device </strong>to show the Share Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="803" class="wp-image-1989" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 23" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 661" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-23-221x300.jpeg 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-11 Share Device</p>
<p><strong>LJilNote</strong></p>
<p>If this page doesn&#8217;t show, it means the device cannot be managed by an installer and can only be shared with another Hik-Connect user.</p>
<p>Possible reasons: the device is shared from others; the device is already managed by an installer; the device is not enabled with the Hik-Connect service; or the Hik-Partner Pro service (installer service) is not available in your customer&#8217;s country or region.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Share with Installer</strong>.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>New Installer </strong>and enter the installer&#8217;s account to share device permissions with a new installer; or select an existing installer.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OX Note</strong></p>
<p>When entering a new installer&#8217;s account that has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="889" class="wp-image-1990" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 24" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 662" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-24-201x300.jpeg 201w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-12 Select Installer</p>
<p>4. Select the Site where the device will be added and the device permissions to be granted to the installer.</p>
<p>\ Authorization</p>
<p>You can grant device authorization to the Installer. After authorization, your Installer will have the permissions that you select. You can deauthorize the device to revoke permissions from Installer at any time. If you have any questions, tap to get help.</p>
<p><strong>Installer &gt;</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site </strong>MySite ©</p>
<p>Permission</p>
<p><strong>Live View </strong>¿k</p>
<p>Validity Period: Permanent</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>Validity Period: Permanent</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>Validity Period; Permanent</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-13 Authorization</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark96"></a> 6.9 Site Sharing</p>
<p>You can share sites with your maintenance service partners to allow them to cooperate with you in providing device management/maintenance services for your customers, especially in offering technical support. When sharing a site, you can determine the permissions for the MSP (maintenance service partner) to access devices on the site. After sharing a site, you can change the maintenance service partner&#8217;s permissions.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If you change the maintenance service partner&#8217;s permissions, your customer will receive a notification about it on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Read the following sections to learn the overall process and limitations of site sharing.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong></li>
<li><strong><em>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</em></strong></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Limitations</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Share a Site not Handed Over</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of sharing a site not handed over to your customer. For detailed steps, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark100"><strong><em>Share a Site not Handed Over</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>In the diagram, HPP represents Hik-Partner Pro, HC represents Hik-Connect, and MSP represents maintenance service partner.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="442" class="wp-image-1991" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 25" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 663" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-25-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-14 Overall Process</p>
<p>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of sharing a site that has been handed over to your customer. For detailed steps, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark103"><strong><em>Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="434" class="wp-image-1992" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 26" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 664" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26-300x147.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-26-768x376.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-15 Overall Process</p>
<p>Limitations</p>
<ul>
<li>Site sharing is not supported in every country or region.</li>
<li>You can only share a site with your maintenance service partner&#8217;s Installer Admin account.</li>
<li>Your account and your maintenance service partner&#8217;s Installer Admin account need to be in the same country/region.</li>
<li>You cannot share a site with any Installer of your company.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark98"></a> .9.1 Share a Site not Handed Over</li>
</ul>
<p>For a site that has not been handed over, you can apply for site authorization and select permissions for the maintenance service partner at the same time when you hand over the site, in order to share the site with your maintenance service partner for managing and maintaining the site together.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark100"></a> Make sure the site status is <strong>Not Handed Over </strong>and you have the permission to manage all sites or assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account should be an Installer Admin account, of which the country/region should be the same as that of your account.</li>
<li>You cannot share the site with the account of any employee in your company.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Hand Over Site page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>In the Site Sharing section, check <strong>Apply for Site Authorization for Maintenance Service Partner</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the account has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select permissions for the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission to manage devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts site sharing, the permissions will be authorized to the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Configure other settings on the Hand Over Site page. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts the site sharing, perform the operations below.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the status and email address of the Maintenance Service Partner on the site details page.</p>
<p><strong>View Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>About the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></p>
<p><strong>Cancel Site Sharing</strong></p>
<p>You can cancel site sharing on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p>You can change permissions for the maintenance service partner on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p><strong>Change Permissions for the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></p>
<p>DU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can only change the permissions that have already been granted to the maintenance service partner by your customer, and your customer will receive a notification on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if the permissions are changed.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark101"></a> 6.9.2 Share a Site that Has Been Handed Over</p>
<p>After a site is handed over, you can share the site with your maintenance service partner for managing and maintaining the site together.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site status is <strong>Authorized and Monitoring </strong>and you have the permission to manage all sites or assigned sites.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>CUlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account should be an Installer Admin account, of which the country/region should be the same as that of your account.</li>
<li>You cannot share the site with the account of any employee in your company.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the Site page.</li>
<li>Select a site for site sharing.</li>
<li>Enter the Site Sharing page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Move the cursor to in the Operation column and click ■=&lt; .</li>
<li>Click the site name to enter the site details page and click <strong>Site Sharing</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the maintenance service partner&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CE Note</strong></p>
<p>If the account has been linked with two or more companies, you should select a company to share device permissions with.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark103"></a> Select permissions for the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set the validity period for the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback, and select the device(s).</li>
<li>If you have no permission to manage devices, or no devices are added to the site, you cannot select the permissions of configuration, live view, and playback when handing over the site.</li>
<li>If the following permissions are selected, when your customer accepts the handover and the maintenance service partner accepts site sharing, the permissions will be authorized to the maintenance service partner.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Information Management</strong></p>
<p>The permission to manage the site information.</p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The permission to configure selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p>The permission to stream the live video from the selected devices on the site.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The permission to play back videos of the selected devices on the site.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the remarks, such as the reason for site sharing.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After your customer accepts the application and the maintenance service partner accepts the site sharing, perform the operations below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Information</strong></p>
<p><strong>About the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></td>
<td>You can view the status and email address of the Maintenance Service Partner on the site details page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cancel Site Sharing</strong></td>
<td>You can cancel site sharing on the Site Sharing page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Change Permissions for the Maintenance</strong></p>
<p><strong>Service Partner</strong></td>
<td>You can change permissions for the maintenance service partner on the Site Sharing page.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can only change the permissions that have already been granted to the maintenance service partner by your customer, and your customer will receive a notification on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if the permissions are changed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark104"></a> 9.3 Accept Site Sharing</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark106"></a> After the Installer Admin or Installer shares a site with the MSP (Maintenance Service Partner) on Hik-Partner Pro, the site owner will receive the device authorization application on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client. The site owner should agree to the authorization, so that the MSP can receive and handle the site sharing application on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the site owner has agreed to the device authorization on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Make sure the MPS has logged in to the Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>Make sure the country/region of the MSP&#8217;s account is the same as that of your account are the same.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the upper-right corner of the page, click <strong>Notification Center</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Business Notification </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>All the business notifications (including the site sharing application) received by the MSP will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>I Agree </strong>to accept the site sharing.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>s Business Notification 0!o Exception Center 4 System Message 3 ■■ Deals and Offers ®&gt;</strong></p>
<p><strong>Site Sharing Application </strong>10, Dec, 2021 10:10:16</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-16 MSP Accepts Site Sharing in Notification Center</strong></p>
<p>The MSP can manage and maintain devices on the shared site together with the installer.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark107"></a> 6.9.4 Features Available for MSP on a Shared Site</p>
<p>After the MSP (Maintenance Service Partner) accepts the site sharing, the MSP can perform configurations and operations which the customer authorized on the shared site. The MSP can also release device permission or cancel the site sharing. If the MSP is authorized to manage the site, the MSP can directly applying to the customer for device permission.</p>
<p><strong>OZlNote</strong></p>
<p>The MSP who accepted the site sharing cannot share the site with another MSP.</p>
<p>Features Available for MSP with Permissions</p>
<p><strong>Customer Site</strong></p>
<p>Includes live view and playback, arming and disarming devices, device remote configuration, device upgrade, linkage rule configuration, DDNS configuration, resetting password, exception notification configuration, and deleting site.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The MSP can upgrade devices in the Customer Site module and the Health Monitoring module.</li>
<li>If the MSP deletes the site, it indicates that the site authorization is discarded by the MSP, but the installer can still manage the sites and their devices.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Health Monitoring</strong></p>
<p>Includes viewing the status of devices on the shared sites, device remote configuration, refreshing devices&#8217; status, live view, playback, manually checking devices&#8217; status, and exporting health check reports.</p>
<p><strong>Exception Center</strong></p>
<p>Includes receiving device exceptions and exporting exception records.</p>
<p><strong>Send Report Regularly</strong></p>
<p>Includes configuring report settings to send reports regularly.</p>
<p><strong>My Service</strong></p>
<p>Includes viewing the validity periods, expiration time and status of activated services for the site and their corresponding resources.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>The MSP cannot activate or transfer services on the shared site. Only the installer can do the above operations.</p>
<p>MSP Applies to Customer for Device Permissions</p>
<p>If the MSP is authorized to manage the site, the MSP can directly apply to the customer for device permission. The installer who shared the site will receive the notification after the MSP sends the application for device permission.</p>
<p>For how the MSP applies to the customer for device permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>MSP Releases Device Permissions</p>
<p>If the MSP does not need device permission, or the MSP finished the device configuration task earlier than the planned time, the MSP can release the permission.</p>
<p>For how the MSP releases device permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Release the Permission for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>MSP Cancels Site Sharing</p>
<p>If the MSP does not need to manage or maintain the site, or the MSP finished the site management and maintenance tasks, the MSP can cancel the site sharing. After the site sharing is canceled, the site and devices on the site will be deleted from the MSP&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark109"></a> 6.10 View Sites on the Map</p>
<p>If you have configured GPS information for the sites, you can view them on the map.</p>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Site Map </strong>(or <strong>Site Map </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region) to enter the site map page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="490" class="wp-image-1993" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 27" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 665" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27.jpeg 888w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-27-768x424.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-17 Site Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1994" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 28" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 666"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>Installer&#8217;s company is in the center of the map by default.</li>
<li>;&#8217;® : There are device(s) that have been activated the health monitoring service in this site.</li>
<li>Q : There is no device that has been activated the health monitoring service in this site.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the followings on this page.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can view companies and sites whose GPS information have been configured on the map. For details about configuring GPS information for companies and sites, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark78"><strong><em>Add New Site</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company Information</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click a site to view its information, including site name, site owner, site location, the number of online/offline/abnormal devices, etc. Also, you can click <strong>Site Details </strong>to enter site details page to view more information about the site. You can click <strong>Health Monitoring Details </strong>to enter the health status page and view the health status of all the devices added to this site.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="305" class="wp-image-1995" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 29" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 667" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-29-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-18 Site Information</p>
<p>• You can drag the map as needed. You can scroll the mouse or click / in the down-right corner to zoom in/out the map. Also, you can click a to view the company&#8217;s location on the map.</p>
<p>• You can enter keyword(s) in the search box in the upper-left corner to search for the site name.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark111"></a> Chapter 7 Device Management</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro supports multiple device types, including encoding device (e.g., solar camera), security control panel, video intercom device, access control device, doorbell. After adding them to the system, you can manage them and configure settings, including remotely configuring device parameters, configuring exception rule, linkage rule, people counting, temperature screening, etc.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Some functions may not be available in specific countries and regions.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch configure online devices on the same Local Area Network (LAN) with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs. The available configurations include batch device activation and device IP address assignment, batch linking channels to NVR/DVR, and batch setting parameters for devices via templates. These functions allow you to complete basic configurations for multiple devices with much less effort compared with configuring devices one by one.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For entering the device batch configuration page for the first time, a video tutorial about how to batch configure devices on LAN will pop up and automatically play in the down-left corner.</li>
<li>The functionality is only available to certain models of cameras, NVRs, and DVRs.</li>
<li>Before batch configuring devices, make sure you have connected them to the same LAN with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs.</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart for batch configuration of devices is shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="1073" class="wp-image-1996" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 30" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 668" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30-165x300.jpeg 165w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-30-564x1024.jpeg 564w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-1 Flow Chart</p>
<p>Table 7-1 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Sub-step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Batch Activate</p>
<p>Devices</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>Batch activate online devices on the same Local Area Network (LAN) with the PC on which the Hik-Partner Pro Portal runs, and assign IP addresses for the activated devices. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch Activate Devices and</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Batch Link Channels to NVR/DVR</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>If the activated devices include NVR or DVR, link channels to NVR or DVR. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"> <strong><em>Batch Link Channels to</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"><strong><em>NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Batch Set Device Parameters</td>
<td>Manually Set Parameters for a Device</td>
<td>Select an activated device and set its parameters manually. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Create Template</td>
<td>Created a template based on the manually configured device. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configure Parameters for Devices via Template</td>
<td>Batch configure parameters for multiple devices via a selected template. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"> <strong><em>Batch Set Parameters for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"><strong><em>Devices via Template</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device(s) to Site</td>
<td>N/A</td>
<td>If required, add the activated and configured device(s) to a Site. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark114"></a> Batch Activate Devices and Assign IP Addresses for Them</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Portal can detect available devices connected to the same network with the Portal, and then you can activate devices and assign IP address for them.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark116"></a> Click <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ On-Site Config </strong>to enter the batch device configuration page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="453" class="wp-image-1997" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 31" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 669" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-31-768x393.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-2 Batch Device Configuration</p>
<p>2. Select the detected online devices to be activated.</p>
<p>3. Click Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP to open the Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP window.</p>
<p>4. Enter the device admin password and confirm the password.</p>
<p>5. Click Activate Devices &amp; Assign IP.</p>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The unactivated device and the activated device but not be assigned with IP address will be displayed as <strong>Not Obtained </strong>in the <strong>Device Name </strong>column.</li>
<li>For the activated device and be assigned with IP address, if you hover the mouse on the IP address, <strong>Auto </strong>will be displayed to remind you the IP address is automatically assigned.</li>
</ul>
<p>The devices are activated, and the device IP address are assigned by the Portal.</p>
<p>The time of the computer will be synchronized to the activated devices.</p>
<p><strong>6. Optional: </strong>After the devices are activated, you can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Device Network Parameters</strong></td>
<td>Click to edit the device network parameters, including IP address, device port, HTTP port, subnet mask, gateway, device admin password and then click <strong>OK</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reset Device Admin Password</strong></td>
<td>Click to reset the admin password of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Unbind Device</strong></td>
<td>Click and then enter the device password and verification code to unbind the device from its current account. After unbound, the device can be added to another account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>After activating the devices, you should batch add channels to NVR or DVR. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"><strong><em>Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark117"></a> Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If there are online NVR, DVR, and network camera on the same LAN, you can batch link the network camera to the NVR and DVR as channels. After linking, you can manage the linked channels according to your need.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated the NVR, DVR, and network cameras. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch Activate Devices</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>and Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If there is no online NVR or DVR on the same LAN, skip this task.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Link Channel page, select an NVR or DVR on the left.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have not logged in to the device, enter the password to log in.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Channels that have been linked will be displayed in the middle.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="333" class="wp-image-1998" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 32" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 670" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-32-768x288.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-3 Channels on the Same LAN</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark119"></a> If a linked channel is offline, (p will be displayed beside the channel name. Hover the cursor on the icon to view the reason for being offline. You can click <strong>Set Parameters </strong>to change channel parameters to try again.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Link Channel </strong>to open the Link Channel panel.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select a device and click to log in to the device and get device information.</li>
<li>Click <strong>+ </strong>to link the device.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit NVR/DVR/Channel Name</strong></td>
<td>Click to edit the NVR/DVR/channel name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sort Channels</strong></td>
<td>Click ]&#8217; or to sort the channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Replace Device</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Replace Device </strong>to unlink this channel and link a new device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Unlink Device</strong></td>
<td>Click ~ to unlink channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>to batch set parameters for devices. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark125"> <strong><em>Batch Set Parameters for Devices via Template</em></strong></a> for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark120"></a> Create Template for Setting Parameters</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Before batch configuring parameters for devices, you should create a template. After creating a template, you can batch apply it to devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated devices and linked channels to NVR and DVR (if any). See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"> <strong><em>Batch</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark116"><strong><em>Activate Devices and Assign IP Addresses for Them</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark119"> <strong><em>Batch Link Channels to NVR and DVR</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a device name or <strong>Set Parameters </strong>to enter the remote configuration page.</li>
<li>On the remote configuration page, set parameters for the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save as Template </strong>on the top right.</li>
<li>Set a template name and check the parameters you want to save in the template.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the parameters as a template.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Add a new template based on device with configured parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Manage Template ^ + </strong>.</li>
<li>Enter template name.</li>
<li>Select device type.</li>
<li>In the template content field, select a device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark122"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="410" class="wp-image-1999" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 33" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 671" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-33-768x355.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-4 Add Template</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click ® to delete a template.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark123"></a> Batch Set Parameters for Devices via Template</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>To configure devices with high efficiency, you can batch apply parameters in an existing template to devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have created at least one template for setting parameters. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"><strong><em>Setting Parameters</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Check device(s) and click <strong>Set Parameters by Template</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Before setting parameters for an NVR or DVR, you can tap <strong>Format </strong>to format the disk of the selected device. Batch formatting is not supported.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark125"></a> Select a template.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="426" class="wp-image-2000" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 34" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 672" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-34-768x369.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-5 Set Parameters</p>
<p>3. Click Apply Parameters to apply the configured parameters to devices.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="524" height="886" class="wp-image-2001" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 35" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 673" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35.jpeg 524w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-35-177x300.jpeg 177w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /> The application process and application results will be displayed.</p>
<p>Figure 7-6 Set Parameters by Template</p>
<p><strong>4. Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</p>
<p>Add devices to Sites. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Add Device to Site</strong></p>
<p><strong>Manage Template</strong></p>
<p><strong>Edit NVR or Channel Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Synchronize Computer Time to Device</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Manage Template </strong>to add new template or delete template.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark122"> <strong><em>Create Template for Setting Parameters</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Rename </strong>to edit name(s) of NVR or channels of NVR.</p>
<p>Check device(s) and click <strong>Synchronize Time to Device</strong>. And then check devices and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark126"></a> 7.2 Add Device</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro accesses devices by two modes: Hik-Connect (P2P) and Device IP Address/Domain Name. The former provides securer data communication (between Hik-Partner Pro and devices) and full access to features based on the Hik-Connect service, such as device handover and exception notification; the latter provides faster data communication but no access to the features based on Hik-Connect service.</p>
<p>The table below shows the device adding methods for the two access modes respectively.</p>
<p>Table 7-2 Device Adding Methods</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Access Mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Adding Method</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-Connect (P2P)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark146"><strong><em>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</em></strong></a></li>
<li><strong><em>Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</em></strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>The last method in this table cell is for devices which do NOT support the Hik-Connect service. In this method, you can add them via the proxy of Hik-ProConnect Box to allow them to get full access to the features based on the Hik-Connect service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device IP Address/Domain Name</td>
<td>• <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong></a></p>
<p>•<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark128"></a> Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After batch configuring devices, you can add the device(s) to the existing site or a new site.</p>
<p>Select one of the following ways to enter the Add Device page.</p>
<ul>
<li>After batch configuring device(s), click <strong>Add Device </strong>in the prompt box.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about batch configuring devices, refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>On the Home page, click <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
</ul>
<p>o Click <strong>Add Device </strong>on the top of the site list.</p>
<p>o Click — in the Operation column of the site list.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark130"></a> o Click the site name to enter the site details page, and then go to <strong>Device ^ Add Device </strong>. Select <strong>Scan for Devices on LAN</strong>, <strong>Enter Serial No.</strong>, <strong>Enter IP Address / Domain</strong>, <strong>Batch Import</strong>, or <strong>Synchronize devices from the Hik-Connect </strong>as the adding method.</p>
<p>Select the device(s) to be added, and perform one of the following two ways to add the device(s) to the site.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Existing Site </strong>and then click the site in the drop-down list.</li>
<li>Select <strong>New Site </strong>and edit the following parameters to create a new site.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Site Name</strong></p>
<p>The name of the site, which can describe the site location, function, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Time Zone</strong></p>
<p>Select the time zone in the drop-down list according to the location the site belongs to.</p>
<p><strong>Scene</strong></p>
<p>Select the scene of the site in the drop-down list according to the usage scene, such as house, department, villa, and store.</p>
<p><strong>Site Address</strong></p>
<p>Enter the site address, such as street and number, apartment suite, unit, building, floor, etc.</p>
<p><strong>City</strong></p>
<p>Enter the city of the site.</p>
<p><strong>State/Province/Region</strong></p>
<p>Enter the state, province or region of the site.</p>
<p><strong>Sync Time &amp; Time Zone to Device</strong></p>
<p>After checked, the time and time zone will be synchronized to the device from the site.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>and perform the operations according to the prompts on the page. For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark131"></a> Add Detected Online Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Portal can detect available devices connected to the same network with the Portal, which makes the devices&#8217; information about themselves (e.g., IP address) recognized by the Portal. Based on the information, you can add the devices quickly.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</li>
<li>You can add up to 15 detected online devices simultaneously.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark133"></a> On the Add Device page, click <strong>Scan for Devices on LAN</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to enter Add Device page, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The device(s) connected to the same LAN with the Portal will be displayed on the device list. You can view information including device serial No., device IP address, activation status (activated or not), Hik-Connect status (connected to Hik-Connect service or not), etc.</p>
<p>Check the online device(s) to be added and click <strong>Next</strong>. Perform part or all of the following 4 steps based on the status of the selected devices before you can add them.</p>
<p>After you add an AX PRO device to Hik-Partner Pro, you will be able to log into the AX PRO by your Hik-Partner Pro account (i.e., Installer account or Installer Admin account) to configure and manage the device; if you delete the AX PRO device from Hik-Partner Pro, you can no longer log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<p>After your customer authorizes a Site with AX PRO devices to you, you can log into these AX PRO devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account to configure and manage the device. In this case, if you are an Installer, the Installer Admin can also log into these AX PRO devices by her/his Hik-Partner Pro account; if you are the Installer Admin, your employees (i.e., Installers) have no permission to log into these devices by their Hik-Partner Pro accounts.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Device</td>
<td>If there are device(s) not activated, activate them. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"><strong><em>Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>HZXlNote</strong></p>
<p>If a device is activated, the platform will automatically assign a fixed IP address for it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enter Device Password</td>
<td>Enter admin password of the device. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark134"> <strong><em>Enter Device Password</em></strong></a> for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Automatically Connect to Hik- Connect Service</td>
<td>Connect device(s) to the Hik-Connect service. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"> <strong><em>Connect to</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Hik-Connect Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Device Verification Code</td>
<td>If a device is connected to the Hik-Connect service successfully, the platform will automatically get device verification code from device.</p>
<p>If not, you need to set verification code for it.</p>
<p>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Set Device Verification Code</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 7-3 Step Description</p>
<p>•</p>
<ul>
<li>After you hand over a Site with AX PRO devices to your customer, your customer will be able to log into these devices by her/his Hik-Connect account, and you will no longer have the permission to log into these devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik- Partner Pro.</li>
</ul>
<p>After adding devices to the Portal, you can perform the following operations if required.</p>
<p>Table 7-4 Available Operations after Adding Devices</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Device</td>
<td>Click the device name to edit it. Or move the cursor to the device and then click / to edit device name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configure Linkage Rule</td>
<td>Click [jj to configure linkage rule for the device.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark164"><strong><em>Add Custom Linkage Rule</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Health Monitoring Service</td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page.</p>
<p>Or hover the cursor onto S on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about Health Monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete Device</td>
<td>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 to delete the device.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the site is authorized.</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik-Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device Firmware</td>
<td>When device adding completes, the platform will start detecting whether the device firmware version is compatible. Some functions (including health monitoring, linkage rule, and remote</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>configuration) are unavailable if the device is not compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>For devices incompatible with the Hik-Partner Pro, you need to upgrade them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Upgrade to Compatible Version </strong>on the <strong>Upgrade or Not </strong>column, and click <strong>Add and Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter device user name and password to add and upgrade the device.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Type for Unknown Device</td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Unbind Device from Its Current</p>
<p>Account</td>
<td>If the adding result page shows that a device fails to be added and has been added to another account, you can click to unbind it. When the device is unbound, you can add it to your account. For details about unbinding device, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Unbind a</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Device from Its Current Account</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Activate Device</p>
<p>If there are inactivated device(s) in the selected devices, create a device admin password for all the inactivated device(s) on the pop-up window to activated them.</p>
<p><strong>LJilNote</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you to create a strong password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Enter Device Password</p>
<p>For devices which are activated but not connected to the Hik-Connect service, you should enter its admin password on the pop-up window. The admin password is created when you activate the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark134"></a> If multiple devices share the same password, enable <strong>Batch Enter admin Password </strong>to enter the password for all the devices in a batch. If any devices&#8217; passwords are incorrect, a notification will prompt showing these device(s) for you to enter the correct password(s).</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Before entering admin password, you should make sure that no repeated device IP address exists, or one of the devices with the same IP address will fail to be added. You can click <em>£_</em> in the Operation column, and then edit the device IP address.</p>
<p>Connect to Hik-Connect Service</p>
<p>After entering device admin passwords, the platform will automatically start connecting the device(s) to the Hik-Connect service. Devices that are failed to be connected to the Hik-Connect service cannot be added.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that no repeated device IP address exists and that the IP addresses of the to-be- connected devices are in the same network segment with the PC running Hik-Partner Pro, or connection exception will occur. You can click .£ in the Operation column, and then edit the device IP address.</p>
<p>Set Device Verification Code</p>
<ul>
<li>If a device is connected to the Hik-Connect service successfully, the platform will automatically get device verification code from device. If the platform failed to get the verification codes from any devices, you need to manually enter their verification codes.</li>
</ul>
<p>If multiple devices share the same verification code, enable <strong>Batch Enter Verification Code </strong>and enter the verification code for all of them.</p>
<ul>
<li>If device(s) failed to be connected to the Hik-Connect service, you need to set a shared device verification code for multiple devices, or set verification codes for each device. After you complete device verification settings, the device(s) will be connected the Hik-Connect service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>For EZVIZ devices, admin password is not required, and device verification code is required.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark135"></a> 7.2.3 Add Device by Entering Serial No.</p>
<p>If a device is connected to Hik-Connect service, you can manually add it to a site by entering the device serial number and device verification code.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</li>
<li>Make sure the device has been activated and connected to Hik-Connect service.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark137"></a> On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site ^ Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Enter Serial No. </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Enter the device serial number and device verification code.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>The device serial number and the default device verification code are usually on the device label. If no device verification code found, enter the verification code you created when enabling Hik- Connect service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro will start detecting whether the device firmware version is compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro. Some functions (including health monitoring, linkage, and remote configuration) cannot be used if the device is not compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro. Firmware version detection will not happen if a site is authorized. For devices incompatible with the Hik- Partner Pro, you need to upgrade them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Upgrade to Compatible Version </strong>on the <strong>Upgrade or Not </strong>column, and click <strong>Add and Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter device user name and password to add and upgrade the device.</li>
<li>Check the device(s) to be added.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After you add an AX PRO device to Hik-Partner Pro, you will be able to log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account (i.e., Installer account or Installer Admin account) to configure and manage the device; if you delete the AX PRO device from Hik-Partner Pro, you can no longer log into the AX PRO device by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>After your customer authorizes a Site with AX PRO devices to you, you can log into these AX PRO devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account to configure and manage the device. In this case, if you are an Installer, the Installer Admin can also log into these AX PRO devices by her/his Hik-Partner Pro account; if you are the Installer Admin, your employees (i.e., Installers) have no permission to log into these devices by their Hik-Partner Pro accounts.</li>
<li>After you hand over a Site with AX PRO devices to your customer, your customer will be able to log into these devices by her/his Hik-Connect account, and you will no longer have the permission to log into these devices by your Hik-Partner Pro account.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding device(s).</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Edit Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td>Click the device name to edit it.</p>
<p>Or move the cursor to the device and then click to edit it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 .</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the Site is authorized to you.</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik- Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Upgrade Device</strong></td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View DDNS</strong></p>
<p><strong>Status</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>a * </strong>« and hover the cursor on “§■ . See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong></a> for details about configuring device DDNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page.</p>
<p>Or hover the cursor onto <strong>Fl </strong>on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Configure Cloud</strong></p>
<p><strong>Storage</strong></td>
<td>For the Hik-Partner Pro box, DVR that supports cloud storage, and NVR that supports cloud storage, you can click <strong>Cloud Storage Service </strong>to configure Cloud Storage settings. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Set</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Cloud Storage for DVR</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>How to enable cloud storage for an NVR that</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>supports cloud storage?</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark138"></a> 7.2.4 Add Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark140"></a> If you know the IP address or domain name of a device, you can add it to Hik-Partner Pro by specifying its IP address/domain name, user name, password, etc. Once a device is added in this way, Hik-Partner Pro will generate a QR code containing the device information. After completing device setup, you can share the QR code to your customer. And then your customer can scan the QR code via the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to add the device to her/his Hik-Connect account.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Devices added in this mode do NOT support the device handover process. If you need to hand over a device to your customer after completing the device setup work, please add it in one of following two methods: <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Only encoding devices mapped in WAN support this function.</li>
<li>Ask your customers to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Enter IP Address / Domain </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Enter the device&#8217;s name, IP address/domain name, port number, user name, and password.</li>
</ol>
<p>/t\ <strong>Caution</strong></p>
<p>The password strength of the device can be automatically checked. We highly recommend you change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the installer and/or end-user.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>A QR code containing the device information will be generated and displayed in the device card on the site details page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="258" class="wp-image-2002" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 36" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 674" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36-300x87.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-36-768x224.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Figure 7-7 The QR Code of the Added Device</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>6. Optional: Perform the following operations if you need.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Encrypt Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>QR Code</strong></td>
<td>It is highly recommended that you encrypt the device QR code for security reasons.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to display the QR code.</li>
<li>Create a password to encrypt the QR code, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View and Edit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Information</strong></td>
<td>Click the device&#8217;s IP address or domain name to view the device basic information. If the device&#8217;s information changed, or a network exception occurs, you can edit its information accordingly.</p>
<p>Select a device, and click « * • <strong>^ </strong>to edit the device&#8217;s name, IP address/domain name, port number, user name, and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto <strong>Fl </strong>on the device card on the site details page, and then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click • * « <strong>^ </strong>.</p>
<p>QU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/Domain) is not supported if the site is authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark141"></a> 7.2.5 Batch Add Devices</p>
<p>You can batch add multiple devices to the client by entering the device parameters in a predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the devices you are going to use are correctly installed and connected to the network as specified by the manufacturers.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The devices added in this mode cannot be handed over to your customer. If you need to hand over a device to your customer after completing the device setup work, please add it by Hik- Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>No.</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Only encoding devices mapped in WAN support this function.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Device page.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device(s) after Batch Configuring Them</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Batch Import </strong>as the adding mode.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>to save the predefined template (CSV file) in your PC.</li>
<li>Open the downloaded template file and enter the required information of the devices to be added in the corresponding column.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upload Template </strong>to upload the edited template to Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after adding the devices.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Encrypt Device</strong></td>
<td>A QR code will be generated and displayed in the device information area</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>QR Code</strong></td>
<td>If an end user did not add the device to his/her Hik-Connect account, he/she can add it to the Hik-Connect account by scanning this QR code using Hik-Connect.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to display the QR code.</li>
<li>Enter a password to encrypt the QR code, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate Health</strong></td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto nn on the device card on the site details page, and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark143"></a><strong>Monitoring Service</strong></td>
<td>then click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the health monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about Health Monitoring service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark300"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View and Edit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Information</strong></td>
<td>Click the device&#8217;s IP address or domain name to view the device basic information. If the device&#8217;s information changed, or a network exception occurs, you can edit its information accordingly.</p>
<p>Select a device, and click <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-2" href="#post-1966-footnote-2">[1]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-3" href="#post-1966-footnote-3">[2]</a></sup> * * <strong>^ </strong>to edit the device&#8217;s name, IP address/ domain name, port number, user name, and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Set Type for Unknown Device</strong></td>
<td>If the Hik-Partner Pro cannot recognize a device&#8217;s type after you add it, you can manually set a device type for it. Click <strong>Set Device Type </strong>and select a device type from the drop-down list. You can edit it again after the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete Device</strong></td>
<td>Click * * * <strong>^ </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Deleting device (except devices added by IP/domain) is not supported if the site is authorized .</li>
<li>For AX Hybrid Pro (V1.0.1 and above) which is connected to the Hik- Connect service and is online, if the device is in the armed status, you should disarm the device before deleting it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>If an Installer hands over the site with this AX Pro to an end user, the end user&#8217;s Hik-Connect account will also become an account of the AX Pro, while the Installer&#8217;s account will be deleted from the AX Pro. This is also applicable to an Installer Admin.</li>
<li>For the AX Hybrid Pro, after the device is added to the Hik-Partner Pro, its account and password which are configured on the Device Configuration page will be overwritten by those of the Hik-Partner Pro.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Synchronize Devices with Hik-Connect Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can synchronize devices in your Hik-Connect account with devices in the Hik-Partner Pro account. After synchronization, the devices are still managed in your Hik-Connect account and you can continue to use Hik-Connect service.</p>
<p>In the following two cases, you need to synchronize devices in the Hik-Connect account with devices in the Hik-Partner Pro account.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Case 1</strong>: Before using Hik-Partner Pro, you managed the devices for the customer by the Hik- Connect Mobile Client after the customer shares her/his devices to your Hik-Connect account.</li>
<li><strong>Case 2</strong>: Before using Hik-Partner Pro, you already have a Hik-Connect account and have added device(s) to it.</li>
</ul>
<p>Under the above two circumstances, you can synchronize these devices (including the ones the customers shared to you, or the ones added in your Hik-Connect account) with the Hik-Partner Pro account for quick and convenient devices adding and better device management and maintenance.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="410" class="wp-image-2003" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 37" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 675" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37.jpeg 577w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-37-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark144"></a> Figure 7-9 Synchronize Devices With Hik-Connect Account</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark146"></a> There are three entries.</p>
<ul>
<li>On the Customer Site page, click <strong>Synchronize Devices from Hik-Connect </strong>on the top of the site list.</li>
<li>On the Add Device page, click <strong>Synchronize Devices from Hik-Connect</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the user name in the upper-right corner, click <strong>Link with Hik-Connect Account </strong>in the drop­down menu, and click <strong>Link with Account</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Log into Hik-Connect</p>
<p>First, you need to log into <strong>Hik-Connect </strong>by entering your account or by scanning QR code. (Optional): Check <strong>Get Your Account and Device Information </strong>to allow Hik-Partner Pro to get these information.</p>
<p>Check <strong>Authorize Automatic Device Synchronization from Your Account to the Current Hik-Partner Pro Account </strong>to authorize automatic device synchronization. After authorization, devices newly added to Hik-Connect will be automatically synchronized to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Select Device for Synchronization</p>
<p>Secondly, you need to select the devices for synchronization.</p>
<p>After login, the devices added to your Hik-Connect account, as well as the ones others shared to you, will be displayed in the device list.</p>
<p>You can filter the devices by selecting <strong>Show All Devices</strong>, <strong>Show My Devices Only </strong>(the devices added to your Hik-Connect account), or <strong>Show Others&#8217; Devices Only </strong>(the devices shared to your Hik- Connect account from the customer) in the drop-down list.</p>
<p>Select the devices you want to synchronize with Hik-Partner Pro account, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>Configure Site for My Devices</p>
<p>Thirdly, you need to set the site information in Hik-Partner Pro for your devices to be synchronized. For the devices added in your Hik-Connect account (displayed in My Devices list), you can add them to different sites or to the same site according to your actual needs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="371" class="wp-image-2004" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 38" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 676" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-38-768x328.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>You have site authorization, configuration, and live view permission by default.</p>
<p>Figure 7-10 Configure Site for My Devices</p>
<p><strong>Apply for Permission</strong></p>
<p>You have site authorization, configuration, and live view permission by default.</p>
<p><strong>Add to Different Sites</strong></p>
<p>If your devices are shared to different customers, select this option and you can add them to different sites.</p>
<p>For the devices which have been shared to the customers, the system will automatically create sites by the user names of the customers, and then add the devices to these sites. If there already exists a site the site owner of which is the customer, the information of this site (site name and time zone) will be displayed and the corresponding devices will be added to this site automatically.</p>
<p>For the devices which are not shared to anyone, the system will automatically create a site named after your Hik-Connect account user name, and then assign them to this site.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p><strong>Add to the Same Site</strong></p>
<p>You can also add these devices to the same site. The system will automatically create a site named after your Hik-Connect account user name, and then add all these selected devices to this site.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p>By default, after synchronization, you will have site authorization permission of the automatically created site(s), and configuration as well as live view permission of the devices in My Devices list.</p>
<p>Configure Site and Permissions for Others&#8217; Devices</p>
<p>Fourthly, you need to set the site information in Hik-Partner Pro and set the device permission for the devices shared to you.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="476" class="wp-image-2005" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 39" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 677" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-39-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-11 Configure Site and Permissions for Others&#8217; Devices</p>
<p>For the devices shared to you by others, usually customers, (displayed in Others&#8217; Devices list), they will be added to different sites. The system will automatically create sites named after the user names of the customers, and then add all these selected devices to this site. If there already exists a site the site Owner of which is the customer, the information of this site (site name and time zone) will be displayed and the corresponding devices will be added to this site automatically.</p>
<p>You can hover over the site name and click to edit the site name.</p>
<p>In the Apply for Permission list, you need to select the permissions that you want to apply from the customers for the devices. By default, you will have site authorization permission of the automatically created site(s). After synchronization, the customers will receive a notification on Hik-Connect Mobile Client. After authorization by the customers, you can manage the devices on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Set Time Zone</p>
<p>Fifthly, you can set the time zone of the devices if needed.</p>
<p>You can set the time zone for each device, or you can select a time zone in the <strong>Set Time Zone </strong>drop­down list at the upper-left corner to set a time zone for the devices in a batch.</p>
<p>Start Synchronization</p>
<p>Finally, start device synchronization.</p>
<p>After setting the sites and device permissions, select the devices in the My Devices and Others&#8217; Devices list, and click <strong>Synchronize </strong>to start synchronization.</p>
<p>For devices shared from the customers in Others&#8217; Devices list, the system will send a request to the customers. After the customers approving the authorization request, the devices will be synchronized successfully.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Continue </strong>to select other devices for synchronization, or click <strong>Finish and View </strong>to view the devices synchronized after creating sites in the site list.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark147"></a> Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Some devices do not support the Hik-Connect service, and therefore they cannot be accessed by Hik-Partner Pro via Hik-Connect (P2P). If they are accessed via device IP address/domain name, some features (such as health monitoring, exception rule, and remote configuration) will be unavailable. To solve this issue, you can add these devices to Hik-Partner Pro via the proxy of Hik- Partner Pro Boxes. In this way, the originally unavailable features will be available.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that you have added Hik-Partner Pro Boxes to Hik-Partner Pro. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Currently only some encoding devices and access control devices can be proxied by Hik-Partner Pro Boxes. For detailed device models, see <em>Hik-Partner Pro Device Compatibility List</em>.</li>
<li>The proxied devices do not support features including ARC service, cloud attendance service, temperature screening service, people counting service, and ISAPI alarm. For the proxied encoding device, in addition to the above-mentioned features, linkage rule is not supported as well.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your region).</li>
<li>Click the name of a site with Hik-Partner Pro Boxes added.</li>
</ol>
<p>You enter the site details page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click a Hik-Partner Pro Box to show its details panel, and then select <strong>Proxied Device ^ Add To­Be-Proxied Device </strong>to enter the following page.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="422" class="wp-image-2006" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 40" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 678" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-40-768x366.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-12 Add To-Be-Proxied Devices</p>
<ol>
<li>Add devices in one of the following two ways.</li>
</ol>
<p>Table 7-5 Add Devices</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Way</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Online Device</td>
<td>Add devices on the same LAN with the Portal.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select devices, and then click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>Select all devices, and then click <strong>Batch Verification </strong>to set a user name and a password shared by all devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or enter the device user name and password for each device.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Adding</td>
<td>Add a device manually.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the Manual Adding window, select the target Site, and then enter the device IP address and device port No.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>and the device will be displayed in the device list.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enter user name and password. </strong>in the User Name/ Password column to enter the device user name and password.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Way</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also add multiple devices first, and then click <strong>Batch Verification </strong>to set a user name and a password shared by all these devices.</p>
<p>d. Click <strong>Next</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The adding result page shows.</p>
<ol>
<li>If adding failures exist, you can view the failure reasons on the adding result page and do corresponding operations (e.g., entering password again if the failure is caused by incorrect password).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>If there are encoding devices, enable proxy for channels of encoding devices before you can view live video and video footage of these channels.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Enable Proxy </strong>in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Select channels and then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Complete</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>View the proxy information on the device details page of the Hik-Partner Pro Box.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark149"></a> 7.3 Move Devices</p>
<p>You can use the Device Movement feature to move devices from one Site to another. By distributing devices to different Sites, you can manage both the Sites and devices more efficiently.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>• The feature is only supported by a device matches the following conditions:</p>
<ul>
<li>The original Site where the device belongs to needs to have been authorized to you.</li>
<li>The device needs to be added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The devices added by IP address / domain name are not supported.</li>
<li>The original Site and the target Site should belong to the same Site Owner.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Once a device is moved from its original Site, you need to configure the device again because all the original device configurations will be invalid. In addition, device related configurations including the linkage rules, exception rules, ARC settings, network switch settings, people counting service, temperature screening service, cloud storage service, and cloud attendance service, etc., will be affected. You need to configure these related configurations again also.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click the name of an authorized Site to enter its details page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Move Device </strong>to open the Move Device pane.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Select Device to Move</strong>, select device(s), and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="438" height="591" class="wp-image-2007" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 41" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 679" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41.jpeg 438w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-41-222x300.jpeg 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-13 Select Device</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a Site.</li>
</ol>
<p>Qi] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>New Site: </strong>If you select <strong>New Site</strong>, you need to create a name for the Site and set its time zone.</li>
<li><strong>Existing Site: </strong>If you select <strong>Existing Site</strong>, you need to select a Site that shares the same Site Owner with the current one.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="591" class="wp-image-2008" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 42" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 680" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42.jpeg 436w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-42-221x300.jpeg 221w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-14 Select Site</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Application</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application will expire if not handled within 7 days.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>On the Move Device pane, click <strong>View Device Movement Record </strong>to enter the Device Movement Record page, and perform the following operation(s) if needed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Apply Again</strong></p>
<p><strong>View Details</strong></p>
<p><strong>Move More</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply Again </strong>to send an application for device movement again if the former one has been rejected or expired.</p>
<p>Click an application record to enter its details page to see the details.</p>
<p>Click an approved or sent application, and then click <strong>Move More </strong>to move more devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark151"></a> Manage Device Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By handing over the site and applying for site authorization, you have already acquired some device permissions. You can still apply for additional device permissions afterward or release device permissions if needed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark153"></a> Apply for Device Permission</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After handing over a Site to the end user, and if you need to view the live view/recorded videos of devices added to the Site or configure the devices added to the Site, you can apply for the permission accordingly from the end user.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the name of a Site to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Device </strong>tab, click <strong>Apply for Permission ^ Apply for Configuration Permission/Apply for Live View Permission/Apply for Playback Permission </strong>.</li>
<li>Check device(s) you want to apply for permission, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Validity Period </strong>drop-down list, select a validity period for the permission.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>You can select <strong>Permanent</strong>, <strong>1 Hour</strong>, <strong>2 Hours</strong>, <strong>4 Hours</strong>, or <strong>8 Hours </strong>as the validity period.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the remarks for the permission.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to apply for the permission from end user.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the end user approves your application, you will get corresponding permission(s).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark155"></a> Release the Permission for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you do not need the permissions of configuration and live view for devices, or you finish the device configuration task earlier than the planned time, you can release the permissions manually.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the site of the devices has been handed over to you.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a site in the site list to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Click a device to show the device details page.</li>
<li>In the Permission section, select a permission, and click <strong>^ OK </strong>to release the permission.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>djNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After releasing, the permission will be unavailable for you. You need to apply for it again if needed.</li>
<li>You do not have to release permission if the permission validity is <strong>Permanent</strong>.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark157"></a> Linkage Rule and Exception Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark159"></a> You can set up a linkage rule to trigger certain device actions when the triggering event occurs. You can configure an exception rule to specify how, when, and where you want to receive exception notifications of a device or channel.</p>
<p><strong>□3 Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have enabled the Notification functionality of the source device of the linkage/ exception rule. If the function is disabled, events detected by the device cannot be reported and thus the linkage/exception rule cannot be triggered.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark160"></a> Add Linkage Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>A linkage (see the picture below for reference) refers to the process in which an event detected by resource A triggers actions of resource B, resource C, resource D, etc. You can add a rule using the predefined template or customize a rule to define such a linkage.</p>
<p>The rule contains five elements, including Source (resource A), Triggering Event (the event detected by resource A), Linked Resources (resource B, resource C, resource D&#8230; ), Linkage Actions (actions of resource B, resource C, resource D&#8230; ), and Linkage Schedule (the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated). The linkages can be used for purposes such as notifying security personnel, upgrading security level, and saving evidence, when specific events happen.</p>
<p>The picture below shows the process of the linkage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="325" class="wp-image-2009" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 43" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 681" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43.jpeg 435w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-43-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="181" height="438" class="wp-image-2010" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 44" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 682" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44.jpeg 181w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-44-124x300.jpeg 124w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 181px) 100vw, 181px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="61" class="wp-image-2011" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 45" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 683"></p>
<p>Figure 7-15 Linkage</p>
<p><em>Linked Resources</em></p>
<p><em>Linkage Actions</em></p>
<p>Recording</p>
<p>Remain Closed</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Other Actions&#8230;</p>
<p>Door Linked to Access Control Device</p>
<p>Alarm Output Device</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>Sample Application</p>
<p>Assume that the end user is the manager of a jewelry store, and the store needs to upgrade security level during non-work hours. And the store has been installed with a PIR detector linked to a security control panel, a sounder linked to the security control panel, and several network cameras.</p>
<p>In this case, you can set a linkage rule for him/her to trigger alarm output and recording in the store when object(s) in motion are detected in the store during non-work hours. The following elements need to be defined in the linkage rule:</p>
<ul>
<li>Source: The PIR detector in the store.</li>
<li>Triggering Event: Motion detection event.</li>
<li>Linked Resources: The alarm output (the sounder in this case) and the network cameras in the store.</li>
<li>Linkage Actions:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For sounder: The sounder sends out audible alarm.</p>
<p>° For network cameras: The network cameras starts recording.</p>
<ul>
<li>Linkage Schedule: Non-work hours every day.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark162"></a> Add Custom Linkage Rule</p>
<p>If the pre-defined templates cannot meet your needs, you can customize linkage rules as desired.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for the configuration of the devices. Or you should apply for the permission first. For details about applying for the permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>The Source and the Linked Resource cannot be the same resource.</li>
<li>You cannot configure two totally same linkage rules. In other words, you cannot configure two rules with the same Source, Triggering Event, Linked Resource, and Linkage Action.</li>
<li>If the Source or Linked Resource is an AX security control panel, when EN50131 Compliant mode is enabled on the device, make sure that you have done authentication by entering the device password, otherwise the configuration of linkage rule will fail.</li>
<li>When the Source is a device added by IP/domain, the device added by Hik-Connect cannot be set as the Linked Resource for triggering capture.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page.</li>
<li>Open the Add Linkage Rule panel.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select a site and click <strong>^ </strong>[jj in the Operation column.</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Linkage Rule ^ Add Linkage Rule </strong>.</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then select a device and click [jj .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Linkage Rule Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a linkage rule name.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark164"></a> Define the trigger for the linkage action.</p>
<p><strong>Select Source</strong></p>
<p>Select a resource as the Source.</p>
<p><strong>Set Triggering Event</strong></p>
<p>Select an event as the triggering event.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the triggering event has been configured on the selected device. For details about configuring event on device, see the user manual of the device.</p>
<p>Table 7-6 Available Triggering Events for Different Resource Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Triggering Event</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Motion Detection</li>
<li>Face Detection</li>
<li>Intrusion</li>
<li>Line Crossing Detection</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Control Device</td>
<td>• Tampering Alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Linked to Access</p>
<p>Control Device</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Door Opened Normally</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Capture or Recording cannot be set as the linkage action for the triggering event Door Opened Normally.</p>
<ul>
<li>Door Opened Abnormally</li>
<li>Tampering Alarm</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Station</td>
<td>• Calling</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Area of Security Control Panel</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Away Arming</li>
<li>Disarmed</li>
<li>Stay Arming</li>
<li>Alarm, such as Instant Zone Alarm, 24-Hour Annunciating Zone Alarm, and Delayed Zone Alarm.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zone (Detector) Linked to Security Control Panel</td>
<td>• Alarm, such as Triggering Alarm, such as Instant Zone Alarm, 24-Hour Annunciating Zone Alarm, and Delayed Zone Alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Doorbell</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Calling</li>
<li>PIR Detection</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Linkage</p>
<p>Click Add to select Linkage Action(s) and Linked Resource(s).</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After selecting a Linkage Action, the resource(s) available to be set as Linked Resource(s) will appear.</li>
<li>Up to 128 Linkage Actions or 10 Linked Resources can be selected.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Linkage Action</strong></p>
<p>Select linkage action(s).</p>
<p>Table 7-7 Linkage Action Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Camera (Channel)</td>
<td>Capture</td>
<td>The camera will capture a picture when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording</td>
<td>The camera will record video footage when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p><strong>CH Note</strong></p>
<p>The recorded video footage starts from 5 s before the detection of the Triggering Event, and lasts 30 s.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Preset</td>
<td>Select a preset from the Preset drop-down list to specify it as the preset which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A preset is a predefined image position which contains configuration parameters for pan, tilt, zoom, focus and other parameters. By calling a preset, the PTZ camera will move to the predefined image position.</p>
<p><strong>[dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured presets for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Patrol</td>
<td>Select a patrol from the Patrol drop-down list to specify it as the patrol which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A patrol is a predefined PTZ movement path consisted of a series of key points (i.e., presets) that have their own designated sequence. By calling a patrol, the PTZ camera</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6"></td>
<td></td>
<td>will travels to all the key points in set speed so as to provide a dynamic view.</p>
<p><strong>0X1 Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured patrols for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call Pattern</td>
<td>Select a pattern from the Pattern drop-down list tot specify it as the pattern which will be called when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p>A pattern is a predefined PTZ movement path with a certain dwell-time configured for a certain position. By calling a pattern, the PTZ camera moves according the predefined path.</p>
<p><strong>nXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured patterns for the PTZ camera. For details, see the user manual of the PTZ camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Arm</td>
<td>The camera will be armed and hence the events related to the camera will be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm</td>
<td>The camera will be disarmed and hence the events related to the camera will not be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</p>
<p>Privacy Mask</td>
<td>Privacy mask will be displayed on the live images of the camera when the Triggering Event is detected.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have configured privacy mask for the camera. For details, see the user manual of the camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disable</p>
<p>Privacy Mask</td>
<td>Privacy mask will NOT be displayed on the live images of the camera when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>The alarm output of the Linked Resource will be triggered when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Linked Resource</strong></td>
<td><strong>Linkage Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Area of Security Control Panel</td>
<td>Stay Arm</td>
<td>The arming status of the area of the security control panel will switch to Stay when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm</td>
<td>The arming status of the area of the security control panel will switch to Away when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm</td>
<td>The area of the security control panel will be disarmed when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Door Linked to Access Control Device</td>
<td>Open Door</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will be opened when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remain Open</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will remain open when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remain</p>
<p>Closed</td>
<td>The door related to the access control device will remain closed when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Door Station</td>
<td>Open Door</td>
<td>The door linked to the door station will be automatically opened when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Alarm Input</td>
<td>Arm Alarm Input</td>
<td>The alarm input will be armed and hence events related to it will be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm Alarm</p>
<p>Input</td>
<td>The alarm input will be disarmed and hence events related to it will NOT be uploaded to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client when the Triggering Event is detected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Linked Resource</p>
<p>Select resource(s) as the trigger source of the Linkage Action.</p>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<p>For configuring Linkage Actions for a same Source, if its Linked Resources are cameras (i.e., channels), you can set at most four Linkage Actions. For example, if you have set capturing picture and recording (the two are considered as two Linkage Actions) as the Linkage Actions for camera 1, you can only set two more Linkage Actions, i.e., capturing picture and recording for camera 2, or capturing picture for channel 2 and recording for channel 3, or recording for channel 2 and capturing picture for channel 3.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2012" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 46" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 684"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>After selecting Linkage Action(s) and Linked Resource(s), you can check the check-box(es) and then click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected Linked Action(s) and Linkage Resource(s).</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated.</p>
<p><strong>All Days</strong></p>
<p>The external linkage action is always activated from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Select date(s) within a week and then specify the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The date(s) marked blue is selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The linkage rule will appear on the Linkage Rule list.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required after adding linkage rules.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit Linkage Rule </strong>Click ^ / to edit the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Delete Linkage Rule </strong>Click <strong>^ </strong>0 to delete the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Disable Linkage Rule </strong>Set to to disable the linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>If you have enabled the linkage rule, make sure the Notification functionality of the Source is enabled. For details about enabling the functionality, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OZlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the Notification functionality of the Source is disabled, the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not.</li>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to him/her that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page of Portal to them.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark165"></a> Add Linkage Rule Based on Pre-defined Template</p>
<p>You can use six pre-defined templates to add linkage rules, including Intrusion, Forced Entry Alarm, Back to Home/Office, Away, Visitor Calling, and Perimeter Zone Alarm. Each of the six templates is designed for a typical applications (see the table below) of linkage rule.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have the permission for the configuration of the devices. If not, you need to apply for the permissions first. For details about applying for permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Table 7-8 Template Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Template</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Intrusion</td>
<td>The Intrusion Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, and alarm output, when the intrusion event (people, vehicles, or other objects enter a pre­defined area) occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Forced Entry Alarm</td>
<td>The Forced Entry Alarm Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, remaining door closed, alarm output, and calling preset when a door is opened abnormally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Back to Home/Office</td>
<td>The Back to Home/Office Template: Used for lowering the security level and enabling privacy protection by triggering the linkage actions including disarming and enabling privacy mask, when you are back to home or office.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away</td>
<td>The Away Template: Used for improving security level and canceling privacy protection by triggering the linkage actions including arming and disabling privacy mask when you leave your home or office.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Visitor Calling</td>
<td>The Visitor Calling Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture and recording when visitor(s) are calling from the door station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Perimeter Zone Alarm</td>
<td>The Perimeter Zone Alarm Template: Used for improving security level by triggering the linkage actions including capture, recording, calling preset, alarm output, and remaining door closed, if people or other objects are detected in all accesses (including doors, windows, cellar doors, etc.) to a property.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<p>Due to the similarity of adding linkage rules based on different templates, here we only introduce how to add a linkage rule based on the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Open the Add Linkage Rule panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page and select the <strong>Linkage Rule </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template in the Linkage Template area.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^ </strong>[ji in the Operation column, and then select the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template from the left side of the Add Linkage Rule panel.</p>
<p>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, click <strong>Add Linkage Rule </strong>and then select the <strong>Forced Entry Alarm </strong>template from the left side of the Add Linkage Rule panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="616" height="590" class="wp-image-2013" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 47" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 685" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47.jpeg 616w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-47-300x287.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 616px) 100vw, 616px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-16 Add Linkage Rule by Template</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Linkage Rule Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a linkage rule name.</p>
<p><strong>When</strong></p>
<p>Select a resource as the Source for detecting line crossing event from the drop-down list.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger the Following Actions</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Select </strong>to select the Linked Resources used for triggering the linkage actions, and then click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can set only one linkage action.</li>
<li>For details about the linkage actions, see <strong><em>Table 7-7</em></strong> .</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Linkage Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the scheduled time during which the linkage is activated.</p>
<p><strong>All Days</strong></p>
<p>The linkage action is always activated from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Select date(s) within a week and then specify the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The date(s) marked blue is selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The added linkage rule will be displayed in the linkage rule list.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set &lt;3 to to disable the linkage rule.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>If you have enabled the linkage rule, make sure the Notification functionality of the Source is enabled. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the Notification functionality of the Source is disabled, the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not.</li>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to him/her that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark167"></a> Video Tutorial</p>
<p>The following video shows that what is a linkage rule and how to set a linkage rule.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark169"></a> 7.5.2 Add Exception Rule</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark171"></a> An exception rule is used to monitor the status of managed resources in real time. When the resource is exceptional, the resource will push a notification to the Hik-Partner Pro to notify the specified Installer(s) about this exception. Currently, the exceptions include two types: device exceptions and channel exceptions.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for configuration of the device. For applying configuration permission, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Make sure you have enabled the device to send notifications to the system (if the device supports). For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark174"> <strong><em>Enable Device to Send Notifications</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add a rule to define such a notification. The rule contains five elements, including <strong>Source </strong>(device A or channel A), <strong>Exception </strong>(the exception occurred on device A or channel A), <strong>Received by </strong>(the source pushes a notification to notify the recipient via certain ways), <strong>Recipient </strong>(who can receive the notification), as well as <strong>Schedule </strong>(when the recipient can receive the notification).</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the solar camera.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Exception</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The exception rules of all the devices added in this site are displayed by default.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Unfold Channels </strong>to display all the channels of the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>For security control panels, all the zones and alarm outputs are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the types of exceptions which can trigger the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Exception </strong>field of the device or channel and click</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>( ■ )</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</p>
<p>1 (</td>
<td>Exception Received by Recipient Schedule</p>
<p>All Exceptions</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Site Manager All Days</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera 01</td>
<td>All Exceptions</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Figure 7-17 Edit Exception</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Check the exception type(s) that you want to set exception rules for.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For <strong>Offline </strong>exception, you can set the threshold of offline duration. When the device or channel is offline for longer than this threshold, an offline exception will be triggered.</li>
<li>The threshold of offline duration should be between 5 and 120 minutes.</li>
<li>For network switch, you can set exception rules for the following: PoE Port Power Off, SFP Port Disconnected, RJ45 Port Disconnected, Port Blocked, Port Busy, and PoE Power Exceeds Limit.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set where the notifications will be sent.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Received by </strong>field and click — .</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the receiving mode(s) according to actual needs.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Portal</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Portal in real time.</p>
<p>The Portal is checked by default and you cannot edit it.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>For checking the received notification in Portal, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Hik-Partner Pro App</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client in real time.</p>
<p><strong>Email</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Partner Pro, and the system will send an email with the exception details to the email address(es) of the recipient(s) in real time.</p>
<p><strong>Hik-Connect App (Site Owner)</strong></p>
<p>When an exception is detected, the device will push an notification to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, used by your customer in real time.</p>
<p>CU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For alarm devices, this option is enabled by default and you cannot disabled it.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set who will receive the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Recipient </strong>field and click &#8216; .</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Site Manager </strong>or <strong>Installer Admin</strong>. The recipient can receive the notification when the exception is detected in real time.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The Site Manager is checked by default and you cannot edit it.</li>
<li>If you select <strong>Hik-Connect App (Site Owner) </strong>in the previous step, your customer will receive the exception notifications.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Set when the recipient can receive the notification.</li>
</ol>
<p>Move the cursor to the <strong>Schedule </strong>field and click — .</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the schedule.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>All Day</strong></p>
<p>The recipient can always receive the notification from Monday to Sunday, 7 days x 24 hours.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong></p>
<p>Customize the days and time period on the selected days according to the actual needs.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set or edit the exception rules of the devices in the site in a batch.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Check the devices or channels you want to set the exception rules.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click — in the bottom to set/edit the exception types, receiving mode, recipient, and notification time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="884" height="440" class="wp-image-2014" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 48" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 686" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48.jpeg 884w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-48-768x382.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 884px) 100vw, 884px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-18 Batch Set/Edit Exception Rules</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>After setting one rule, you can copy the rule settings to other devices or channels for quick settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy to</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Copy Exception Settings from </strong>field, select device(s) or channel(s) as the sources.</li>
<li>In the <strong>To </strong>field, select the target resources of the same type as the selected sources.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the rule settings of the sources to the target resources and back to the exception rule list. Or you can click <strong>Copy and Continue </strong>to copy the rule settings and continue to copy other settings.</li>
<li>After setting the exception rule, you need to set the <strong>Enable </strong>switch in the upper-right corner of the rule to on to enable the device&#8217;s exception rule, or set the <strong>Enable All </strong>switch to on to enable the all the devices&#8217; exception rules in the site.</li>
</ol>
<p>After enabling the rule, it will be active and when an exception occurs, the device will push a notification according to the settings in the rule.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark172"></a> 7.5.3 Enable Device to Send Notifications</p>
<p>After adding and enabling a linkage rule or exception rule, you should make sure the Notification functionality of the Source device is enabled so that the events detected by the device can be uploaded to the Hik-Partner Pro system and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which is the prerequisite to trigger the linkage actions and exception rules defined in the Source-device-related linkage rule(s) and exception rule(s) respectively.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>The device should support this functionality. If you have activated the health monitoring service for the device, the Notification function of the device is enabled by default. For details about activating the health monitoring service, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>(or <strong>Customer Site </strong>if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
<li>Click a site in the site list to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark174"></a> Click <strong>&#8211; ^ </strong>A to open the Notification Settings window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="549" class="wp-image-2015" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 49" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 687" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-49-300x279.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-19 Notification Settings</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Notification</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the functionality is enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Notification Schedule</strong></p>
<p>After enabling the Notification functionality, set a time schedule for uploading the events detected by the Source to the Hik-Partner Pro system and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>You can select date(s) and then set the start time and end time for each selected date.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CU Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please notify the end user after handing over the site to her/him that notification of the Source should be kept enabled on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, or the Linkage Action will NOT be activated no matter the Triggering Event is detected by Source or not. For details about enabling alarm notification for a specific device or channel, see the <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Please notify your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark175"></a> Reset Device Password</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can reset the password of a device when you and the Site Owner both lost the password. Two methods of resetting device password are available: resetting password offsite (when you are not at the site) and resetting password onsite (when you are at the site).</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Resetting password via the Hik-Partner Pro platform is not supported by every device type/ model. For example, AX PRO does not support this function.</li>
<li>Make sure that the device is authorized by the Site Owner to you before resetting device password. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark92"><strong><em>Apply for Site Authorization from Site Owner</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page.</p>
<p>Select the device and click « * • <strong>^ Reset Device admin Password </strong>. There are two methods to reset password.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Reset Password Offsite: </strong>You needn&#8217;t go to the site where the device is located to reset the device password. This method can be used when you are not at the site.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CIS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that Hik-Connect (the Mobile Client for your customers) and the device are on the same LAN and that the version of Hik-Connect is V 4.15.0 or later.</p>
<p>Refer to the flow chart below for resetting the password offsite.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="690" height="886" class="wp-image-2016" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 50" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 688" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50.jpeg 690w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-50-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 690px) 100vw, 690px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-20 Flow Chart of Resetting Device Password Offsite</p>
<p>• Reset Password Onsite: You need to go to the site where the device is located. This method can be used when you are at the site.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that Hik-Partner Pro (the Installer platform) and the device are on the same LAN.</p>
<p>Refer to the flow chart below for resetting the password onsite.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="736" height="892" class="wp-image-2017" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 51" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 689" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51.jpeg 736w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-51-248x300.jpeg 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 736px) 100vw, 736px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-21 Flow Chart of Resetting Device Password Onsite</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark177"></a> Enable Remote Log Collection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Remote Log Collection is for getting device logs. When this function is enabled, the technical support can collect device logs remotely for troubleshooting. You can set the validity period for collecting remote logs as needed, and this function will be automatically disabled when the validity period expires.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added the device which supports remote log collection to the site, and the site has not been handed over to the end user. If the site has been handed over to the end user, you should contact with the end user to enable the Remote Log Collection function on Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the site list page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter the site details page.</li>
</ol>
<p>The devices added in the current site are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Find the device in the device list, and click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>; or click the device to enter its details page, and click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="16" class="wp-image-2018" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 52" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 690"></p>
<p><strong>• Online ©Activated</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device Serial No.: C</strong></p>
<p>Device Type: Alarm Device</p>
<p><strong>£°3 Remote Configuration Add Linkage Rule I Remote Log Collection</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 7-22 First Entry to Remote Log Collection</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="591" class="wp-image-2019" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 53" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 691" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53.jpeg 540w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-53-274x300.jpeg 274w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-23 Second Entry to Remote Log Collection</p>
<p>The Remote Log Collection window pops up.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Authorize</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the validity period from the drop-down list.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The function of remote log collection will be automatically disabled when the validity period expires.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Enable </strong>to enable the function.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Remote Log Collection icon turns from k to .</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Disable the function.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Remote Log Collection</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Deauthorize </strong>in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark179"></a> 7.8 Manage Security Control Panel</p>
<p>You can add and manage AX PRO, AX HUB, AX HYBRID, and AX HYBIRD PRO security control panels on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The following chapter introduces functionality supported by AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO security control panel (hereinafter referred to as &#8220;AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO device&#8221;), including batch arming/disarming and batch device configuration by template.</li>
<li>AX HUB or AX HYBRID security control panel does not support the functionality introduced in the following chapter. AX HUB and AX HYBRID support generic device management, such as enabling ARC service, running health monitoring, setting rules for linkage or exception reporting, and configuring parameters remotely. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"> <strong><em>Enable ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Monitoring</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"> <strong><em>Linkage Rule and Exception Rule</em></strong></a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark219"><strong><em>Remote Configuration</em></strong> </a>respectively.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark181"></a> Control AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform operations including arming/disarming area, clearing alarm, and bypassing zone.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>or <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page, and then click the name of a site to enter site details page.</p>
<p>Click the AX PRO or AX HYBIRD PRO device to open the operation panel. You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stay Arm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Stay Arming </strong>to stay arm the area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab and then click <strong>Away Arming</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm an Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab and then click <strong>Disarm</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark183"></a> Stay Arm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click ft .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Away Arm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disarm Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click ft .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear Alarms of Multiple Areas</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Area </strong>tab. Select areas and click □ .</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the AX HYBIRD PRO device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter Peripheral Device by Area</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab. Click v and select an area to only display the peripheral devices linked to the selected area, or select <strong>All </strong>to display all peripheral devices linked to all the areas.</p>
<p>CH] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The AX HYBIRD PRO device only supports adding keyfobs as the peripheral device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bypass Zone</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Device </strong>tab. Select a zone (i.e., detector) and turn on the <strong>Bypass </strong>switch to bypass the zone.</p>
<p><strong>JNote</strong></p>
<p>This function is not supported by the AX HYBIRD PRO device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="591" class="wp-image-2020" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 54" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 692" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54.jpeg 485w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-54-246x300.jpeg 246w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-24 Operation Panel of AX PRO</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark184"></a> Configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can remotely configure AX PRO and AX HYBIRD PRO device parameters, apply for PIN (required for upgrading firmware), and switch the language of the device.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>or <strong>Customer Site </strong>to enter the site list page, and then click the name of a site to enter site details page.</p>
<p>Remotely Configure AX PRO / AX HYBIRD PRO</p>
<p>You can click @ <strong>Remote Configuration </strong>to enter the web page of the device to configure its parameters.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about remote configuration, see the user manual of the device.</p>
<p>Apply for a PIN</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark186"></a> You can click • * « <strong>^ </strong>gj <strong>Apply for a PIN </strong>to get a PIN code for verification.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="379" class="wp-image-2021" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 55" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 693" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-55-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-25 Apply for a PIN</p>
<p>Switch Language</p>
<p>You can click * * * <strong>^ </strong><em>-l</em><strong> Language </strong>and set the device language. After you click <strong>OK</strong>, a pop-up window will ask you if you need to reset the names of the device and its areas. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to switch the device language and switch the names to the default names in the switched language; click <strong>Cancel </strong>to switch the device language only.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2022" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-56.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 56" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 694"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>A PIN code is required for switching language.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="398" class="wp-image-2023" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 57" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 695" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-57-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-26 Language Window</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark187"></a> Batch Configure AX PRO</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch configure parameters for the added AX PRO devices by creating templates. You can also batch upgrade the firmware of multiple AX PRO devices.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only AX PRO devices (Version 1.1.0 and later) and AX HYBRID PRO devices are supported.</li>
<li>The function is only supported in certain countries and regions.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark189"></a> Create a Template</p>
<p>You can create a template for batch configuring parameters of AX PRO devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config ^ Manage Template </strong>to enter Manage Template page.</li>
<li>Add a template.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Add Template </strong>for adding a template for the first time.</li>
<li>If not, click .</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Edit the template by configuring parameters as needed, and these configured parameters can be batch applied to AX PRO devices later. See the following for the detailed parameters explanations.</li>
</ol>
<p>Arming Schedule</p>
<p><strong>Enable auto Arm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the arming start time. The area will be automatically armed according to the configured time.</p>
<p><strong>Enable auto Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the disarming start time. The area will be automatically disarmed according to the configured time.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The auto arming time and the auto disarming time cannot be the same.</p>
<p><strong>Late to Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Enable the device to push a notification to the phone or tablet to remind the user to disarm the area when the area is still armed after a specific time point.</p>
<p><strong>Weekend Exception</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and the area will not be armed or disarmed on the weekend.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark191"></a><strong>Holiday Exception</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the holiday schedule. The area will not be armed or disarmed on the holiday.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can set up to 12 holiday groups.</p>
<p><strong>Panel Alarm Duration</strong></p>
<p>The time duration of the panel alarm.</p>
<p>Alarm Receiving Center</p>
<p><strong>Protocol Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>ADM-CID</strong>, <strong>ISUP</strong>, <strong>SIA-DCS</strong>, <strong>*SIA-DCS</strong>, <strong>*ADM-CID</strong>, <strong>CSV-IP</strong>, <strong>FSK Module</strong>, <strong>RDC Module </strong>and <strong>IDS Module </strong>as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>When selecting <strong>*SIA-DCS </strong>or <strong>*ADM-CID</strong>, you should configure the Encryption Arithmetic and Secret Key.</p>
<p><strong>Address Type (Alarm Receiver Server)</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>IP </strong>or <strong>Domain Name </strong>as the address type, and enter the IP address or domain name of the alarm receiver server accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Port No. (Alarm Receiver Server)</strong></p>
<p>Enter the port No., of the alarm receiver server.</p>
<p><strong>Account Code</strong></p>
<p>Enter the assigned account provided by the alarm receiving center.</p>
<p><strong>Transmission Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>TCP </strong>or <strong>UDP </strong>as the transmission mode from.</p>
<p><strong>Impulse Counting Time</strong></p>
<p>Set the timeout period waiting for the receiver to respond. Re-transmission will be arranged if the transceiver of receiving center is timed out.</p>
<p><strong>Attempts</strong></p>
<p>Set the maximum number that re-transmission will be tried.</p>
<p><strong>Polling Rate</strong></p>
<p>Enable the function and set the interval between 2 live polling.</p>
<p>Event Types Notification (Alarm Receiving Center)</p>
<p>Select which alarm receiving center to receive event notifications and the corresponding event types, including alarms and tampers, life safety alarms, maintenance and faults, zone alarm/lid opened, etc.</p>
<p>Notification by Email</p>
<p>Enable the function of sending video verification event and configure the related parameters including the sender&#8217;s name and email address, the SMTP server&#8217;s IP address and port No., and the receiver&#8217;s name and email address, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Server Authentication</strong></p>
<p>If enabled, you should enter the sender&#8217;s user name and password.</p>
<p>FTP Settings</p>
<p><strong>Address Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>IP </strong>or <strong>Domain Name </strong>as the address type, and enter the IP address or domain name of the FTP server accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Port No.</strong></p>
<p>Enter the port No. of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol Type</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>FTP </strong>or <strong>SFTP </strong>as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>User Name</strong></p>
<p>Enter the user name of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Enter the password of the FTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Enable Anonymity</strong></p>
<p>If enabled, you do not need to enter the user name and password of the FTP server.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available when selecting FTP as the protocol type.</p>
<p><strong>Directory Structure</strong></p>
<p>The saving path of snapshots in the FTP server.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark192"></a> Batch Configure AX PRO by Template</p>
<p>You can batch configure parameters for AX PRO devices by the predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config </strong>.</li>
<li>Select multiple AX PRO devices to be configured.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Set Parameters by Template</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>A window of Set Parameters by Template pops up on the right side.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a template from the list.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="42" class="wp-image-2024" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-58.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 58" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 696"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>If you have not added a template, you should click <strong>Manage Template </strong>to enter Manage Template page and add a template for AX PRO devices. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"> <strong><em>Create a</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark191"><strong><em>Template</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can view the general template content on the lower side.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Details </strong>to view the details of the template.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to start applying parameters to the devices.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>View the applying results. If applying failed, you can view the failure reasons.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark194"></a> Batch Upgrade AX PRO</p>
<p>You can batch upgrade the firmware of multiple AX PRO devices to ensure the proper functioning of these devices. If the firmware version of an AX PRO device is too old, some features might be unavailable.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Remote Batch Config </strong>to enter the page shown below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="251" class="wp-image-2025" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 59" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 697" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59-300x85.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-59-768x218.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-27 Remote Batch Configuration</p>
<ol>
<li>Select AX PRO devices and then click <strong>Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Upgrade Device </strong>window will pop up.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply for a PIN </strong>to get one.</li>
</ol>
<p>The PIN code will be automatically entered.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Update</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark196"></a> 7.8.4 Batch Arm/Disarm AX PRO and AX HYBRID PRO</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark198"></a> You can batch arm or disarm multiple AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices on multiple sites by grouping the devices. For example, assume that your customer needs to have her office building cleaned in the period from 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 a.m. everyday, you can add all the AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices in the building to a group and then disarm the group in the period everyday to avoid the nuisance of false alarms triggered by the cleaning.</p>
<p>Follow the steps to create a group of AX PRO / AX HYBRID PRO devices and then control the group.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available in some countries/regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ Batch Arm/Disarm </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="357" class="wp-image-2026" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 60" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 698" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-60-768x309.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-28 Batch Arm/Disarm Page</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add Group</strong>.</li>
<li>Create a name for the group.</li>
<li>Add devices to the group.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>and select the devices in different Sites.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only devices of which you have the <strong>Configuration </strong>permission can be added.</li>
<li>Up to 500 devices can be added to one group.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Select devices and click <strong>Delete </strong>to remove them from the group.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="892" class="wp-image-2027" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 61" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 699" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61.jpeg 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-61-236x300.jpeg 236w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></p>
<p>Figure 7-29 Add Group for Batch Arming Control</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform further operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>View Group </strong>Click on the group to view its details, including devices in the group and their</p>
<p><strong>Details </strong>arming/disarming status.</p>
<p><strong>Arm/ </strong>Click <strong>Stay Arm </strong>or <strong>Away Arm </strong>to arm all devices in the group. Or click <strong>Disarm </strong>to <strong>Disarm </strong>disarm the group.</p>
<p><strong>Group</strong></p>
<p><strong>□3 Note</strong></p>
<p>•</p>
<p>If you leave the page after starting arming/disarming, you can click in the upper-right corner to go back. When the arming/disarming process is completed, a notice of result will pop up. Click <strong>Details </strong>to check full result.</p>
<p>• You will also be notified on the Mobile Client when the arming/disarming process is completed.</p>
<p><strong>Batch Arm/Disarm</strong></p>
<p>Stay arming Building B completed. Armed device&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>Figure 7-30 Notice on the Mobile Client</strong></p>
<p><strong>Check Last </strong>Click <strong>Last Arming Control Record </strong>to check the last arming/disarming results. If <strong>Result </strong>there are devices that failed to be armed/disarmed, you can check the failure reasons and arm/disarm the failed ones again.</p>
<p><strong>Edit Group </strong>Click a <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-4" href="#post-1966-footnote-4">[3]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1966-footnote-ref-5" href="#post-1966-footnote-5">[4]</a></sup> <strong>* ^ Edit </strong>to edit group name or edit devices in the group.</p>
<p><strong>Delete </strong>Click * * * <strong>-&gt; Delete </strong>to delete the group.</p>
<p><strong>Group</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark199"></a> View Video</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the live video and the recorded video footage of the added encoding device(s).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark201"></a> View Live Video</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By viewing live view of managed cameras, you can check whether the camera is installed and located properly by capturing pictures, recording, PTZ control, etc.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Encoding Device </strong>on the top of the Site Detail page to show all the encoding devices of the site. Select an encoding device and click D to start live view. The live view will work for up to five minutes. When the live view ends, you can still start a new live view.</p>
<p>Hover the cursor on the live view window and click icons on the tool bar to start recording, conduct digital zoom and PTZ control, capture a picture, switch image quality, and turn on/off audio. Double-click the live view image to enter the full-screen mode, and double-click the image again to exit full-screen mode. the device verification code, ask the end user for it. For details about Image and Video Encryption, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</li>
<li>Make sure the device is online, otherwise the function cannot be used.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark203"></a> Play Back Video Footage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Video playback shows what happens when emergencies occur. If an end user approves your application for device playback permission, you will be able to play back the recorded video footage stored on the device.</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure your account has the permission for playback. Otherwise, you cannot enter the playback page. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"> <strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>for details about applying device permission.</li>
<li>This function needs to be supported by device.</li>
<li>Make sure you have configured recording schedule for the device and there is video footage stored in the device.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Device tab page, select a device and click . to enter the playback page. You can select a date and time on the calendar to view the playback during a certain time range.</p>
<p>You can select channels from the drop-down list on the top right. Drag the time bar at the bottom to jump to different video footage. Hover the cursor on the time bar and zoom in the time bar to select a more accurate time. Hover the cursor on a playback window and click icons on the tool bar to capture a picture, clip video footage, perform digital zoom, download video footage, and turn on the audio.</p>
<p>For devices (including the added online devices) added by Hik-Connect Service without configuring DDNS, the playback will work for up to five minutes; for devices added by IP/Domain Name, and devices (including the added online devices) added by Hik-Connect Service with DDNS configured, the playback duration is not limited.</p>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<p>Up to four playback windows are supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark205"></a> Other Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark207"></a> You can perform more operations for device management, including upgrading device firmware, unbinding device from its current account, configuring DDNS for devices added by Hik-Connect service, and remotely configure parameters for devices such as encoding devices and security control devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark208"></a> Upgrade Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the device list page, O will appear beside the name of a device if it is upgradable. You can upgrade the device to make it compatible with the Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The function is supported by devices such as security control panels (including AX PRO), doorbells, and certain models of network cameras, Hik-Partner Pro boxs, and DVRs/NVRs that support cloud storage.</li>
<li>The system supports upgrading encoding device, some access control devices and video intercom devices connected to the same LAN with the PC where the platform runs.</li>
<li>You can also upgrade devices in the Health Monitoring module. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"><strong><em>Monitoring</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can also upgrade devices when you add them. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click a site name to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Hover over 0 , click <strong>Upgrade Device </strong>and then select upgradable device(s).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If there are devices which have enabled EN50131 Compliant mode, enter the device passwords and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Once started, the upgrade cannot be stopped. Make sure a power failure or network disconnection does not happen during the upgrade.</li>
<li>You can enable EN50131 Compliant mode on device configuration page via the Web Client. See device user manual for details.</li>
<li>For the device failed to be upgraded, you can click a to download the upgrade firmware package, and then upgrade the device on the remote configuration page of device or via other upgrade tools.</li>
</ul>
<p>A window will pop up showing the upgrade progress. If there are devices failed to be upgraded, the causes will be displayed on the window.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can batch upgrade devices (security control panels, encoding devices, doorbells, etc.) on the same LAN to make the devices compatible with Hik-Partner Pro, if there are new firmware versions of the devices.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark211"></a> Click <strong>Install &amp; Config ^ On-Site Batch Upgrade </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>A video tutorial about how to use search tool for important firmware update on Hik-Partner Pro Portal will pop up in the lower-right corner of the page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select device(s) that need to be upgraded.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upgrade Online </strong>or <strong>Upgrade by Local File </strong>to upgrade the selected device(s).
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark212"></a> Unbind a Device from Its Current Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you add detected online device(s), if the adding result page shows that a device has been added to another account, you need to unbind it first before you can add it to your account. The device unbinding functionality is useful when you need to add a device to a new account but have no access to delete it from the old account (e.g., if you forgot the password of the old account).</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding detected online device, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you checked <strong>Allow Me to Disable Hik-Connect Service </strong>when handing over a Site to your customer, you cannot unbind the devices added to this Site. For details about Site handover, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>On the adding result page, click in the Operation column, and then enter the device password and click <strong>OK </strong>to unbind it from its current account. When the device is unbound, you can click in the Operation column to add the device to your account.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the device firmware does not support device unbinding, you are required to enter a CAPTCHA code after entering device password.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark214"></a> Configure DDNS for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For devices with invalid or old firmware version, you can configure DDNS for them to make sure they can be managed by Hik-Partner Pro properly.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Only encoding devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P) support this function.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page.</li>
<li>Select a device, and click &lt; * * ^ ~ to open the DDNS Settings window.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark216"></a> Switch <strong>Enable DDNS </strong>on to show the DDNS parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click <strong>How to set port? </strong>to learn the configuration.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Port Mapping Mode</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Auto</strong></p>
<p>In this mode, the service port and HTTP port are obtained automatically, and you cannot edit them after obtaining them.</p>
<p><strong>Manual</strong></p>
<p>You enter the service port and HTTP port manually.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the device&#8217;s domain name.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Caution</strong></p>
<p>The password strength of the device can be automatically checked. We highly recommend you change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<p>Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the installer and/or end-user.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark217"></a> Remote Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>You can perform device remote configuration if you need.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>Only site manager can perform the following operations and configurations of a site. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Assign</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Site to Installer</em></strong> </a>for details about assigning site.</p>
<p>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter Site page. Click a site&#8217;s name to enter the site&#8217;s page.</p>
<p>And then click <strong>Device </strong>tab to show the site&#8217;s devices.</p>
<p>Click @ to open the remote configuration page of the device and set the device&#8217;s parameters.</p>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only doorbells, encoding devices, indoor stations, and security control panels support remote configuration.</li>
<li>Make sure the device is online, otherwise the function cannot be used.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark219"></a> For doorbells, you don&#8217;t need to enter the device user name and password before accessing the remote configuration page.</li>
<li>For encoding devices, if you have already entered the device&#8217;s user name and password when adding it, you do not need to enter these information before remote configuration. For NVR and DVR, operations including rebooting, HDD formatting, and network settings are supported.</li>
<li>For security control devices:</li>
</ul>
<p>° If the security control device is in the same LAN with the Portal, you need to enter the user name and password before accessing the remote configuration page.</p>
<p>° If the AX Hub device and AX Hybrid device are not in the same LAN and EN50131 Compliant mode is enabled, you need to enter the devices&#8217; admin passwords for verification first. After that, you can enter their remote configuration page after entering password of setter account.</p>
<ul>
<li>For encoding devices and security control devices, if the device is not in the same local area network with the Portal, some operations in the remote configuration (such as device account management, enabling Hik-Connect, and restoring device, etc.) are not available.</li>
<li>See device user manual for details about remote configuration.</li>
<li>If you have changed device parameters by other software or client (such as device page, Hik- Partner Pro Mobile Client, iVMS-4200, , HikCentral Professional, etc.), and the parameters on the Portal&#8217;s remote configuration page are not updated to the latest, you can click <strong>Clear Cache </strong>in the drop-down list on the top right of the remote configuration page to update the device parameters.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark220"></a> Chapter 8 Health Monitoring</p>
<p>The Health Status module provides near-real-time information about the status of the devices added to the sites. If you have added network switches to a site, you can view the device status and link status in a visualized way via network topology. The status information, which is of importance for the maintenance of devices managed across the Hik-Partner Pro platform as a whole, helps you locate the source of exceptions and determine troubleshooting methods in time.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A video tutorial on how to check device health status will pop up in the lower-right corner of the page when you enter the Health Status module.</li>
<li>For Installer, you can only view the status information of devices on the site assigned to you. For Installer Admin, you can view the status information of devices on all sites.</li>
<li>When any exception occurs during health monitoring, the notification will appear in the</li>
</ul>
<p>Exception Center under the Notification Center module. See details in<a href="#post-1966-bookmark250"> <strong><em>Exception Center</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark222"></a> View Status of Devices in All Sites</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For Installer, you can view the status of each device type in all the sites which has been assigned to you. For Installer Admin, you can view the status of each device type in all the sites.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>on the Navigation panel to enter the Health Monitoring page, and then select <strong>All Sites </strong>from the site list.</p>
<p>You can view the total number of devices and the number of abnormal devices of each device type.</p>
<p>Refer to the following table to get to the device description and operations.</p>
<p>Table 8-1 Links of Different Device Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Encoding Device</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark224"> <strong><em>Encoding Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Control Device</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark225"><strong><em>Access Control Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Device</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark226"><strong><em>Alarm Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Intercom Device</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark227"> <strong><em>Video Intercom Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Doorbell</td>
<td>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark228"> <strong><em>Doorbell</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hik-ProConnect Box</td>
<td>Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark229"><strong><em>Hik-ProConnect Box</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark224"></a> Network Switch</td>
<td>Refer to <strong><em>Network Switch</em></strong> .</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Encoding Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, the number of offline linked cameras, storage status, HDD usage, last inspected time, overwritten recording status, etc.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For analog camera, you can view the status if video loss occurs.</p>
<p><strong>Offline Cameras</strong></p>
<p>The number on the left of the slash represents the number of offline/total cameras linked to the device.</p>
<p><strong>Offline Duration</strong></p>
<p>The column displays offline duration of devices in the format of &#8220;x Day(s) x Hour(s) x Minute(s)&#8221;. If the offline duration is less than one day, the duration will be displayed as &#8220;x Hour(s) x Minute(s) x Second(s)&#8221;. You can click<strong>Offline Duration </strong>to sort devices by offline duration.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click ¡§j in the Operation column to remotely configure the device parameters. For details, see the device user manual.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Encoding Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all the encoding devices in all sites.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Encoding Device</td>
<td>Click c in the Operation column to inspect the selected encoding device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Camera Status</td>
<td>Click &gt; to show the cameras linked to the device, and then you can view the online/offline status of each camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View HDD Information of DVR</td>
<td>Click &gt; to show the HDD information of the DVR, including self-inspection evaluation result, overall evaluation result, running status,</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>running time, HDD temperature, and S.M.A.R.T information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the Site Owner and Site Manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View</td>
<td>Click Bi in the Operation column and then select camera(s) to view live video(s).</p>
<p>CH <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a selected camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter the device verification code before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the device to the Hik- Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>0 appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it, the IP address/domain set for the device is invalid, or DDNS is invalid. You can hover the cursor on the icon, and then apply for the permission from the end user, reconfigure its IP address/domain, or reconfigure DDNS respectively based on the prompts.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about configuring device IP address/domain, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add Devices by IP</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Address or Domain Name</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For details about configuring DDNS, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>Configure DDNS for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Access Control Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, door number, last inspected time, etc.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Access Control Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all access control devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Access Control Device</td>
<td>Click c in the Operation column to inspect the selected access control device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the Site Owner and Site Manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark225"></a> Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>0 appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm Device</p>
<p>You can view the status including network status, remaining battery power, ARC ID, number of abnormal peripheral devices, etc.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2028" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-62.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 62" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 700"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>Displaying peripheral device&#8217;s remaining power is not supported.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click in the Operation column to remotely configure the device parameters. For details, see the device user manual.</p>
<p><strong>HZXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Remote configuration is not supported if the device is armed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Access Control Device</td>
<td>Click c to inspect access control devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</p>
<p>After <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>is checked, you can check different exceptions (offline, low battery, lid opened, etc.) to display abnormal devices with different exceptions accordingly.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark226"></a> Export Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Export Abnormal Devices </strong>and the Export Abnormal Alarm Devices page will pop up on the right side. You can export the file to the local PC in Excel or CSV format.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices whose configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device</td>
<td>If 0 appears beside the device name, hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>on the pop-up dialog to upgrade the device. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authenticate or Apply for Permission</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that EN50131 Compliant mode has been enabled on the device, or that you have no configuration permission for it. For the former situation, you should hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Authenticate </strong>on the pop-up dialog for authentication before you can view the device status; For the latter situation, you can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Zone and Peripheral Device Status</td>
<td>Click &gt; to view the status of the zones and peripheral devices linked to the security control panel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Detailed Exceptions</td>
<td>You can hover the cursor over a specific zone to view its detailed exceptions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Site Owner and Site Manager Information</td>
<td>Move the cursor to V in the Site column to view the information of the site owner and site manager, such as name and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Alarm Device</td>
<td>Click o in the Operation column to inspect the selected alarm device manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Video Intercom Device</p>
<p>You can view the status such as network status and last inspected time.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark227"></a> You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Video Intercom Devices</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all video intercom devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Video Intercom Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices of which configuration permission has been authorized to you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission or Reconfigure Device</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p><strong>CENote</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Doorbell</p>
<p>You can view the information including device model, network status, SD card status, last checked time, etc.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device Name and Version</td>
<td>Hover the cursor over the device name to view its device type and device version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect All Doorbells</td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all doorbells.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Doorbell</td>
<td>Click o in the Operation column to inspect the selected doorbell manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark228"></a> Display Abnormal Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal devices only.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Authorized Devices</td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the devices whose configuration permission has been authorized to you only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click $ in the Operation column to remotely configure parameters of the device. For details, see the user manual of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View</td>
<td>Click Bi in the Operation column and then select camera(s) to view live video(s).</p>
<p>CH <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a selected camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter the device verification code before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the device to the Hik- Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upgrade Device</td>
<td>If © appears beside the device name, hover the cursor over the icon and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>on the pop-up dialog to upgrade the device. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Apply for Permission</td>
<td>© appearing beside the device name represents that you have no configuration permission for it. You can apply for the permission from the end user.</p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about applying for configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Hik-ProConnect Box</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark229"></a> View information including network status of the box, number of offline channels (cameras) added to the box, and the latest time when the device was inspected.</p>
<p>You can perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Device and Channel Information</td>
<td>Click to view the basic information (e.g., device serial number and device model) and the detailed list of online and offline channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Configure Device</td>
<td>Click $ in the Operation column to remotely configure parameters of the device. For details, see the user manual of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Network Switch</p>
<p>View information including network status of the switch (online/offline), the number of online ports of the switch, and the latest time when the device was inspected.</p>
<p>You can also perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspect Selected Device</td>
<td>Click e in the Operation column to inspect the selected device manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remotely Reboot Device</td>
<td>Click § in the Operation column to reboot the network switch remotely.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Typology</td>
<td>Click 5 in the Operation column to view the topology of this switch. For details about topology, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark237"><strong><em>Network Topology</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Switch Details</td>
<td>Click &gt; to view the detailed information of the switch, including the memory usage, CPU usage, POE power, peak POE power, working duration, port status (alarm, normal, not connected).</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Working duration refers to the time from when the switch is turned on till the current moment. If the switch is turned off, its working duration will be recounted when turned on again.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="348" class="wp-image-2029" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 63" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 701" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-63-768x301.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 8-1 Switch Details</p>
<p>On the Switch Details page, You can perform the following operations:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Enlarged Port Picture</td>
<td>Hover the cursor onto the switch picture to view the enlarged picture of the ports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear Alarm</td>
<td>For port with alarm(s), click <strong>^ Clear Alarm </strong>to clear the alarm(s) of this port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restart Port</td>
<td>For the abnormal port, click <strong>^ Restart Port </strong>to restart this port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extend Port Transmission Range</td>
<td>Click <strong>^ Enable Extend Mode/Disable Extend Mode </strong>to extend the transmission range of this port or not.</p>
<p><strong>1’Note</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, the transmission range of the port will be extended from 200 to 300 m. Meanwhile, its bandwidth will be limited within 10 Mbps.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark230"></a> View Status of Devices in a Specific Site</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the status of devices in a specific site which has been assigned to you.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark232"></a> Click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>on the Navigation panel to enter the Health Status page.</li>
<li>Select a specific site from the site list.</li>
</ol>
<p>The status of the devices in the site will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Filter Data</strong></td>
<td>Check <strong>Display Abnormal Devices Only </strong>to display the abnormal device(s) only.</p>
<p>Check <strong>Display Authorized Devices Only </strong>to display the device(s) of which configuration permission has been authorized to you only.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Upgrade Device Firmware</strong></td>
<td>If there are device(s) available for upgrade, a number in red will be displayed on <strong>Upgrade </strong>showing the number of upgradable device(s). You can click <strong>Upgrade</strong>, select the upgradable device(s), and then click <strong>Upgrade </strong>to upgrade them.</p>
<p>Select a device to view its basic information. If the device firmware is upgradable, you can click <strong>Upgrade </strong>in the Firmware Version field to upgrade it.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Upgrade Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Diagnose Devices of the Site</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Health Check </strong>to open the Health Check window, and click <strong>Check Now </strong>to diagnose the devices of the site.</p>
<p>When the checking completed, you can view the status of each device in the site.</p>
<p>For AX PRO security control panel, NVR, and DVR, you can click <strong>View Report </strong>to export the diagnostics report as a PDF file to the local PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Owner Information</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Site Owner </strong>to view the Site Owner information, including name, email address, and phone number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Site Manager Information</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Site Manager </strong>to view the Site Manager information, including name, email address and phone number. Up to 100 site managers can be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Inspect Devices in the Sites</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to inspect all the devices in the site.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Remote</strong></p>
<p><strong>Configuration</strong></td>
<td>Select a device and then click <strong>Remote Configuration </strong>to remotely configure the parameters of the device.</p>
<p>El® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The device should be online, or remote configuration will be unavailable.</li>
<li>For details, see the user manual of the device.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Inspect a Single</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device</strong></td>
<td>Select a device and then click to inspect it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reconfigure IP/</strong></p>
<p><strong>Domain of Encoding Device</strong></td>
<td>Move the cursor to , and then click <strong>Edit IP/Domain </strong>to reconfigure the device&#8217;s IP/domain. For details about configuring IP/Domain, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark140"><strong><em>Devices by IP Address or Domain Name</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reconfigure DDNS</strong></td>
<td>Move the cursor to © , and then click <strong>Configure DDNS </strong>to reconfigure the device&#8217;s DDNS. For details about configuring DDNS, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark216"><strong><em>DDNS for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Encoding Device Details</strong></td>
<td>You can view the network status, storage status, HDD usage, and overwritten recording status, etc.</p>
<p>You also click the encoding device to view its details, including basic information such as device type and serial No., and the network status of each camera linked to it. You can click □ and select linked cameras, and then click to view live videos.</p>
<p>If the encoding device is a DVR, you can also view its HDD information, including self-inspection evaluation result, overall evaluation result, running status, running time, HDD temperature, and S.M.A.R.T information.</p>
<p>For analog camera, you can view if video loss occurs.</p>
<p>□J <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have no permission to view the live video, you can apply for the live view permission from the end user. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If a camera has enabled stream encryption, you should enter its device verification code in the pop-up window before you can view its live video.</li>
<li>The device verification code is created when you connecting the camera to the Hik-Connect service. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Access</strong></p>
<p><strong>Control Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click an access control device to view its details, including basic information such as device type and serial No., and the device status including network status and the number of its linked doors.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Security Control Panel Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a security control panel to view its details, including the basic information of the security control panel, and status of the zones, the linked peripheral devices, and the linked cameras.</p>
<p>The following list shows the description of each status icon.</p>
<ul>
<li>J : Sufficient battery power.</li>
<li><strong>ii </strong>: Insufficient battery power.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>O : Normal strength of the communication signals between the peripheral device and the security control panel.</li>
<li>© : Weak strength of the communication signals between the peripheral device and the security control panel.</li>
<li>j&gt; : Alarm triggered.</li>
<li><em>S</em> : Device tampered.</li>
<li>À : Zone bypassed.</li>
<li>A : Trigger exception.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Video</strong></p>
<p><strong>Intercom Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a video intercom device to view its basic information and its network status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Doorbell Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a doorbell to view its basic information (including device model, device type, and device serial No.)</p>
<p>If the camera(s) are linked to the doorbell, you can also click a linked camera to view the live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Hik- ProConnect Box Details</strong></td>
<td>Click a Hik-ProConnect box to view its basic information and the channel(s) added to it.</p>
<p>You can also view the online status of the added channel(s).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>View Network</strong></p>
<p><strong>Switch Details</strong></td>
<td>The network switches are displayed by card.</p>
<p>Click a switch to view its information, including the device model, device type, device serial No., the time of last inspection, network status, memory usage, CPU usage, PoE Power, peak PoE power in latest 70 days, working duration, port status (alarm, normal, not connected).</p>
<p>□J <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Working duration refers to the time from when the switch is turned on till the current moment. If the switch is turned off, its working duration will be recounted when turned on again.</p>
<p>Hover the cursor onto the picture of switch to view the enlarged picture of the switch.</p>
<p>Click &#8216;E <strong>Topology </strong>at the top of the page to view the topology of this switch. For details about topology, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark237"><strong><em>Network Topology</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Click in the Operation column to inspect the device manually.</p>
<p>For port with alarm(s), click <strong>^ Clear Alarm </strong>to clear the alarm(s) of this port.</p>
<p>For the abnormal port, click <strong>^ Restart Port </strong>to restart this port.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^ Enable Extend Mode/Disable Extend Mode </strong>to extend the transmission range of this port or not.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>CE Note</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, the transmission range of the port will be extended to 200 to 300 m. Meanwhile, its bandwidth will be limited within 10 Mbps.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark233"></a> Send Report Regularly</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can set up schedules for the platform to generate and send device health check reports to the specified email addresses automatically, so that the recipients can get regular updates on the health status of important devices and compare the report of each period.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have activated the Health Monitoring service.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Scheduled Report </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>All sites available for this feature are shown on the page automatically.</li>
<li>The platform only supports automatically sending health check reports of encoding devices and AX PRO security control panels on authorized sites.</li>
<li>Sites without the above-mentioned types of devices or sites that are not authorized to you will NOT be shown on the page.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the editing mode.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To configure the report sending schedule for a single site, click <strong>Edit </strong>on the right side of a site.</li>
<li>To configure the report sending schedule for multiple sites, click <strong>Batch Configure </strong>and then select the sites you want to configure.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Configure the report sending settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Device</strong></p>
<p>Select the device(s) to be health-checked and included in the report.</p>
<p><strong>Send At</strong></p>
<p>Specify the frequency, date, and time of sending the reports. You can set the frequency to Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly, Semiannually, or Annually.</p>
<p><strong>Recipient Email Address</strong></p>
<p>Add and edit the email addresses of the recipients.</p>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can check <strong>Site Owner&#8217;s Email </strong>to send a copy of the report to your customer.</li>
<li>Up to 4 email addresses can be added.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Report Language</strong></p>
<p>Choose a language for the report. The report is now available in 39 languages.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To enable the settings for one site, switch on <strong>Enable </strong>for the site.</li>
<li>To enable the settings for all sites, switch on <strong>Enable All </strong>in the upper-right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p>The platform will generate and send reports according to the settings.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If there are more than three site owners, only the first three can be displayed on the report while the others will be displayed as &#8220;&#8230;&#8221;.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark235"></a> Network Topology</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you have added network switch(es) to a site and connected devices to the network switch(es), you can view these devices&#8217; network topology. Network topology displays the network links between devices and shows the link exceptions and abnormal devices, which helps you to locate exception source and troubleshoot faults in a visualized way.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the configuration permission of the network switch, otherwise network topology will be unavailable. For details about applying for the configuration permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you have not activated the health monitoring service for the network switch, some topology functions (e.g., viewing device status on the topology) will be unavailable. For details about activating the heath monitoring service for devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can enter the network topology page in the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Site </strong>to enter the Site page, and then click the name of a site to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>View Topology</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have NOT enabled the Health Monitoring service for the network switch, you can enter the network topology page in this way only.</p>
<ul>
<li>On the navigation pane, click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>, select <strong>All Sites </strong>from the site list, and then select <strong>Network Switch</strong>, and then click ?, in the Operation column in the network switch list.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark237"></a> On the navigation pane, click <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Health Status </strong>, select a site from the site list to enter the site details page, and then click <strong>Topology</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Figure 8-2 Network Topology</p>
<p>The following table shows the descriptions of the available operations on network topology.</p>
<p><strong>Table 8-2 Available Operations</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">View Legend</td>
<td>Network Cable</td>
<td>You can click y next to <strong>More </strong>to view the legends.</p>
<p>= Optical Fiber ™ Normal ™ Busy ■ Blocked Disconnected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Type fcffj Network Switch</p>
<p>Security Control P</td>
<td>fcvr? Virtual Network Switch <strong>Li-B </strong>Video Intercom Device Access Control Device <strong>FT </strong>Thermal Camera Speed Dome © N</p>
<p>inel Doorbell Hik-ProConnect Box <strong>Iffil </strong>DVR/NVR Unknown Device Type</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Status</p>
<p>Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx</p>
<p><strong>XXX.XXX.XXX.KXX</strong></p>
<p>Normal</td>
<td><strong>TiMR</strong></p>
<p>Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx Xx-xxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxx</p>
<p>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</p>
<p>Abnormal Offline Devices not Under the Site</p>
<p><strong>Figure 8-3 Legend</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Edit Root Node</td>
<td>When multiple network switches are added to a site, the platform will randomly select one of them as the root node by default for</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>îtwork Camera</p>
<p>More</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="555" class="wp-image-2030" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 64" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 702" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-64-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">the network topology. If the randomly-selected network switch is not the real root node, you can hover the cursor over the current root node, and then click g to select a network switch as the root node.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>£ll£&amp; )</p>
<p>10 18m</td>
<td>E</p>
<p>E84</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Figure 8-4 Edit Root Node</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the topology structure.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>The device status will not be refreshed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display in Cards</td>
<td colspan="3">If you want to view more device status information of all the devices connected to the network switch(es), click <strong>Display in Cards </strong>to display device information in cards.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Move Network Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">Drag the network topology to move it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom In/Out</td>
<td colspan="3">You can click &#8211; / in the upper left corner to zoom in/out the topology.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Adjust Topology Size</td>
<td colspan="3">You can click •&gt; in the upper left corner to fit the topology size into the display window.</p>
<p>You can click : : in the upper left corner to display the topology in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Thumbnail</td>
<td colspan="3">If you have zoomed in the topology to a large scale, you can click æ to show the thumbnail which shows the current cursor location on the topology.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search Devices in Topology</td>
<td colspan="3">You can enter the keyword of a device to search for it on the topology. Once the device is found, the topology will pan and zoom automatically to display the found device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>mjHj</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Link Information</td>
<td>You can view link information based on the legends shown in the figure below.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Netw</td>
<td>&gt;rk Cable = Optical Fiber ■ Normal ■■ Busy ™ Blocked (X) Dis</td>
<td>connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Figure 8-5 Link Information Legend</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Link Details</td>
<td></td>
<td>You can hover the cursor over a specific link to view its details, such as the upstream, downstream, port name, and port status.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Apply for Configuration Permission</td>
<td>If you don&#8217;t have the permission to configure a device, a prompt will pop up asking you to apply for the permission first. You can click <strong>Apply for Permission </strong>to apply for it.</p>
<p><strong>0@Note</strong></p>
<p>If you don&#8217;t have the permission, the position of the device in the network topology might be incorrect.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Network Switch Details and Control It</td>
<td>You can click a network switch on the topology to view the information about the network switch, including basic information, device status, and port status.</p>
<p>You can also perform operations such as rebooting the network switch and restarting the port. For details, see <strong><em>Network Switch </em></strong>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark232"> <strong><em>View Status of Devices in a Specific Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>03 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You cannot view details of a virtual network switch.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">View Another Device&#8217;s Details and Configure It</td>
<td>If an online device is connected to the network switch and added to the same site with the network switch, its device icon and device serial number will be displayed. And you can click the device to view its information including the basic information (e.g., device model) and device status (e.g., network status).</p>
<p>You can also click » to configure device parameters.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>• If an unknown device (e.g., a PC) is connected to the network</p>
<p>n</p>
<p>• . 1 • , •III 1» 1 1 J™.«™™-™ Al ■ • • ■</p>
<p>switch, it will be displayed as —— . And you cannot view its information.</p>
<p>• If an online device is connected to the network switch but is NOT added to the same site with the network switch, its serial number displayed will be a randomly-generated virtual serial number. And you cannot view its information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark238"></a> Create a Maintenance Quotation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can create a quotation for providing the device maintenance service for your customer. Thus, you can standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand your business.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure your company is authenticated. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Health Monitoring ^ Maintenance Quotation </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Create Quotation</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the quotation information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Quotation Details</strong></p>
<p>Enter a name for the quotation, and if needed, edit the quotation No. which is generated automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Customer Information</strong></p>
<p>Set the customer information including the name, email, phone number, and address. Enter the information manually, or click <strong>Get from Site </strong>and then select a site from the drop-down list to automatically synchronize the customer (site owner) information.</p>
<p><strong>Item</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Item </strong>to set the quotation items. Add default items (remote maintenance, health check report, on-site maintenance (annual), on-site maintenance (additional), etc.) or custom items. After adding the items, set the device model, unit price, and quantity. The quotation tool will automatically add up the prices of all set items to calculate the total price.</p>
<p><strong>Set Discount</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark240"></a> If needed, enable <strong>Set Discount </strong>and enter the discount percentage to give your customer a discount.</p>
<p><strong>Set VAT Rate</strong></p>
<p>If needed, enable <strong>Set VAT Rate </strong>and enter the VAT rate to include the value-added tax.</p>
<p><strong>Service Provider Information</strong></p>
<p>The service provider information, including the name, email, phone number, address, and company logo, is automatically set according to your company information. Edit the information (except for the company logo) if needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Preview/Export </strong>to see how the quotation will be presented and to export it as a PDF file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can create no more than 10 quotations if co-branding is enabled; otherwise, you can only create 3 quotations.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations after creating the quotation.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit a quotation.</p>
<p><strong>Delete a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>^ Delete </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Preview/Export a Quotation </strong>On the quotation list, click <strong>Preview/Export</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark241"></a> Search Operation Log</li>
</ol>
<p>All operations information (including operator, operating time, site, operation target and result, etc.) of the employees (referring to Installer Admin and Installers) will be recorded so that you can search the operation log(s) of any employee to make sure what makes the sites wrong.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>This feature is not available to authenticated channel partner.</p>
<p>Click <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Company Management ^ Operation Log </strong>to display the employee list and all the operation logs. You can search logs by employee, site, and time.</p>
<p><strong>C0 Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Logs of all accounts are available for accounts with the permission for managing account and role. For accounts without permission for managing account and role, they can only view their own logs.</li>
<li>Logs of all sites are available for accounts with the permission for managing all sites. For accounts without permission for managing all sites, they can only view the logs of assigned site.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="500" class="wp-image-2031" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 65" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 703" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-65-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 9-1 Search Operation Logs</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark243"></a> Notification Center</li>
</ol>
<p>The Notification Center module shows all the history business notifications (including device management invitations, site sharing notifications, and notifications about device installation work orders) and notifications of device/channel exceptions, which help you take reactions in time for the smooth running of the devices. The module also keeps you informed about the new features of the system messages and the latest deals and offers.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark245"></a> Business Notifications</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the Business Notification module, you can receive the device management invitations from Hik- Connect users for device management on Hik-Partner Pro. You can also receive the notifications concerning site sharing with the Maintenance Service Partner (MSP).</p>
<p>Device Management Invitations</p>
<p>Besides receiving the device management invitation from Hik-Connect users through an email, you can also receive it in the Business Notification on Hik-Partner Pro. After accepting the invitation, you will be able to manage the device on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>For details about accepting the invitation, refer to <strong><em>Accept a Device Management Invitation from a Hik-Connect User</em></strong> .</p>
<p>Site Sharing Notifications</p>
<p>Both the Installer and the MSP can view the notifications concerning site sharing. For Installers, you can receive site sharing notifications involving the customers and/or the MSP. For example, when the MSP accepts or cancels the site sharing, the customer cancels the site sharing authorization to you and/or the MSP, or the customer modifies your and/or the MSP&#8217;s device management permissions.</p>
<p>For MSPs, you can receive site sharing notifications involving the Installer and/or the customers. For example, when the Installer accepts or cancels the site sharing, the Installer shares a site with you and modifies your device management permissions, the customer cancels the site sharing authorization to you and/or the Installer, or the customer modifies your and/or the Installer&#8217;s device management permissions.</p>
<p>For details about accepting site sharing, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark106"><strong><em>Accept Site Sharing</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Notifications about Work Order for Device Installation</p>
<p>If ARC from HikCentral ReGuard assigns a work order for device installation to the Installer, the message will be displayed in <strong>Notification Center ^ Business Notification </strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark247"></a> The message shows work order name, person who created it, and telephone number. You can handle the work on the Mobile Client.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark248"></a> Exception Center</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Exception Center shows all the history notifications of device exceptions and channel exceptions.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For Installer Admin, you can view all the exceptions of the devices in all the added sites. For Installers, you can view the exceptions of the devices in the site which has been assigned to you.</li>
<li>Device exception messages can be preserved for up to 90 days.</li>
<li>You need to set the exception rule first. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark171"><strong><em>Add Exception Rule</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>Notification Center </strong>page. Click <strong>Exception Center </strong>to enter the Exception Center page.</p>
<p>Filter the Exceptions</p>
<p>You can filter the exceptions according to your actual needs.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a site in the site list to view the exceptions of the devices in this site. You can also select a device or a channel to view the exceptions occurred on the device or channel.</li>
<li>Set the time period. The exceptions received during this time period will be displayed.</li>
<li>Set the handling result from <strong>All Status</strong>, <strong>Not Handled</strong>, <strong>Solved</strong>, <strong>False Alarm</strong>, and <strong>To Be Checked</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the exception types that you want to check. The exception types include alarm, exception, and operation.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can switch on <strong>Auto-Update </strong>so that the latest exceptions received by the Portal will be displayed in the table in real time.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The auto-update will be invalid when viewing history records (including records after page 1 and records received before today).</p>
<p>Handle an Exception</p>
<p>When you have solved an exception or you want to mark it for further examinations, you can select the handling result on Hik-Partner Pro. By handling the exceptions, you can better sort the exception list and avoid leaving some exceptions unattended. Your customer (the Site Owner) will also be informed of the handling result on Hik-Connect.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to handle an exception.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark250"></a> 1. Click <strong>Handle </strong>in the Operation column to show the Handle Exception pop-up window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="571" class="wp-image-2032" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 66" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 704" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-66-300x290.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 10-1 Handle Exception</p>
<p>2. Select a handling result in Result. You can select from Solved, To Be Checked, and False Alarm.</p>
<p>3. Click OK to save the changes.</p>
<p>Batch Handle Exceptions</p>
<p>If the handling results of several devices are the same, you can select multiple exception items and click <strong>Batch Handle </strong>to batch handle them.</p>
<p>Jump to Device Health Monitoring</p>
<p>Click <sub>:</sub> v| in the Operation column to jump to the device&#8217;s health monitoring page to troubleshoot the exceptions.</p>
<p>Export Exception Records</p>
<p>After filtering the exceptions, click <strong>Export </strong>and select the format of the file to export these exception records to your local PC.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently, the supported formats of the exported file include CSV, Excel, and PDF.</p>
<p>Open in New Window</p>
<p>Click <strong>Open in New Window </strong>in the upper-right corner to open a new window of the browser to view the Exception Center. With this function, you can view the Exception Center and other pages at the same time.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark251"></a> System Messages</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Notification Center supports displaying system messages to keep you informed of any system- related information, including the latest version of the system, newly added features, and successful company authentication. You can view basic information of the messages in the list, including the message type, title, time when it was generated, the read/unread status, and the content (in the form of texts or images).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="235" class="wp-image-2033" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 67" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 705" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67-300x80.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-67-768x204.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 10-2 System Messages</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Authentication status includes authentication application submitted, failed, and succeeded only for the way of manual authentication. (Displaying status is not supported for the way of using authentication code.)</li>
</ul>
<p>Only company administrations can receive the status change notifications.</p>
<ul>
<li>Supports receiving notifications about work order changes. The changes include when the work order is replied, when the request of closing the work order is initiated, when 7 days passed after the closing request was initiated, and when the work order is automatically closed because 14 days passed after the closing request was initiated.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark253"></a> Deals and Offers</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Notification Center supports displaying notifications of the latest deals and offers (e.g., complimentary service packages). You can view basic information of the notifications in the notification list, including the notification type, title, time when it was generated, the read/unread status, and the notification content (in the form of texts or images).</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark255"></a> Project</li>
</ol>
<p>After you register your projects on Hik-Partner Pro, you can not only receive special pricing on essential components, but also receive technical support for your projects.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark257"></a> Create a Project</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Projects can be created by distributors or system integrators/installers. A project contains project information, information about who creates the project, end user information, support information, product information, and project document.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Project </strong>on the top of the page after login.</li>
<li>Click <strong>New Project</strong>.</li>
<li>Fill in the blanks.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If you are a distributor, enter project information, system integrator / installer information, end user information, support information, and product selection. Then upload the project document if there is any.</li>
<li>If you are a system integrator / installer, enter project information, distributor information, end user information, support type, support information, and product selection. Then upload the project document if there is any.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="891" height="559" class="wp-image-2034" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 68" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 706" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68.jpeg 891w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-768x482.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-68-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 891px) 100vw, 891px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="218" height="218" class="wp-image-2035" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 69" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 707" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69.jpeg 218w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-69-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 218px) 100vw, 218px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="218" height="218" class="wp-image-2036" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 70" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 708" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70.jpeg 218w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-70-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 218px) 100vw, 218px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2037" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-71.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 71" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 709"></p>
<p>Figure 11-1 Add Project</p>
<p>Note</p>
<ul>
<li>For product selection, click <strong>Add ^ </strong>, select products and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
<li>When you select products, you can click y&lt;: to compare products. For details about comparing products, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark261"> <strong><em>Compare Products</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Save &amp; Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The project will be displayed on the Project History page, and the <strong>Status </strong>will be <strong>Waiting for supporter</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>For further operations, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark264"> <strong><em>View Project History</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark259"></a> Compare Products</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you select products, you can add multiple products and compare them with their same specifications hidden. In this way, different specifications will be directly displayed and you can choose products as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="42" class="wp-image-2038" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-72.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 72" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 710"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark261"></a> Only products of the same category and subcategory can be compared.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Project ^ New Project </strong>, and in the Product Selection part, click to start compare products. You can also click at the right bottom, and add products to compare them.</p>
<p>To start to compare products, select at least two but no more than four products from the comparison list. On the comparison result page, fields that are different are highlighted with a background color. You can switch on <strong>Hide the Same </strong>on the top left to hide parts that are the same and focus only on the differences.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="33" class="wp-image-2039" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-73.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 73" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 711"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="68" class="wp-image-2040" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-74.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 74" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 712"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="117" height="90" class="wp-image-2041" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-75.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 75" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 713"></p>
<p><strong>Product Comparison</strong></p>
<p>Hide the same</p>
<p>External interface</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USB</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VGA</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data</td>
<td>4, 1000M Ethernet interface, exten&#8230;</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management</td>
<td>1,100M Ethernet interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>COM</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1, for HyperTerminal or UPS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data network interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>4, 1000M Ethernet interface</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MiniSAS interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Controller Parameters</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>SAS Interface (Upper-level)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDMI</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management network interface</td>
<td>&#8212;</td>
<td>1, 100M Ethernet interface</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 11-2 Compare Products</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark262"></a> View Project History</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark264"></a> You can view all projects on the Project History page. You can check the information and perform further operations.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Project </strong>on the top of the page after login.</p>
<p>For Distributors</p>
<p>There are three tabs <strong>All</strong>, <strong>Project Supported by Hikvision</strong>, and <strong>Project Supported by Me</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>All</strong></p>
<p>All projects will be displayed under this tab. FW means the project is forwarded to you. S means the project is shared to you. For shared projects, you can only check the information but not quote.</p>
<p><strong>Project Supported by Hikvision</strong></p>
<p>It includes projects submitted by you and projects shared to you.</p>
<p><strong>Project Supported by Me</strong></p>
<p>It includes projects forwarded to you. You can click <strong>Go to Quote</strong>, enter distributor prices, and click <strong>Save&amp;Send Quote to Customer </strong>to generate a quote and send it to the customer.</p>
<p>Project History</p>
<p><strong>All Project Supported by Hikvision Project Supported by Me</strong></p>
<p>Project Name Status y Registration Number H1K Project Number SI End User Project Suppo&#8230; <strong>0 </strong>Hikvision Sales Operation</p>
<p>12 Draft EP-PRJ-ASIA-10012&#8230; Clone Details Edit</p>
<p><strong>Figure 11-3 Project History for Distributors</strong></p>
<p>For System Integrators / Installers</p>
<p>You can view all projects that you created. In the Operation column, you can click <strong>Quote </strong>and click the document in the Download column of the pop-up window to check the quote list.</p>
<p>Further Operations</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter Projects by Status</td>
<td>Click Y in the Status column to filter projects by their status.</p>
<p>Here are some project status types.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operations</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Draft: The project is only saved but not submitted.</li>
<li>Waiting for supporter: The project is submitted but not yet processed.</li>
<li>Processing: The project is currently being processed by Hikvision.</li>
<li>Approved: It is only available in some countries and regions. It suggests that the project be approved.</li>
<li>More Info Required: Hikvision needs more information to decide whether to approve the project.</li>
<li>Ineligible: The project is rejected by Hikvision. You can check the comments for why the project is rejected.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Project</td>
<td>Click <strong>Close Project </strong>and select among <strong>Close Won</strong>, <strong>Close Lost</strong>, and <strong>Closed Canceled</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Closed Won: It means the project is closed won, and you can enter Closed Won Amount and upload Purchase Order Document to accept the quote and close the project.</li>
<li>Closed Lost: It means the quote of the project is rejected, and you can select reasons, enter comments and close the project.</li>
<li>Closed Canceled: It means the project is canceled and closed, and you can select reasons, enter comments and close the project.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Copy Project</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the project.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Project</td>
<td>If the status turns to More Info Required or the project is only saved but not submitted, you can click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit the project.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Details</td>
<td>Click <strong>Details </strong>to view the project details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark265"></a> Case</li>
</ol>
<p>If you have any issues related to hardware, software, device password reset, etc., you can get professional help from our technical support via Case. On the Case page, you can submit cases to report your issues to us and follow up on the cases you submitted.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This feature is only available for some countries and regions.</li>
<li>This feature is available only if your company is authenticated.</li>
<li>All employee accounts of an authenticated company have the permission to use this feature.</li>
</ul>
<p>The methods to access Case are as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Support ^ Case </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Case </strong>on the right side of the dashboard.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Case page will be opened in a new tab page.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark267"></a> Submit Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Enter different information for submitting Hardware Product Case, Software Product Case, Hik- Partner Pro Case, and Dedicated Customer Service Case.</p>
<p>Submit different types of cases as needed.</p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware Product Case, Software Product Case, and Hik-Partner Pro Case are only available to some countries and regions.</li>
<li>For device password reset, please submit cases on the Hik-Partner Pro Mobile Client.</li>
<li>Some installers can submit Dedicated Customer Service Case for focused troubleshooting from technical support.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Submit Hardware Product Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit hardware product cases for issues related to operations, configurations, or faults.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Hardware Products </strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark270"></a> Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="497" class="wp-image-2042" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 76" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 714" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-76-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-1 Submit Hardware Product Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Device Serial No.</strong></p>
<p>Enter the device serial No. You can click to see where to find the serial No.</p>
<p><strong>Firmware Version</strong></p>
<p>Enter the version number and build number. You can click to see where to find the firmware version.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p><strong>E2@Note</strong></p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add Details </strong>to add issue details (software name, software version, network type, etc.) to your description as needed.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format.</li>
<li>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</li>
<li>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Information</strong></p>
<p>This field is filled with your account information by default. You can edit it as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the statement in the end.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Submit Software Product Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit software product cases for issues related to Hik-Connect and iVMS-4200.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Software Products </strong>, and select Hik-Connect/iVMS-4200 as the software name.</li>
<li>Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="529" class="wp-image-2043" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 77" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 715" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-77-768x455.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-2 Submit Software Product Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Software Name</strong></p>
<p>The software name is predefined and cannot be edited.</p>
<p><strong>Software Version</strong></p>
<p>Enter the software version. You can click to see where to find the software version.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Add Details </strong>to add issue details to your description as needed.</p>
<p><strong>How did it occur?</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 500 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Phone/PC Operating System and Version</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 72 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Information About the Related Hikvision Devices</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length is 500 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format. No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed. The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Contact Information</strong></p>
<p>This field is filled with your account information by default. You can edit it as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the statement in the end.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark272"></a> Submit Hik-Partner Pro Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can submit Hik-Partner Pro cases for issues related to Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Submit Case ^ Hik-Partner Pro </strong>, and select an issue type from the supported ones.</li>
<li>Fill in the fields as required.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="557" class="wp-image-2044" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 78" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 716" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-78-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-3 Submit Hik-Partner Pro Case</p>
<p><strong>Title</strong></p>
<p>Enter the title of your case.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>The maximum length of the title is 100 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Issue Description</strong></p>
<p>Describe your issue according to the suggestions in the blank.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The length of issue description should vary from 20 to 2000 characters.</p>
<p><strong>Authorization Code</strong></p>
<p>The after-sales authorization code is exclusive to Hikvision&#8217;s technicians for troubleshooting only. You can give your authorization code to the technicians when it is necessary for them to log in to your account for troubleshooting.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>This field is not available for the following issue types: Code Scanning and Reward Point Market, Solution and Project, and Others.</p>
<p><strong>Screenshot / Error Information</strong></p>
<p>Click + to upload screenshots or error information.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, XLSX, and TXT format.</p>
<p>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</p>
<p>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<p><strong>Link for Accessing Files on Network Disk</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Other Contacts</strong></p>
<p>Enter the email address of other contacts.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 5 contacts can be added.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit </strong>to submit the case.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark274"></a> Submit Dedicated Customer Service Case</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can report the issues found when using Hik-Partner Pro to us by submitting dedicated customer service cases. We will respond to your case and provide support according to your case severity and language. Submitting dedicated customer service cases is only available for some installers, for focused troubleshooting from technical support.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>HE Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have more function-related requirements or improvement suggestions, you can give your feedback. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark62"><strong><em>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Case page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HE Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Case </strong>on the left.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="562" class="wp-image-2045" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 79" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 717" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-768x484.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-79-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 12-4 Submit Dedicated Customer Service Case</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter a title for your case.</li>
<li>Select the language.</li>
</ol>
<p>The language options vary according to the country/region of your account.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the case severity.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Critical Business Down</strong></p>
<p>Main functions which are critical to your business, such as logging in to the platform, creating sites, adding devices, receiving alarms, and handing over sites, are unavailable.</p>
<p><strong>Business Impaired</strong></p>
<p>Main functions work properly, but there are other function-related issues such as batch LAN configuration not working, probabilistic failure of remote configuration, and connection failure of some devices.</p>
<p><strong>Functional Defects</strong></p>
<p>There are some functional defects which do not affect your business or only affect your business slightly, such as wrong words on the page and high response latency.</p>
<p>To get our rapid response when you have an urgent issue, select the case severity objectively.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the issue description.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You&#8217;re recommended to refer to the items listed on the page to describe the issue in detail. If the issue is difficult to describe with words, you can put links to related videos in the issue description and attach pictures below.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set whether to provide the authorization code for the technical support staff for troubleshooting.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about the authorization code, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark62"><strong><em>Hik-Partner Pro Portal Overview</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click to upload screenshots or error information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can upload attachments in PNG, JPG, BMP, JPEG, PDF, DOC, DOCX, XLS, XLSX, and TXT format.</p>
<p>No more than 5 PNG/JPG/BMP/JPEG files and 3 PDF/DOC/XLSX/TXT files are allowed.</p>
<p>The maximum size of each attachment is 5 MB.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the link for accessing files on network disk.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For files larger than 5 MB, please upload them to a network disk.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select Case or Phone Number as Contact Information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If you select the latter, select the country/region code and enter the contact number.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the email addresses of other contacts.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>No more than 5 contacts can be added.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>nS Note</strong></p>
<p>The case you submitted will be displayed on the Case Records page. For more operations such as relying to the case and closing the case, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark278"> <strong><em>View and Handle Case Records</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark276"></a> 12.2 View and Handle Case Records</p>
<p>You can view cases you submitted on the Case Records page, view replies to a case, reply to a case, and close a case.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark278"></a> Go to the Case page and click <strong>Case Records </strong>on the left.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For how to enter the Case page, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark270"> <strong><em>Case</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>Table 12-1 Available Operations on Case Records Page</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View All Submitted Cases</td>
<td>You can view cases you submitted on the Case Records page, including the case ID, created time, case title, case type, and case status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Case Details</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page to view the case creator, issue description, replies from technical support, request from the technical support for closing the case, case status updates, and so on.</p>
<p><strong>CSNote</strong></p>
<p>You will be notified via emails and push notifications on the Mobile Client if there are new replies or updates of case status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reply to Case</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page. Click <strong>Reply </strong>on the bottom right corner, enter the reply content, and add attachments in the Reply section. Click <strong>Confirm </strong>to submit your reply to the current case.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Case</td>
<td>Click a case to enter the Case Details page, and click <strong>Close Case </strong>on the bottom right corner to close the case after your issue is solved. You can rate our services and give your comment when closing the case.</p>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The case will be closed automatically if you do not reply within 14 days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark279"></a> Return Materials Authorization</li>
</ol>
<p>Return material authorization (RMA) is an arrangement in which you can ship an item back for an exchange or repair due to a product defect or malfunction. The process is firstly Installers can initiate RMA applications, and distributors can repair the defected products after receiving applications. Finally the products will be returned after they are repaired and debugged.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark281"></a> Submit RMA Request</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can register an RMA request for exchanging or repairing goods. After registration, you can check real-time status of the requests.</p>
<p>The function is only available in certain countries and regions. For details about whether your country or region supports the function, refer to the after-sales or local distributor.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Support ^ RMA </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add products.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>You can input the serial number of the products of interest, click <strong>Add</strong>, and enter fault description and reference. Click <strong>Add Attachment </strong>to add attachments if there are any.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Download Template</strong>, enter information of multiple products, and click <strong>Upload Serial List </strong>to batch upload products.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>It should be a Hikvision product sold in the current country or region.</p>
<ol>
<li>After all products are added, click <strong>Next </strong>to select shipping information.</li>
<li>Select shipping information.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>For countries and regions that support cross-distributor repair, if the distributor is identified according to the serial number, the distributor will be automatically selected. If not identified, you need to click <strong>Change Shipping Address </strong>to choose a distributor by yourself. After choosing a distributor, the distributor and product information will show up in the list.</li>
</ul>
<p>By default, the selected repair station is the nearest one. You can also select among all stations of all distributors in the country.</p>
<ul>
<li>For countries and regions that do not support cross-distributor repair, the system will identify the distributor according to the serial number. The default choice is the nearest location of the distributor. If the distributor can not be identified according to the serial number, then the product can not be added.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark283"></a> Check the information in the list, and click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Whether your application is submitted successfully or not is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can perform the following operations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Operation </strong>Description</p>
<p><strong>Download Document </strong>Click RMA number to download document.</p>
<p><strong>Back to Menu </strong>Click <strong>Back to Menu </strong>to check details and track status.</p>
<p><strong>Create More </strong>Click <strong>Create More </strong>to add more applications.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark284"></a> View RMA Request</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After an RMA application is submitted, you can view its status and perform further operations.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Support ^ RMA </strong>, and the successfully submitted applications are displayed in the list.</p>
<p>You can perform the operations as needed.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search for RMA Applications</td>
<td>You can search for an application by its Reference Number, RMA Number, Date, Application Number, and Serial Number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filter by Status</td>
<td>Click v , and select among Saved, Unreceived, In Repair, Waiting For Customer Response, Ready for Shipment, and Completed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Details</td>
<td>Click <strong>Detail </strong>to view application details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Download Document</td>
<td>Click <strong>Download Document </strong>to download the application file.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark286"></a> Order &amp; Promotion</li>
</ol>
<p>The Order &amp; Promotion module supports viewing information of regular products, hot products, and promotional products that are discounted or are put on clearance. You can search for and select products to place an order or submit your product order by uploading a predefined template.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The module is only available to authenticated channel partners.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark288"></a> View and Search for Products</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search for products and view detailed product information, including the product picture, description, stock availability, and other related parameters.</p>
<p>Under the B2B tab of the Order &amp; Promotion module, you can view information of hot products and the products you have recently viewed. You can also view information of the regular products or promotional products (e.g., discount products, clearance products, etc.) by selecting the corresponding tabs under the navigation bar. You can filter the products by product category and search for specific products by product name or model.</p>
<p>Click a product to view its detailed information, including the product picture, description, stock availability, and other related parameters. If needed, you can add a product to Favorites by hovering over it and clicking .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="553" class="wp-image-2046" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 80" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 718" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-80-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-1 Product Information Details</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2047" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-81.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 81" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 719"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can find the products you have added to Favorites later in <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Account Information ^ My Favorite ^ B2B Product </strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark290"></a> Create an Order</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can place an order by adding products to the shopping cart, selecting the products you need for checkout, and entering the required shipping information.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark292"></a> Besides adding products to the shopping cart, you can also submit an order by uploading information (material code, quantity, etc.) of products with a predefined template via <strong>Order Upload</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="350" class="wp-image-2048" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 82" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 720" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-82-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-2 Ways for Accessing Order Upload</p>
<ol>
<li>View or search for the products to be ordered.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <strong><em>View and Search for Products</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>Hover over a product of interest, set the quantity to be ordered, and click <strong>Add to Cart</strong>. Repeat this step to add multiple products to your shopping cart as needed.</li>
<li>Click J<sup>1</sup> on the right to go to your shopping cart.</li>
<li>Select the products to be ordered, adjust the quantity for each product if needed, and click <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
<li>On the Check Order Information page, enter your shipping/billing address, select a preferred shipping method, and confirm the order details (quantity to be ordered, total cost, etc.).</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can also set a preferred future date of delivery and upload a project register form if needed.</li>
<li>If you have entered a shipping/billing address before, check whether the address information displayed on the page is correct.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Submit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can track the status of the submitted order via <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Order ^ My Order </strong>. For details, refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark295"> <strong><em>View My Orders</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark293"></a> View My Orders</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After submitting an order, you can track the status of your order, perform operations such as canceling or reordering as needed, and view related information such as invoices and transaction records.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark295"></a> The following order related information can be accessed via <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Order </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="393" class="wp-image-2049" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 83" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 721" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-83-768x338.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-3 Order Related Information of Your Company</p>
<p>My Order Page</p>
<p>On the My Order page, you can view your orders by different status (e.g., In Review, Confirmed, Fully Delivered, Completed, etc.) and click an order to view the order details, including the products selected, total cost, and shipping related information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2050" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-84.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 84" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 722"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>The My Order page can also be accessed via the In Review and Undelivered Order tabs displayed on the B2B page of the Order &amp; Promotion module.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="339" class="wp-image-2051" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 85" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 723" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-85-768x294.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-4 Another Way for Accessing the My Order Page</p>
<p>If needed, you can click <strong>Export </strong>to export the list of orders to your local PC, click <strong>Order Upload </strong>to submit an order using a predefined template, click &#8212; next to an order No. to copy the order No., or click to reorder the same products of an order. To cancel ordering a product, click an order to enter the order details page, and click <strong>Cancel </strong>next to the product.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The ordering of products that are fully delivered or the stock clearance / combo discount products are not allowed to be canceled.</p>
<p>My Invoice Page</p>
<p>On the My Invoice page, you can search for and view invoices of your past orders and export the list of invoices if needed.</p>
<p>My E-Wallet Page</p>
<p>On the My E-Wallet page, you can view your E-Wallet balance and transaction records, and search for specific records as needed.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also click the E-Wallet balance displayed on the B2B page of the Order &amp; Promotion module to access your E-Wallet.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="341" class="wp-image-2052" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 86" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 724" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-86-768x295.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 14-5 Another Way for Accessing the My E-Wallet Page</p>
<p>Financial Report Page</p>
<p>On the Financial Report page, you can view details of your credit status, account payable balance, and basic information of the invoices.</p>
<p>Stock List Page</p>
<p>On the Stock List page, you can view and search for stock related information of your products and export the full stock list or specific search results to the local PC as needed.</p>
<p>Price List Page</p>
<p>On the Price List page, you can view and search for price related information of all products and export the full price list or specific search results to the local PC as needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark296"></a> Value-Added Services</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides multiple value-added services for you to better serve your customers, including the health monitoring service, cloud attendance service, cloud storage service, people counting service, temperature screening service, alarm receiving center service, HikCentral Connect service, co-branding service, and employee account add-on.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Most of value-added services are only available in certain countries and regions. For more information, refer to the after sales or local distributor.</li>
<li>Only the cloud storage service is supported by the solar camera.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark298"></a> Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers a free package containing a series of basic features such as viewing device online status once you complete account registration. In some cases, for the capacity and functionality limitation of the free package, these basic features are insufficient for you to satisfy higher level needs of your customers (i.e., end users), such as their need for the maintenance of a large number of devices.</p>
<p>Compared with the free package, the health monitoring package not only allows you to add more devices to Hik-Partner Pro, but also monitor the health status of your customers&#8217; devices and configure other value-added features. You can access the health monitoring service by purchasing health monitoring packages in the Service Market.</p>
<p>The following table shows the differences between the free package and the health monitoring package.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For the countries and regions where the health monitoring service is currently free, the details of the health monitoring package might be different from the information displayed in the table below. Refer to the distributors or after-sales in these countries and regions for details.</p>
<p>Table 15-1 Differences Between Free Package and Health Monitoring Package</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Functionality</strong></td>
<td><strong>Free Package</strong></td>
<td><strong>Health Monitoring Package</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Adding Devices</td>
<td rowspan="5">• Supported</p>
<p>• Manageable Devices: 1024</td>
<td rowspan="5">
<ul>
<li>Supported</li>
<li>Manageable Devices: More than 1024 based on the package you purchase.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Site &amp; Device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Applying for Authorization</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Viewing Device Online Status</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark300"></a> Remote Configuration</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Functionality</strong></td>
<td><strong>Free Package</strong></td>
<td><strong>Health Monitoring Package</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Live View/Playback/ Downloading Video</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Firmware Remote Upgrade</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Monitoring</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Exception Rule</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Linkage Rule</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Employee Management</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Employees Accounts: 4</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;iNote</strong></p>
<p>You can get 4 employee accounts for free only when purchasing the health monitoring service for the first time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Role/Permission Management</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Searching Operation Logs of Employees</td>
<td>Not Supported</td>
<td>Supported</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark301"></a> Purchase Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can purchase the health monitoring service packages online in the Service Market in Hik- Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the health monitoring service packages by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>Purchasing the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark303"></a> In the Health Monitoring Package area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Health Monitoring Package page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select service packages and set the number of service packages that you want to purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package</strong></p>
<p>An All-Type Device Monthly Package can be used to activate the service for a device of nearly any type. And the activated service lasts one month.</p>
<p>&#8220;All-Type Device&#8221; here means that the service package is applicable to nearly all device types, including DVR, NVR, network cameras, PTZ cameras, access control devices, alarm devices, video intercom devices, doorbells, Hik-Partner Pro Boxes, thermal devices, and network switches.</p>
<p>&#8220;Monthly&#8221; here means that the service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 All-Type Device Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Monthly Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 All-Type Device Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package</strong></p>
<p>An All-Type Device Annual Package can be used to activate the service for a device of nearly any type. And the activated service lasts one year.</p>
<p>&#8220;All-Type Device&#8221; here means that the service package is applicable to nearly all device types, including DVR, NVR, network cameras, PTZ cameras, access control devices, alarm devices, video intercom devices, doorbells, Hik-Partner Pro Boxes, thermal devices, and network switches.</p>
<p>&#8220;Annual&#8221; here means that the service term is one year. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 All-Type Device Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>All-Type Device Annual Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 All-Type Device Annual Package sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package</strong></p>
<p>A Network Camera Monthly Package can be used to activate the service for a network camera. And the activated service lasts one month.</p>
<p>&#8220;Network Camera&#8221; here means that the service package is only applicable to network cameras.</p>
<p>&#8220;Monthly&#8221; here means that the service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 Network Camera Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Monthly Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 Network Camera Monthly Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annual Package</strong></p>
<p>A Network Camera Annual Package can be used to activate the service for a network camera. And the activated service lasts one year.</p>
<p>&#8220;Network Camera&#8221; here means that the service package is only applicable to network cameras.</p>
<p>&#8220;Annual&#8221; here means that the service term is one year. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annal Package * 20</strong></p>
<p>20 Network Camera Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<p><strong>Network Camera Annual Package * 100</strong></p>
<p>100 Network Camera Annual Packages sold as a batch. Set the number of batches to purchase.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>to view your health monitoring packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark309"><strong><em>Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark304"></a> Activate the Health Monitoring Service for Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After purchasing health monitoring packages, you can use them to activate the health monitoring service for specific devices. Once the service is activated, features such as device health monitoring and device exception notifications will be available for these devices.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have purchased health monitoring packages. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark306"></a><a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If the firmware version of a device is obsolete, or its device type cannot be recognized by Hik- Partner Pro, activating health monitoring service for the device is not supported</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Activate Health Monitoring Service page in one of the following ways.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Choice 1: Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ All Services </strong>, and then click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Choice 2: Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>, and then click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Choice 3: Go to the site details page, and then hover the cursor onto n on the device card, and then click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the pop-up dialog.</li>
<li>Choice 4: Go to the site details page, and then click a device to show the device details panel, and then hover the cursor onto Fl on the panel and click <strong>Activate Service</strong></li>
<li>Choice 5: Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>on the adding result page after adding detected online devices or adding a device by Hik-Connect (P2P). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Activate Health Monitoring Service page will be displayed as one of the following two figures show.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="456" class="wp-image-2053" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 87" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 725" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-87-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-1 Select Devices to Activate Health Monitoring Service</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="561" class="wp-image-2054" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 88" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 726" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-88-300x285.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-2 Activate Health Monitoring Service for One Selected Device</p>
<ol>
<li>Select devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Skip this step if you enter the Activate Health Monitoring Service page as <a href="#post-1966-bookmark307"><strong><em>Figure 15-2</em></strong> </a>shows.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the activation type.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The number you set represents the number of months/years that the service lasts for each selected device.</li>
<li>If service packages are insufficient, you can click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>or <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase more. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Use All Device Package Only</strong></p>
<p>When enabled, you can only select All Device Packages (All Device Monthly Package and All Device Annual Package) for network cameras to activate the service for them.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Renewal</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark307"></a> When enabled, if the service for a device expires, the service will be automatically renewed using the same service package in previous activation. For example, assume that you activated a 1-month health monitoring service for a NVR using an All Device Monthly Package on 5/14/2021, the 1-month service will be automatically renewed using another All Device Monthly Package on 6/14/2021.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>After the health monitoring service is activated for devices, the notifications of all exceptions will be enabled by default.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to the site details page, and then click a device with the service activated to show the device details panel, and then perform the following operations if needed.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Renew the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Renew </strong>to renew the service for the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Transfer the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Transfer </strong>to open the Transfer Health Monitoring Service window, and then select a device to transfer the remaining service time from the current device to the selected device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable Auto Renewing the Service</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Auto Renewal </strong>to Open the Auto Renew window, switch on <strong>Auto Renewal</strong>, and then select a type of service packages for auto renewal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your health monitoring service. The available features for the management include viewing remaining service packages, service activation, service renewal, service transfer, service auto renewal, and so on.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Health Monitoring Service </strong>to enter the health monitoring service page (as the figure below shows).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="401" class="wp-image-2055" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 89" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 727" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-89-768x347.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-3 Manage Your Health Monitoring Service</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark309"></a> On the page, the following features are available.</p>
<p>Table 15-2 Available Features</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>View Remaining Packages &amp; Purchase More</td>
<td>View used number and remaining number of each type of heath monitoring packages.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>or <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages. For details, see<a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"> <strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Health Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>View Expiration and Auto Renewal Information</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Expires in 30 Days</strong>: The number of devices whose health monitoring services expire in 30 days.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Expires in 30 Days </strong>to view these devices in the device list below.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Expired</strong>: The number the devices whose health monitoring services have expired.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Expired </strong>to view these devices in the device list below.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Devices with Auto Renewal</strong>: The number of devices for which you have enabled service auto-renewal.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can click <strong>Devices with Auto Renewal </strong>to view these devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Filter Devices or Search by Keywords</td>
<td>Select a Site from the site list on the left, and then select a filter type (All, Expire in 30 Days, or Expired) from the drop-down list to filter devices.</p>
<p>Or enter key words to search for matched devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Activate Service</td>
<td>Click <strong>Activate Health Monitoring Service </strong>to activate the heath monitoring service for specific devices. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Batch Renew Service for Devices</td>
<td>Select devices and then click <strong>Batch Renew </strong>to renew the service for the selected devices.</p>
<p>The process of renewing the service is similar to that of activating the service. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Renew Service for a Device</td>
<td>Click O in the Operation column to renew service for a device.</p>
<p>The process of renewing the service is similar to that of activating the service. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Monitoring Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Transfer Service</td>
<td>Click £ in the Operation column to transfer the remaining service time from the current device to another.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Enable Service Auto Renewal</td>
<td>Click (si in the Operation column to open the Auto Renew window, switch on <strong>Auto Renewal</strong>, and then select a type of service packages for auto renewing the health monitoring service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark310"></a> 15.2 Purchase Employee Account Add-On</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers only one Installer Admin account for your company to manage resources in the system. Although sometimes, several employee accounts will be given as gifts to you in some activities, it may still not meet your requirements. So if you want to invite more employees to join Hik-Partner Pro to work collaboratively for providing better service for your customers, you can purchase the employee account add-on online in the Service Market in Hik-Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the employee account add-on by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OU Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li>In the Employee Account Add-On area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Employee Account Add-On page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>d@Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark312"></a> If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="531" class="wp-image-2056" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 90" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 728" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-90-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-4 Purchase Employee Account Add-On</p>
<p>3. Select type(s) of add-on and set the number of employee accounts that you want to purchase.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>An <strong>1/Year</strong>, <strong>5/Year</strong>, or <strong>25/Year </strong>add-on can be used to invite 1, 5, or 25 employee accounts which will expire after one year.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Check your purchasing information and click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>15.3 Cloud Attendance Service</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark313"></a> The cloud attendance service provides a cloud-based and all-in-one solution for access control and attendance management in various businesses. You can create cloud attendance systems for your customers, so that your customers, such as managers of small organizations or human resource director, can configure the system on the Hik-Connect portal ( <strong><em><a href="http://www.hik-connect.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.hik-connect.com</a></em></strong> ) and use it to manage the attendance of the employees.</p>
<p>Employees of your customers can check in or check out via the devices configured in the cloud attendance system. With the Hik-Connect Mobile Client V4.13.0 or later, the employees can control doors and check attendance records on their mobile phones.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The cloud attendance service is only supported in some countries and regions currently. You might fail to find related functionality due to its unavailability in your country or region. If you need related functionality, please feel free to contact the local distributor or our branch office.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark315"></a> Flow Chart for Setting the Cloud Attendance Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting cloud attendance service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="515" height="886" class="wp-image-2057" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 91" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 729" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91.jpeg 515w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-91-174x300.jpeg 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-5 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-3 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add MinMoe Access Control Devices to Hik-Partner Pro</td>
<td>Add MinMoe access control devices to site(s) which are owned by the same customer. For details about adding devices to Hik- Partner Pro, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Cloud Attendance System to a Site</td>
<td>Add a cloud attendance system to a specific site. The cloud attendance system is used for grouping and managing MinMoe</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>access control devices. For details about adding the system, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</td>
<td>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Cloud Attendance Service</td>
<td>Activate the cloud attendance service for the system. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Cloud Attendance Devices to the System</td>
<td>Add MinMoe access control devices to the system. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After completing the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer and so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>DjNote</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover and approving activating the cloud attendance service on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later), they will be able to set access levels and attendance rules for their employees via the Hik- Connect Portal ( <strong><em><a href="http://www.hik-connect.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.hik-connect.com</a></em></strong> ), and their employees will be able to use the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to check their attendance records.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark317"></a> Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can purchase the cloud attendance service packages online in the Service Market in Hik- Partner Pro or purchase a service key from the local distributor offline first, and then activate the cloud attendance service packages by the service key in the Service Market.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>[2® Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact the local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the left navigation, click <strong>Service ^ Service Market </strong>to enter the Service Market page.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark319"></a> In the Cloud Attendance area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the Purchase Cloud Attendance Package page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country or region supports service key and you have purchased a service key from the distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to purchase the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the service packages (purchase by month or by year), and set the number of service packages that you want to purchase.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Cloud Attendance Package (Monthly)</strong></p>
<p>The service term is one month. The service term starts when you activate the service.</p>
<p><strong>12 * Cloud Attendance Package (Monthly)</strong></p>
<p>12 Cloud Attendance Packages sold as a batch.</p>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The price of the package changes when you purchase different numbers of packages.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to enter the VAT number, and click to confirm.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ Cloud Attendance Service </strong>to view your cloud attendance packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark325"><strong><em>Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark320"></a> 15.3.3 Add Cloud Attendance System</p>
<p>You can add a cloud attendance system for a site to set up the basic attendance management environment for the Site Owner.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Select the site where you want to add the cloud attendance system.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Cloud Attendance </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Cloud Attendance System</strong>.</li>
<li>Create a name for the system.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The service is inactivated.</p>
<ol>
<li>Activate the cloud attendance service for the site.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark322"></a> Click <strong>Free Trial</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm </strong>in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2058" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-92.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 92" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 730"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>You can view the trial capacity of the service (25 persons) and the expiry date.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you need to expand and renew the service, click <strong>Expand &amp; Renew</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="532" class="wp-image-2059" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 93" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 731" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-93-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-6 Cloud Attendance Service Expansion &amp; Renewal</p>
<p>1) Set the number of person(s) to be added.</p>
<p>2) Set the month(s) to be renewed.</p>
<p>CE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the number of cloud attendance service packages needed after the service is expanded and renewed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If service packages are insufficient, you can click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>or <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>in the upper-right corner to purchase more.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Device </strong>or <strong>Edit </strong>to add access control devices to the cloud attendance system or edit the devices.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>To add the devices in the current site to the system, click <strong>Add</strong>, select the devices, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>To add the devices in the other sites that belong to the same Site Owner, click <strong>Add Other Sites&#8217; Devices</strong>, select the devices, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure to switch on <strong>Cloud Attendance </strong>for the devices.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Hand over the site to the Site Owner and inform the Site Owner to accept the cloud attendance service permission application. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark323"></a> 15.3.4 Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</p>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your cloud attendance service. The available features for the management include viewing remaining service packages, service activation, service renewal, and so on.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Attendance Service </strong>to enter the cloud attendance service page (as the figure below shows).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="334" class="wp-image-2060" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 94" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 732" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-94-768x289.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-7 Manage Your Cloud Attendance Service</p>
<p>On the page, the following features are available.</p>
<p>Table 15-4 Available Features</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>View Remaining Packages &amp; Purchase More</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>View used number and remaining number of each type of cloud attendance packages.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>or <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark319"><strong><em>Cloud Attendance Service</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark325"></a> 2</td>
<td>View Expiration Information</td>
<td>• <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expires in 30 Days</strong>: The number of cloud attendance systems that expire in 30 days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Area No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Feature</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>You can click <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expires in 30 Days </strong>to view these cloud attendance systems in the list below.</p>
<p>• <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expired</strong>: The number of cloud attendance systems that expired.</p>
<p>You can click <strong>Cloud Attendance System Expired </strong>to view these cloud attendance systems in the list below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Filter Cloud Attendance Systems or Search by Keywords</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select a Site from the site list on the left, and then select a filter type (All, Expire in 30 Days, Expired, or Trial) from the drop-down list to filter cloud attendance systems.</li>
<li>Enter keywords (of cloud attendance system name, site name, or site owner name) to search for the matched cloud attendance systems.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Renew Service</td>
<td>Click O in the Operation column to renew the service.</p>
<p>See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark322"><strong><em>Add Cloud Attendance System</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark326"></a> 15.4 Cloud Storage Service</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers cloud storage solution for the event-related video footage, which refers to the video footage recorded when a pre-defined event is detected by the channel of an encoding device.</p>
<p>After you add a cloud storage device to the platform and complete cloud storage settings, the device will function as the transmission medium by uploading the event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud. The uploaded video footage will be retained for 7 days, 30 days, 90 days, 180 days, or 365 days on the cloud, basing on the types of the cloud storage service packages purchased from the service market.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark328"></a> Flow Chart for Setting Cloud Storage Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark330"></a> The flow charts below shows the recommended procedures for using cloud storage service by Hik- Partner Pro box, DVR that supports cloud storage, NVR that supports cloud storage, and solar camera.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your DVR/NVR does not support cloud storage, you should use a Hik-Partner Pro box to help the DVR/NVR upload footage to the cloud, and the flow chart is the same as that for the Hik-Partner Pro box.</p>
<p>Flow Chart for Hik-Partner Pro Box</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="1024" class="wp-image-2061" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 95" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 733" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-95-173x300.jpeg 173w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-5 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Cameras/NVRs/DVRs to a Site</td>
<td>Add cameras, NVRs, or DVRs to a site. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Hik-Partner Pro Box to the Same Site</td>
<td>Add a Hik-Partner Pro box to the same site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>QU Note</strong></p>
<p>For the Hik-Partner Pro box added by IP/Domain name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the Hik-Partner Pro. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Add Channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro Box: Add channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro box to allow the latter to get video footage data from the channel(s).</li>
<li>Set Resolution and Event: Set resolution for the channels, and set the event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Œ Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="925" class="wp-image-2062" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 96" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 734" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-96-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-8 Flow Chart for DVR That Supports Cloud Storage</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-6 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a DVR That Supports Cloud Storage to a Site</td>
<td>Add a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the DVR that supports cloud storage is added by IP/Domain Name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the DVR that supports cloud storage. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark341"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for DVR</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel(s): Enable cloud storage for the channel(s) of the DVR that supports cloud storage.</li>
<li>Set Stream Type and Event: Set stream type (main-stream or sub-stream) for the channel(s). And set event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="925" class="wp-image-2063" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 97" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 735" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97.jpeg 590w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-97-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-9 Flow Chart for NVR That Supports Cloud Storage</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-7 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add an NVR That Supports Cloud Storage to a Site</td>
<td>Add an NVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the NVR that supports cloud storage is added by IP/Domain Name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the NVR that supports cloud storage. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>How to enable</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>cloud storage for an NVR that supports cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark338"><strong><em>storage?</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel(s): Enable cloud storage for the channel(s) of the NVR that supports cloud storage.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>° If Smart H.264+ / H.265+ encoding is enabled for the channel with cloud storage enabled, the quality of the footage on cloud will be affected. The platform will notify you to disable Smart H.264+ / H. 265+ encoding.</p>
<p>° If stream encryption is not enabled for an encoding device linked to an NVR that supports cloud storage, you cannot enable cloud storage for the channels of the encoding device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Set Resolution and Event: Set resolution for the channels, and set the event(s) that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<p>• Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel(s): Activate cloud storage service for specific channel(s) using the purchased cloud storage service package(s) or service key. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="925" class="wp-image-2064" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 98" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 736" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-98-192x300.jpeg 192w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-10 Flow Chart for Solar Camera</p>
<p>The following table shows the description for each procedure of the flow chart.</p>
<p>Table 15-8 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Solar Camera to a Site</td>
<td>Add a solar camera to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P). For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Procedure</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>If the solar camera is added by IP address / domain name, cloud storage service is not supported.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Cloud Storage</td>
<td>Set cloud storage for the solar camera. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark344"><strong><em>Set Cloud</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark344"><strong><em>Storage for Solar Camera</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The following list shows the descriptions of the sub-procedures.</p>
<ul>
<li>Network Test: Test your network condition to get the recommended settings for cloud storage. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong></a> for details.</li>
<li>Set Stream Type and Event: Set stream type (main stream or sub-stream) for the channel. And set the event that will trigger the channel to record related video footage.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently only motion detection is supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>Enable Cloud Storage for Channel: Enable cloud storage for the channel of the solar camera.</li>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package(s): Purchase cloud storage service packages from the service market. See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>You can also activate service packages by service key. Consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ul>
<li>Activate Cloud Storage Service for Channel: Activate cloud storage service for the channel using the purchased cloud storage service package(s). See <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>a Channel</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>Purchase Cloud Storage Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>There are seven types of cloud storage service packages, namely, 7-Day Monthly Package, 7-Day Annual Package, 30-Day Monthly Package, 30-Day Annual Package, 90-Day Annual Package, 180- Day Annual Package, and 365-Day Annual Package. You should purchase the cloud storage service from the service market before using it.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark331"></a> The cloud storage service is available for purchase only if your company is authenticated.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Service Market page.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>under <strong>Value-Added Services</strong>.</li>
<li>In the Cloud Storage area, click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to enter the purchasing page.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can view the seven types of cloud storage service packages and their corresponding prices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click /x or manually enter a number to define the number of the packages to be purchased.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can purchase one or more packages at a time. The validity period of the service is one year after purchase, and thus you should activate the service within the validity period.</li>
<li>The number before &#8220;Day&#8221; (e.g. 7-Day, 30-Day, 90-Day, etc.) refers to the retention period of the event-related video footage on the cloud. <strong>Monthly </strong>and <strong>Annual </strong>refer to how long the service will last after activation.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>For example, if you select <strong>7-Day Monthly Package</strong>, the video footage can be saved on the cloud storage for 7 days, and it will be covered by new video footage from the 8th day. After activation, the service will last for a month.</p>
<p>The selected service package(s) will be displayed on the right side of the page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to enter the VAT number, and click to confirm.</li>
</ol>
<p>OU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed in the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and finish the payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Storage Service </strong>to view the service package(s) you have purchased.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark333"></a> Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you complete adding a Hik-Partner Pro box to a site, the result page will show the entry for setting cloud storage. You can skip the settings, but it is recommended that you click the entry to start the settings, including network test (optional), adding channels, channel resolution settings, event settings, and activating cloud storage service. When you complete all these settings, the Hik- Partner Pro box will be able to upload event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>d@Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark335"></a> If you skip the cloud storage settings when completing adding the Hik-Partner Pro box, you can click the device in the device list to open its settings panel to set cloud storage for it later.</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a Hik-Partner Pro box to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding the Hik-Partner Pro box, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>, <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you add the Hik-Partner Pro box by IP/Domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you complete adding the device, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will enter the Network Test page.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Add Channel </strong>when test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<p>The Add Channel window will pop up.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="976" class="wp-image-2065" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 99" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 737" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99-272x300.jpeg 272w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-99-768x846.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-11 Add Channel Window</p>
<p>4. Add channel(s) to Hik-Partner Pro box to enable cloud storage functionality for them.</p>
<p>1) Select a device (e.g., NVR and network camera) from the drop-down list on the Add Channel window.</p>
<p>The channels of the device will be displayed. And you can click Device Information to view or edit the device information, including device IP address, port No., device user name, and password.</p>
<p>Mil <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The IP addresses of the devices and the Hik-Partner Pro box should be on the same LAN.</p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on the switch(es) to add specific channel(s) to the Hik-Partner Pro box so as to enable their cloud storage functionality.</li>
<li>Enter the information of the device to which the channel belongs, including IP address, port No., user name, and password.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will enter the Cloud Storage Settings page, which displays the channel(s) already added to the Hik-Partner Pro box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="432" class="wp-image-2066" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 100" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 738" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-100-768x374.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-12 Cloud Storage Settings Page</p>
<p>5. Set resolution of the footage to be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<p>&#8211; Select Standard Definition or High Definition from the drop-down list according to the recommended resolution displayed on the Cloud Storage Settings page (if you have done network test).</p>
<p><strong>CilNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure the number of standard definition channel(s) or high definition channel(s) is no more than the recommended upper-limit displayed on the Add Channel window (if you have tested your network).</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Click Z , and then select a resolution (1080P, <em>720P,</em> 4CIF, or CIF) from the drop-down list in the pop-up window, and then set the bit rate according to the recommendation shown on the pop-up window.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the event(s) that will trigger video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The events that support such a trigger include motion detection, intrusion, and line crossing. For the settings of different events are similar, here we only briefly introduce how to set motion detection. For details about settings of other events, see the user manual of the channel (camera).</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record event-related video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Edit or delete a specific channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit a Channel </strong>Click • * • <strong>^ </strong>to edit the settings of the channel.</p>
<p><strong>Delete a Channel </strong>Click « * * ^ ® to delete the channel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The event related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click * * * <strong>^ </strong>to switch channel to use the activated service.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark336"></a> 15.4.4 Set Cloud Storage for NVR</p>
<p>You can enable and set up cloud storage for an NVR and its linked channels. When you complete the settings, the NVR will be able to upload event-related footage of its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p>Do I need a Hik-Partner Pro Box to enable cloud storage function for an NVR?</p>
<ul>
<li>If your NVR supports cloud storage, there is no need for a Hik-Partner Pro Box.</li>
</ul>
<p>This feature requires device capability. Refer to the <em>Hik-Partner Pro Compatibility List</em> for a complete list of supported models.</p>
<p>See the next section for instructions.</p>
<ul>
<li>If your NVR does not support cloud storage, you can use a Hik-Partner Pro Box to help the NVR upload footage to the cloud.</li>
</ul>
<p>See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>How to enable cloud storage for an NVR that supports cloud storage?</p>
<p>Select the NVR&#8217;s site, and then select the <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>tab. Click <strong>Enable Cloud Storage Service </strong>to</p>
<p>set up cloud storage for the NVR and its channels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="396" class="wp-image-2067" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 101" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 739" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-101-768x341.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-13 Cloud Storage</p>
<p>When setting up the cloud storage, you need to read and follow the recommendations for the resolution, bit rate, and number of the channels at the top of the page.</p>
<p>(T) 1, Based on the cunent network condition, it is recommended that you set no more than 7 cloud storage channel(s) with the resolution of 1920’1080, or set no more than 9 cloud storage channel(s) with the resolution of 1280’720, or set no more than 15 cloud storage channels) with the resolution of 704’576</p>
<ol>
<li>To use the cloud storage service, set the events for the channel according to your needs, including motion detection, intrusion detection, and line crossing detection, and then enable Notify Surveillance Center.</li>
<li>After enabling uploading video to cloud storage, the device will not support H.264+, H.265+, or network camera connection (except those accessed by disabling analog channels). The resolution cannot be 8 MP,</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="509" height="122" class="wp-image-2068" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 102" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 740" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102.jpeg 509w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-102-300x72.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 509px) 100vw, 509px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="20" class="wp-image-2069" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-103.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 103" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 741"></p>
<p>Max. Channels: 2 Cloud Storage Enabled: 1</p>
<p>Available Bandwidth (Latest Tested) 7888 kbps Bandwidth Required (Estimated)256 kbps</p>
<p>Cloud Storage Service: Not Enabled</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-14 Cloud Storage Settings</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark338"></a> The steps are similar to those of setting up cloud storage for a Hik-Partner Pro Box. You can refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>for information on the video resolution, event settings, and service activation.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If Smart H.264+ / H.265+ encoding is enabled for the channel with cloud storage enabled, the quality of the footage on cloud will be affected. The platform will notify you to disable Smart H. 264+ / H.265+ encoding.</li>
<li>If stream encryption is not enabled for an encoding device linked to an NVR that supports cloud storage, you cannot enable cloud storage for the channels of the encoding device.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark339"></a> 15.4.5 Set Cloud Storage for DVR</p>
<p>When you complete adding a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site, the result page will show the entry for setting cloud storage. You can skip the settings, but it is recommended that you click the entry to start the settings, including network test (optional), event settings, stream type settings, enabling cloud storage for the channels of the DVR that supports cloud storage, and activating cloud storage service for the channels. When you complete all these settings, the DVR that supports cloud storage will be able to upload event-related video footage from its linked channels to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If your DVR does not support cloud storage, you can use a Hik-Partner Pro box to help the DVR upload footage to the cloud. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark335"><strong><em>Set Cloud Storage for Hik-Partner Pro Box</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you skip the cloud storage settings when completing adding the DVR that supports cloud storage, you can click the device in the device list to open its settings panel to set cloud storage for it later.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add a DVR that supports cloud storage to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CHjNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding a DVR that supports cloud storage, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If you add the DVR that supports cloud storage by IP/Domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you completes adding the device, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>You enter the Network Test page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark341"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Next </strong>when the test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<p>You enter the Cloud Storage Settings page, on which all the channels of the DVR that supports cloud storage are displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Main Stream </strong>or <strong>Sub Stream </strong>from the drop-down list as the stream type for the channel. <strong>dlNote</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The video definition of main stream and sub stream are displayed below the drop-down list. Make sure the number of standard definition channel(s) or high definition channel(s) is no more than the recommended upper-limit displayed on the Add Channel window (if you have tested your network).</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the events that will trigger video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>The events that support such a trigger include motion detection, intrusion, and line crossing. For the settings of different events are similar, here we only briefly introduce how to set motion detection. For details about settings of other events, see the user manual of the channel (camera).</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>to enable cloud storage functionality for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>If it is the first time you enable cloud storage for a channel of the DVR that supports cloud storage, the DVR will be automatically rebooted. Please wait patiently until it completes rebooting and then open its settings panel to complete the steps below.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p>The DVR that supports cloud storage will automatically reboot. After that, the event related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>When cloud storage service is activated for the channel, you cannot turn off <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for the channel by default.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click the DVR that supports cloud storage in the device list to open its settings panel, and then click <strong>Edit </strong>to edit the settings of its channels.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If you turn off <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for all of its channels, the DVR that supports cloud storage will automatically reboot itself.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark342"></a> 15.4.6 Set Cloud Storage for Solar Camera</p>
<p>You can enable and set up cloud storage for a solar camera when adding the solar camera to a site. When you complete the settings, the solar camera will be able to upload event-related footage of its channel to the cloud.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you skip the cloud storage settings when adding a solar camera, you can go to the site to which the solar camera is added to set cloud storage for it later.</li>
<li>For a complete list of supported solar camera models, refer to the <em>Hik-Partner Pro Compatibility List</em>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add a solar camera to a site by Hik-Connect (P2P).</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about adding solar cameras, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>,<a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"> <strong><em>Batch Add</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark143"><strong><em>Devices</em></strong> </a>, or <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>If the solar camera is added by IP address / domain name, its cloud storage functionality will be unavailable.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you complete adding the solar camera, the entry for setting cloud storage will be displayed on the adding result page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark344"></a> Click <strong>Cloud Storage Settings </strong>to start setting the cloud storage parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>A pop-up window indicating the time remaining for waking up the solar camera will appear before entering the Cloud Storage Settings page, on which the channel of the solar camera is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>On the Network Test page, click <strong>Start </strong>to test the network performance if the network bandwidth is limited, and then click <strong>Next </strong>when the test completes.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about network test, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Network Test</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>You can click <strong>Skip </strong>to skip the step.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Main Stream </strong>or <strong>Sub-Stream </strong>from the drop-down list as the stream type for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The video definition of main stream and sub-stream are displayed next to the drop-down list.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Event Settings </strong>to set the event that will trigger the video recording action of the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>Currently only motion detection is supported by solar cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Enable Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Turn on the switch to enable motion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Area Settings</strong></p>
<p>Tap <strong>Draw Area </strong>to draw an area on the image, and then drag the slider to set the sensitivity of motion detection.</p>
<p>Objects in motion will be detected within the drawn area.</p>
<p><strong>Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<p>Define the time period during which motion detection is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Linkage Method</strong></p>
<p>Make sure <strong>Notify Surveillance Center </strong>is checked, otherwise the channel will not record video footage even if the event is detected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Switch on <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>to enable cloud storage for the channel.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate Service </strong>to activate cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For details about how to activate the service, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>After the cloud storage service is activated for the channel, you will not be able to disable cloud storage for the channel.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The event-related video footage of the channel will be uploaded to the cloud.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark345"></a> Network Test</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When your network bandwidth is limited, you can only enable cloud storage for a limited number of channels, otherwise video loss may occur. To avoid such a risk, you can perform network test. Based on your network conditions, the result of network test shows the maximum number of channel(s) with cloud storage enabled and the recommended resolution setting for each channel, helping you to set cloud storage in the way that utilize the limited network bandwidth to the largest extent.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>It takes about one minute to test the network.</p>
<p>You can click the cloud storage device in the device list to open the device settings panel, and then click <strong>^ Start </strong>to start network test.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark347"></a> Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the cloud storage service page for a site, you can view the service status of channels of the cloud storage device(s) added to the site. If cloud storage service is not activated for a certain channel, you need to activate the service before using the feature. If the service activated for a channel is about to expire or has already expired, you can renew the service for the channel.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added cloud storage device(s) to the site. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>For a device which doesn&#8217;t support the Hik-Connect service, you need to add it to Hik-Partner Pro via the proxy of a Hik-Partner Pro Box first, and then activate the cloud storage service for channels of the device. See <strong><em>Add Devices Without Support for the Hik-Connect Service</em></strong> for details about how to add this type of devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter the site details page.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Open the Activate / Renew Cloud Storage Service window.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>If cloud storage service is not enabled for any of the channels of the cloud storage device, click <strong>Enable Cloud Storage Service </strong>first, select an online device from the list, enable <strong>Cloud Storage </strong>for a device channel, and click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark349"></a> If a cloud storage device has at least one channel with cloud storage service enabled, its linked channels and their service status will be displayed on the page. In the Operation column of a channel, click <strong>Activate Service </strong>to activate the service for the channel, or click <strong>Renew Service </strong>to renew the service for the channel.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="1106" class="wp-image-2070" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 104" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 742" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-240x300.jpeg 240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-820x1024.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-104-768x959.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-15 Activate Cloud Storage Service Window</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the available packages which you have purchased. You can also click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>to purchase more packages if needed. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase Cloud Storage</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Activate or renew the cloud storage service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Service Package</strong>, select a package type, and click /x (or manually enter a number) to set the number of package(s) to be used.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key</strong>, and enter the 16-character service key.</li>
</ul>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can consult the distributor to get the service key.</p>
<ol>
<li>Finish activating or renewing the cloud storage service.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>For activating cloud storage service, click <strong>Activate Service</strong>.</li>
<li>For renewing cloud storage service, click <strong>Renew</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>After activating or renewing the service, you can view the package type and expiry date of the service activated for each channel.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark350"></a> 15.4.9 View Cloud Storage Details</p>
<p>You can view details of the cloud storage service, including the number of used and remaining service packages and the details (such as the expiry date and status) of service activated for channels of the cloud storage devices. You can also perform operations such as renewing the service for further use.</p>
<p>You can enter the cloud storage details page via the following two methods:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click the <strong>Hik-ProConnect </strong>tab. On the navigation pane, select <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ Cloud Storage Service </strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Hik-ProConnect </strong>tab. On the navigation pane, select <strong>Service ^ My Service ^ All Services </strong>, find the cloud storage service block, and click <strong>Details</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="372" class="wp-image-2071" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 105" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 743" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105-300x126.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-105-768x322.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-16 Cloud Storage Service Details Page</p>
<p>On the cloud storage details page, you can have an overall view of the cloud storage service packages that you have purchased and used, view the status of the service activated for different channels, and perform the following operations if needed.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Filter: </strong>Click to filter the channels of cloud storage devices according to the service status (expire soon or expired).</li>
<li><strong>Search: </strong>Enter a keyword (name of device, site, or site owner) in the search box to search for and view the service status of specific channels.</li>
<li><strong>Purchase Cloud Storage Service Package: </strong>Click <strong>Online Purchase </strong>on the upper right corner of the page to purchase more cloud storage service packages as needed. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Purchase</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark331"><strong><em>Cloud Storage Service</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li><strong>Renew Cloud Storage Service: </strong>For the service that will expire soon, click <strong>Renew </strong>to renew the cloud storage service. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark352"></a> 15.5 HCC Services</p>
<p>HCC services refer to the enterprise-user services offered by the HikCentral Connect (HCC) system, which provides a Video Security as a Service (VSaaS) solution for enterprise users. An HCC system includes three subsystems, namely the Video Management System (VMS), on-board monitoring system, and alarm detection system, offering video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service respectively.</p>
<p>See the following sections for more information about HCC services.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark354"><strong><em>Relationship Between Hik-Partner Pro and HCC</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark355"><strong><em>Introduction to the Services of HCC</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark356"><strong><em>HCC System User Types</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark354"></a><a href="#post-1966-bookmark356"><strong><em>Clients for Accessing HCC</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Relationship Between Hik-Partner Pro and HCC</p>
<p>HCC systems can be created on Hik-Partner Pro by installers like you and handed over to an enterprise user of HCC. To hand over a system, an email containing a super user account and an initial password will be sent to your customer for logging in to the HCC system. If there are devices added to the HCC system, the devices will be handed over together with the system. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark364"><strong><em>Create HCC Systems</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1966-bookmark374"> <strong><em>Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="531" class="wp-image-2072" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 106" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 744" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-106-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-17 How an HCC System Is Created on Hik-Partner Pro and Handed Over</p>
<p>HCC systems can also be created by the self-registered HCC users themselves and added to Hik- Partner Pro for installers like you to purchase/activate value-added services for them. To complete the account linking process, HCC super users will need to give their account information (i.e., email address of the system owner) to you, who can then send an account linking request to them using the information. Refer to <em>Link with HCC Account</em> for details.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="468" class="wp-image-2073" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 107" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 745" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-107-768x406.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-18 How an HCC System Is Created and Added to Hik-Partner Pro</p>
<p>Introduction to the Services of HCC</p>
<p>Table 15-9 Services of HCC</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Management Service</td>
<td>The video management service provides video monitoring features such as live view, playback, and cloud storage. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</p>
<ul>
<li>Easy-to-use Portal and Mobile Client for centralized management of video resources.</li>
<li>Centralized monitoring anywhere anytime via the live view in 64- window division mode.</li>
<li>Convenient evidence search via simultaneous playback of up to 16 channels.</li>
<li>Receiving multiple types of alarm notifications and handling/marking important ones.</li>
<li>Flexible creation of sub accounts for different persons such as operators and IT managers.</li>
<li>Convenient event backtrack via detailed logs.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark355"></a> On-Board Monitoring Service</td>
<td>The on-board monitoring service provides features such as vehicle management, real-time vehicle locating, and driving monitoring. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Service</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Easy-to-use Portal and Mobile Client for centralized management of vehicles after connecting them to the cloud.</li>
<li>Viewing real-time locations of vehicles via GPS positioning.</li>
<li>Live view and playback via cameras mounted in/on vehicles.</li>
<li>Playing back vehicle tracks and viewing related footage.</li>
<li>Flexible creation of sub accounts for different persons such as operators and IT managers.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Detection Service</td>
<td>The alarm detection service provides features such as real-time monitoring of partition (area) status and resource arming controls. Your customers can enjoy the following perks:</p>
<ul>
<li>Professional security services with the use of security control devices.</li>
<li>Multiple ways of arming/disarming partitions (areas).</li>
<li>Assigning different operation permissions for better teamwork.</li>
<li>Handling alarms from partitions (areas) and zones directly on the map.</li>
<li>Linkage between alarms and videos for you to check the situation in time.</li>
<li>Features for maintenance which help you to manage alarm detection systems easily.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>HCC System User Types</p>
<p>Table 15-10 User Types</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>User Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Super User</td>
<td>The enterprise user who accepts a ready-to-use HCC system handed over from installers like you or self-registers an HCC account and plays the role of the initial administrator of HCC. The super user has full access to the resources and features of HCC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Normal User</td>
<td>All other users of HCC except the super user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Clients for Accessing HCC</p>
<p>Table 15-11 Portal and Mobile Client</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark356"></a> Portal</td>
<td>Portal for the super user and normal users to log in to HCC to manage resources and perform related configurations and operations. All the video management features, on-board</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Client</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>monitoring features, and alarm detection features are available on the Portal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile Client</td>
<td>Mobile Client for the super user and normal users to log in to HCC to use the video management features, on-board monitoring features, and alarm detection features such as live view, playback, driving monitoring, track playback, and arming control of security control partitions (areas) or zones.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark357"></a> Purchase HCC Services</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the service market, you can either purchase HCC service packages online or activate the services by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Activating the service by service key is only supported in some countries and regions. Contact a local distributor for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market </strong>.</li>
<li>In the Value-Added Services area, click <strong>HikCentral Connect Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Purchase</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If your country/region supports activating by service key and you have purchased a service key from a distributor, you can also click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>to activate the service.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the number of the service packages to be purchased.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Each type of services (video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection) is offered in both monthly and annual packages.</li>
<li>You can also purchase cloud storage service packages along with the video management service packages for enabling cloud storage service for your video management channels. To do so, check the checkbox displayed under each type of video management service packages and set the number of each type of packages according to your needs.</li>
<li>The number set for each type of service packages and the total price (tax included) will be displayed on the right under <strong>Currently Selected </strong>for you to confirm before checkout.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter your VAT number.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>il Note</strong></p>
<p>The VAT number entered here will be displayed on the payment receipt.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Credit/Debit Cards </strong>as the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and complete your payment.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market ^ My Service ^ HikCentral Connect Service </strong>to view your HCC service packages and manage them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For more details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark361"><strong><em>Manage Your HCCServices</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark359"></a> Manage Your HCC Services</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In My Service, you can manage your HCC services including the video management service, on­board monitoring service, and alarm detection service.</p>
<p><strong>diNote</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>You can go to the HikCentral Connect service details page by clicking <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral Connect Service </strong>.</p>
<p>On the HikCentral Connect service details page, you can view the number of services that have expired and are about to expire within 30 days. You can also click <strong>All Systems </strong>or a specific system to view the following information: the number of resources (e.g., channels, vehicles, zones) added for each service, the service expiry time, and the service status (normal, expire soon, expired, trial, free, inactivated).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="371" class="wp-image-2074" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 108" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 746" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-108-768x321.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark361"></a> Figure 15-19 HikCentral Connect Services</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark362"></a> Create HCC Systems</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Hik-Partner Pro Portal, you can create HCC systems which contain the video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service. After you hand an HCC system over to a customer, the customer becomes the system owner and can log in to HCC with the given account and use the above-mentioned services to manage devices and perform monitoring tasks. You can still monitor the HCC system on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal, including the capacity and the status of the services activated for the system.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>C0Note</strong></p>
<p>HCC systems can also be created by the self-registered HCC users themselves. To add their self­created HCC systems to Hik-Partner Pro and offer them value-added services, you need to link with their self-registered accounts. Refer to <strong><em>Link with HCCAccount</em></strong> for more details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Create HikCentral Connect System </strong>to open the Create HikCentral Connect System pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="432" class="wp-image-2075" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 109" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 747" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-109-768x374.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-20 Create HikCentral Connect System</p>
<ol>
<li>Create a name for the HCC system.</li>
<li>Select a time zone for the HCC system.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the address of your customer.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enter the remarks.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark364"></a><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations as needed.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>View System Details</strong></td>
<td>Click the name of an HCC system to view its details, including the validity period of the video management service, on-board monitoring service, and alarm detection service, whether the system has been handed over, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Hand Over</strong></p>
<p><strong>System</strong></td>
<td>Click in the Operation column to hand over a system, or click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page and click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on the right. Refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark374"><strong><em>Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</em></strong> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></p>
<p><strong>System(s)</strong></td>
<td>Select system(s), and click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the selected system(s).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark365"></a> Add Devices to an HCC System</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add devices to an HCC system before handing it over to a customer.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</li>
<li>The systems created by HCC users themselves and added to Hik-Partner Pro via account linking do not support the device adding.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add devices to an HCC system via one of the three following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices on HCC System List Page</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices on HCC System Details Page</em></strong></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-1966-bookmark368"><strong><em>Add Devices After You Finish On-Site Config</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>After entering the Add Device page, refer to the hints displayed on the right of the page or the step descriptions in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark133"><strong><em>Add Detected Online Device</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>respectively for details about adding devices. You can create a new HCC system or select an existing HCC system (not handed over) for adding devices to.</p>
<p>Refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark369"> <strong><em>Device Status and Further Operations</em></strong> </a>for more details about the status of added devices and what operations you can further perform.</p>
<p>Add Devices on HCC System List Page</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark367"></a> Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>and click <strong>Add Device </strong>at the top.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="137" class="wp-image-2076" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 110" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 748" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-110-768x118.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-21 Add Devices on HCC System List Page</p>
<p>Add Devices on HCC System Details Page</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>and click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page. If there are no devices added to the system, you can click <strong>Add Device </strong>below the descriptions of each service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="387" class="wp-image-2077" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 111" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 749" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-111-768x335.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-22 Add Devices on HCC System Details Page (First Time Adding)</p>
<p>If you have added devices to the system before and want to add more, click Add Device next to Hand Over Now to add more devices before handing these over.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="354" height="35" class="wp-image-2078" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 112" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 750" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112.jpeg 354w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-112-300x30.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 354px) 100vw, 354px" /></p>
<p>Devices to Be Handed Over (4)</p>
<p>DS-&#8216;</p>
<p>Device Serial No, •</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>îgî Remote Configuration EM Live View *►} Playback</p>
<p>îgî Remote Configuration EM Live View Playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="192" height="14" class="wp-image-2079" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-113.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 113" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 751"></p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: Network Camera</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>£gî Remote Configuration EM Live View **)• Playback</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-23 Add Devices on HCC System Details Page (Add More)</strong></p>
<p>Add Devices After You Finish On-Site Config</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark368"></a> After batch configuring devices via On-Site Config (refer to <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details), click <strong>Add Device </strong>on the prompt window to enter the Add Device page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="392" class="wp-image-2080" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 114" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 752" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-114-768x339.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-24 Prompt Window After Finishing On-Site Config</p>
<p>Device Status and Further Operations</p>
<p>After the devices are added via one of the above ways, you can click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>to hand over the devices right away to a customer along with the HCC system, or click <strong>Continue Adding Devices </strong>to add more. The added devices will be displayed on the details page of the HCC system below the service plan details.</p>
<p>Devices to Be Handed Over (4)</p>
<p><strong>Hand Over Now</strong></p>
<p>+ Add Device</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>DS-•</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Sgî Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>Device Serial No, •</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Remote Configuration E Live View Playback</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: Network Camera</p>
<p>Remote Configuration El Live View Playback</p>
<p>DS-</p>
<p>Device Serial No,</p>
<p>Device Type: DVR/NVR</p>
<p>Remote Configuration E Live View Playback</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-25 Device List of an HCC System</strong></p>
<p>If the system is not handed over to a customer, the devices will be in the &#8220;to be handed over&#8221; status, and you can perform operations such as remote device configuration, deleting devices, and editing the device names.</p>
<p>Once you have initiated a handover attempt, the status of the devices will be changed to &#8220;to be accepted&#8221;. For devices to be accepted, you can only view the device list and cannot perform any other operations.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark369"></a> The devices handed over successfully (i.e., accepted by your customer on HCC) will not be displayed on Hik-Partner Pro anymore. Those failed to be handed over will be shown on the page for you to check and notify your customer of the (partial) handover failure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="211" class="wp-image-2081" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 115" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 753" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-115-300x107.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-26 Device(s) Failed to Be Handed Over</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark370"></a> Link with HCC Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can link with the self-registered users of HCC, or HCC users whose systems are created by other Hik-Partner Pro users, to add their HCC systems to your Hik-Partner Pro and offer value-added services for them.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>The self-registered HCC users can create an HCC system on their own and start using the video management service and/or on-boarding monitoring service of HCC on free service plans. However, if they want to use the alarm detection service, upgrade the free service plans to trial plans, or enjoy the service features without limitations, they need to link with installers like you to purchase/activate the services for them.</p>
<p>To complete the linking process, you can go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>, click <strong>Link with HikCentral Connect Account </strong>at the top, and enter the account information (i.e., email address) given by the self-registered users for you to send them the account linking request.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="418" class="wp-image-2082" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 116" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 754" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-116-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-27 Link with HikCentral Connect Account</p>
<p>After a linking request is approved, the HCC system whose system owner is this HCC account will be added to your HikCentral Connect system management page for you to manage, such as performing service plan upgrades and service activations.</p>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>An HCC account can only be linked with one installer at a time. If your customer has already linked with another installer, you can still send a linking request. After the request is approved, you can start managing your customer&#8217;s HCC system and the services already activated by the previous installer will not take up your service package inventory.</li>
<li>For linking with an HCC account (system) created by another installer, once your customer approves your linking request, the HCC system is deleted from the other installer&#8217;s Hik-Partner Pro account and added to yours.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark372"></a> Hand Over an HCC System and Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you create an HCC system, you can hand it over to a customer together with the devices added to it. As a result, the customer becomes the system owner and is able to use the services of HCC (i.e., video management, on-board monitoring, and alarm detection service) to manage the corresponding devices and perform monitoring tasks. You can still monitor the HCC system on Hik- Partner Pro after the system handover.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark374"></a> Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>The systems added to Hik-Partner Pro via account linking do not support device adding and handover.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>.</li>
<li>Choose from the followings to start the handover process.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click _i in the Operation column of a system to be handed over.</li>
<li>Click the name of an HCC system to enter its details page. On the page, click <strong>Hand Over </strong>on the system details pane, or click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>next to <strong>Devices to Be Handed Over </strong>(if there are devices added to the system).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Hand Over Now </strong>on the success page after you add devices to an HCC system. For details about adding devices to an HCC system, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark367"><strong><em>Add Devices to an HCCSystem</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>A window may pop up to remind you that you will not be able to add devices to the system after handing it over to your customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="358" class="wp-image-2083" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 117" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 755" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-117-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-28 Device Adding Reminder for System Handover</p>
<p>3. Optional: On the pop-up window, click OK to go to the device adding page to add devices, or click Cancel to proceed with the handover process.</p>
<p>4. On the Hand Over System pane, enter the email address, first name, and last name of your customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="886" class="wp-image-2084" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 118" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 756" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118.jpeg 605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-118-205x300.jpeg 205w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-29 Hand Over System</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The status of the system and the devices added to it (if any) will be changed to &#8220;to be accepted&#8221;. An email will be sent to your customer to provide them the account information. After successfully logging in to their system, your customer will receive another email notifying them of the device handover attempt.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Contact the customer to log in to the HCC system and accept the devices.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark375"></a> 15.5.7 HCC Authorization Code</p>
<p>You can access your customers&#8217; HCC systems using the authorization code created by them on HCC to provide them maintenance services within a set period of time.</p>
<p>03 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the HCC service is available in your country/region.</p>
<p>If your customer needs maintenance services from you, they can create an authorization code on HCC for you to access their HCC system directly without the need to log in using their account name and password.</p>
<p>To do so, you can go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Site &amp; HCC ^ HikCentral Connect </strong>, click <strong>HikCentral Connect Authorization Code </strong>at the top, and enter the authorization code given to you by your customer. To access their HCC system, confirm that the system information (system name and account information) displayed after you enter the code is correct and click <strong>Access HikCentral Connect</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="418" class="wp-image-2085" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 119" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 757" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-119-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-30 Enter HikCentral Connect Authorization Code</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark377"></a> 15.6 People Counting Service</p>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro offers people counting service to help your customers to resolve issues related to people flow control. After adding people counting cameras to specific Sites managed via this platform and activating this service for your customers, you can integrate people counting capabilities to of these cameras with the platform so as to monitor in real time the people densities of specific areas in these Sites. These cameras will count people entering, exiting, or passing by the areas, and analyze whether people densities of these areas reach the upper-limits.</p>
<p>This is useful for certain commercial and health protection scenarios, such as limiting the customer traffic of a shopping mall during the promotion period.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>People density here refers to the amount of people staying within a limited area at the same time.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark379"></a> Flow Chart for Setting People Counting Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting people counting service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="476" class="wp-image-2086" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 120" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 758" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-120-187x300.jpeg 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-31 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-12 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add People Counting Cameras to a Site</td>
<td>Add people counting cameras (i.e., the cameras with people counting capability) to a specific Site. For details about adding devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate People Counting</p>
<p>Service for Channels</td>
<td>Activate people counting service for specific channels of the added people counting cameras. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Activate People</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Counting Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add a Group for People Counting</td>
<td>Add a group to define people counting rules, such as calculation mode and maximum allowed people in the area. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Add a Group for People Counting</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After complete the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer, so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Œ] Note</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover on the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, he/she will be able to access the people counting functionality of the people counting cameras via the Mobile Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark381"></a> Activate People Counting Service for Channels</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If the end user needs to use people counting related functionality on Hik-Connect, you should activate people counting service for channels of the people counting cameras first.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have added people counting cameras to the target site. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Device</em></strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for device configuration. Or you should apply for the permissions first. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device Permission</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter its site details page, and the select <strong>People Counting </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>The people counting cameras will be displayed in the Device area.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click &gt; to open the device panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>The channel(s) of the device will be displayed on the panel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to open the Activate People Counting Service window.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password of the admin account of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to activate people counting service for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>15.6.3 Add a Group for People Counting</p>
<p>A people counting group refers to a group of people counting cameras mounted in a certain region.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark384"></a> A people counting group defines two elements, namely, the boarder of the region (i.e., the cameras added to the group) and the maximum amount of people allowed to stay in the region.</p>
<p>The cameras added to the group will detect the entering and exiting persons and at the same time calculate related data. In this way, the platform will be able to determine if the amount of persons staying in the region has reached the maximum allowed value, and meanwhile send related data to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, which will display in real time the number of persons staying in the region and the remaining quota for entering the region.</p>
<p>This allows the end users to use Hik- Connect to remotely monitor the people density of the region and take corresponding measures in time. The function is useful in various scenarios in which people flow of a certain region requires to be limited. For example, assume that your customer is the manager of a supermarket, when a contact-transmission disease outbreaks, you can set the people counting cameras at the entrance and exit of the supermarket as a people counting group and enable it, thus allowing your customer to respond timely based on the data on Hik-Connect so as to lower the risk of infection for the customers in the supermarket.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have configuration permission for the people counting cameras. Or you should apply for the permissions first. For details about applying for permission, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Apply for Device</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark159"><strong><em>Permission</em></strong></a></li>
<li>Make sure you have enabled people counting service for channels. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>Activate</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark384"><strong><em>People Counting Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>Make sure people counting settings (e.g., entering direction) has been configured on the camera. For details, see the user manual of the camera.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>CXlNote</strong></p>
<p>See <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em> for details about how to view related people counting data on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a site to enter its site details page, and the select <strong>People Counting </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Group </strong>to open the Add Group panel.</li>
<li>Set the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Group Name</strong></p>
<p>Create a name for the people counting group.</p>
<p>For example, if you need to count the customer flow in the first floor of a shopping mall, you can name the group as &#8220;1st Floor&#8221;.</p>
<p><strong>Select Channel</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Add </strong>and then select channel(s) to add the selected one(s) to the group.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only the channel(s) that have been enabled the people counting service can be selected.</li>
<li>Up to 16 channels can be added to one people counting group.</li>
<li>You can add a channel to up to 16 people counting groups.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Calculation Mode</strong></p>
<p>Set the calculation mode for each selected channel.</p>
<p><strong>Standard</strong></p>
<p>Count the amount of the people entered detected by the camera as the amount of people entering the region and count exited as exiting the region. Select this mode when the direction of entering configured on the camera is the same with the actual entering direction.</p>
<p><strong>□S Note</strong></p>
<p>See the picture below for reference, in which the blue arrows represent the actual entering and exiting direction of the people, while the red arrows represent the entering direction configured on the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Reverse</strong></p>
<p>Count the amount of people entered detected by the camera as the amount of people exiting the region and count exited as entering the region. Select this mode when the direction of entering configured on the camera is opposite to the actual calculation direction.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>See the picture below for reference, in which the blue arrows represent the actual entering and exiting direction of the people, while the red arrows represent the entering direction configured on the camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="456" class="wp-image-2087" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 121" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 759" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-121-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-32 Calculation Mode</p>
<p><strong>Max. People Allowed</strong></p>
<p>Define the maximum amount of people (range: 1 to 100,000) allowed to stay in a specific region at the same time.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Max. People Reached</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, an alarm notification will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if <strong>Max. People Allowed </strong>is reached.</p>
<p><strong>C® Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik- Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik-Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The people counting group will be displayed on the <strong>People Counting </strong>tab and it is enabled by default. And the end user will be able to view corresponding people counting data on Hik- Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>0® Note</strong></p>
<p>You can add up to 16 people counting groups to a site.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit Group </strong>Hover the cursor onto • • • and then click to edit the group.</p>
<p><strong>Delete Group </strong>Hover the cursor onto • • • and then click © to delete the group.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>If you delete a people counting group, the corresponding people counting functionality will also be deleted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Disable a</strong></p>
<p><strong>Specific Group</strong></td>
<td>Set ^2) to CW to disable the group.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;•Note</strong></p>
<p>If you disable the group, the people counting related functionality on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unavailable.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Batch Enable/</strong></p>
<p><strong>Disable</strong></p>
<p><strong>Groups</strong></td>
<td>Click <strong>Enable All </strong>or <strong>Disable All </strong>to enable or disable all groups respectively.</p>
<p><strong>CSjNote</strong></p>
<p>If you disable the group, the people counting related functionality on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unavailable.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark385"></a> 15.7 Temperature Screening Service</p>
<p>Temperature Screening service provides contact-less skin-surface temperature measurement and facial mask detection in real time. You can activate this service for your customers, such as the manager of a retail store or the administrator of a school campus, so that they can view the screening results on their mobile phone via Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>The service is only available in some countries and regions.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark387"></a> Flow Chart for Setting Temperature Screening Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark389"></a> The flow chart below shows the recommended process for setting temperature screening service.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="384" class="wp-image-2088" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 122" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 760" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122.jpeg 296w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-122-231x300.jpeg 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-33 Flow Chart</p>
<p>The table below shows the description of each step and the link to corresponding section.</p>
<p>Table 15-13 Flow Chart Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Temperature Screening Devices to a Site</td>
<td>Add temperature screening devices (i.e., the devices with temperature screening capability) to a specific Site. For details about adding devices, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark130"><strong><em>Add Device</em></strong> </a>and its sections.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Temperature</p>
<p>Screening Service to Channels</td>
<td>Activate temperature screening service to specific channels of the added temperature screening devices. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark392"><strong><em>Activate Temperature Screening Service for Channels</em></strong> </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hand Over Site to Your Customer</td>
<td>After complete the required configurations, hand over the site to your customer, so they will be the site owner. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark86"><strong><em>Hand Over Site</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>When your customer accept the site handover on the Hik- Connect Mobile Client, he/she will be able to access the temperature screening functionality of the temperature screening devices via the Mobile Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark390"></a> Activate Temperature Screening Service for Channels</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark392"></a> If you have added devices that support temperature screening to the platform, you need to activate temperature screening service for the channels of these devices and then set temperature screening parameters for each channel. After that, the temperature screening functionality of these devices will be available and the Site Owner will be able to view the skin-surface temperature of the persons appeared in the live view of the channels on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Optimally, you can also enable the channels to push abnormal temperature alarm to Hik- Connect, upload captured pictures of the person whose temperature is abnormal to Hik-Connect, detect if the persons wear masks, and upload the no-mask alarm to Hik-Connect.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have added devices that support temperature screening to the target Site.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>Temperature screening related functionality are not available in some countries and regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page.</li>
<li>Click a Site to enter its site details page, and then select <strong>Temperature Screening </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Only the devices that support temperature screening will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click &gt; to open the channel panel.</li>
</ol>
<p>The channel(s) of the device will be displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate </strong>to open the Activate Temperature Screening Service window.</li>
<li>Enter the user name and password of the admin account of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to activate temperature screening service for the channel.</li>
<li>Set temperature screening parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Settings </strong>to set the temperature screening parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Temperature Threshold</strong></p>
<p>For the channel of a temperature screening camera, set a temperature as the threshold for triggering abnormal temperature alarm if the detected skin-surface temperature is higher than the threshold.</p>
<p>For the channel of a face recognition terminal, define a temperature range as the range of normal skin-surface temperatures. An abnormal temperature alarm will be triggered if the detected skin-surface temperature is NOT within the range.</p>
<p><strong>Mask Detection</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening device will detect if the persons wear masks.</p>
<p><strong>Store Temperature Screening Information</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening information will be uploaded to the Hik-Partner Pro platform.</p>
<p>If disabled, the platform and the Hik-Connect Mobile Client will be unable to receive temperature screening information from temperature screening devices, including abnormal temperature alarm, normal temperature records, no-mask alarm, as well as the captured face pictures of the persons with abnormal skin-surface temperature.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Abnormal Temp. Detected</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, abnormal temperature alarms will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client if abnormal skin-surface temperatures are detected.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik- Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<p><strong>Save Normal Temperature Records</strong></p>
<p>Save normal temperature records on the Hik-Partner Pro platform.</p>
<p><strong>Upload Captured Pictures</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, the temperature screening device will capture the face picture of the person whose skin-surface temperature is abnormal and upload the captured picture to the platform.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will be unable to view the captured picture on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>Push Alarm to Hik-Connect If Wearing No Mask Detected</strong></p>
<p>After enabled, if a person who wears no mask is detected, an alarm about it will be pushed to the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>nS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Please notify the end user that he/she should keep the Notification functionality of the Hik-Connect Mobile Client enabled, or he/she will not receive this alarm notification on the Mobile Client. For details about enabling the Notification functionality on Hik- Connect, see <em>Hik-Connect Mobile Client User Manual</em>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Perform the following operations if required.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Disable Temperature Screening Functionality of a Specific Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Disable Temperature Screening</strong></td>
<td>Set ^3 to CW to disable the temperature screening functionality of the device.</p>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will NOT be able to use the temperature screening functionality of the device on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Disable All </strong>to disable all temperature screening functionality of all devices.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Functionality of All</strong></p>
<p><strong>Devices</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If disabled, the end user will NOT be able to use the temperature screening functionality of these devices on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark393"></a> .8 Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) Service</li>
</ol>
<p>Alarm Receiving Centers (ARC) is a facility that receives and responds to alarms from systems of companies, schools, factories, etc., for the security purpose. It is made up of a specially trained team who can react quickly when an alarm occurs. Hik-Partner Pro offers multiple ARCs, which can provide 24/7 remote alarm receiving service for customers.</p>
<p>If your company is a professional ARC, you can add your company to the Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) list. After that, all the other Hik-Partner Pro users can be your potential customers. They can select your company as the ARC for their customers. This can promote the brand awareness of your company and provide great possibility for your company to expand business.</p>
<p>The diagram below shows the overall process of how an installer can enable the ARC service for the installer&#8217;s customer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="451" class="wp-image-2089" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 123" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 761" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-123-768x390.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-34 Overall Process of Enabling ARC Service</p>
<p>In the diagram:</p>
<ul>
<li>HPC represents Hik-Partner Pro and HC represents Hik-Connect.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark395"></a> &#8220;Joined as&#8221; indicates that a Hik-Partner Pro user has been authenticated as a user who runs/ manages a professional ARC. Once authenticated, this ARC will be listed in the ARC list of Hik- Partner Pro. For details about how to apply for &#8220;joining as ARC&#8221;, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>Add Your Company to the</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark398"><strong><em>ARC List</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>For more information about the five procedures (marked with red digits in the diagram), see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"><strong><em>Enable ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>.</li>
<li>AX PRO represents the AX PRO security control panel. Here we take this device as a example.</li>
</ul>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>ARC service is only supported by the devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The supported device types include the camera and NVR manufactured by Hikvision, and AX PRO/Hub/Hybrid security control panel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark396"></a> Add Your Company to the ARC List</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add your company to the Alarm Receiving Center (ARC) list to enable your company to provide alarm receiving services to other Hik-Partner Pro users. After adding your company to the ARC list, all the Hik-Partner Pro users can view the company information and determine whether to connect the encoding devices and/or alarm devices managed by them to the ARC of your company. This can greatly increase brand awareness of your company and bring more customers to you.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the type of your company is ARC. For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Manage Company</em></strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark25"><strong><em>Information</em></strong> </a>. If the type of your company is not ARC, you will be reminded of changing the type to ARC first on the page of joining as ARC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you have the permission for managing company information. If you do not have the permission, contact the Installer Admin.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Find the entry ofjoining as ARC.</li>
</ol>
<p>CS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>There are three entries.</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to the Customer Site page, select a site from the list, select the <strong>ARC Service </strong>tab, and then click <strong>Join as ARC </strong>in the upper-right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="133" class="wp-image-2090" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 124" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 762" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124-300x45.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-124-768x115.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-35 The First Entry</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark398"></a> &#8211; Go to the Customer Site page, select a site from the list, select the ARC Service tab, click Select ARC to open the Select ARC for Authorization panel, and then click Join as ARC.</p>
<p>Select ARC for Authorization</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="824" height="59" class="wp-image-2091" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 125" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 763" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125.jpeg 824w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125-300x21.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-125-768x55.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 824px) 100vw, 824px" /></p>
<p><sup>J</sup> your company is an Alarm Receiving Center (ARC}, you can apply for providing alarm monitoring services for other users. After the application is approved, your company information will be displayed on the ARC list in the ARC Service module of Hik-Partner Pro. All Hik-Partner Pro users can view the information and determine whether to connect the encoding devices and/or alarm devices managed by them to the ARC of your company Join as ARC</p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-36 The Second Entry</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Company ^ Company Information </strong>to enter the company information page, click <strong>Apply Now </strong>in the Add Your Company to ARC List area.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="103" class="wp-image-2092" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 126" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 764" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-126-768x89.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-37 The Third Entry</p>
<p>You will enter the introduction page of applying for ARC and can read the detailed steps about how to apply for ARC.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="446" class="wp-image-2093" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 127" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 765" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-127-768x387.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-38 The Introduction Page of Applying for ARC</p>
<ol>
<li>If your company has not been authenticated, click <strong>Company Authentication ^ Authenticate Now </strong>to authenticate your company.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-2094" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-128.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 128" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 766"></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>For details, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>If your company has been authenticated, click <strong>Apply Now </strong>to enter the following page.</li>
</ol>
<p>Apply for Adding Your Company to ARC List</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="224" height="206" class="wp-image-2095" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-129.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 129" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 767"></p>
<p>Complete Required Information ô</p>
<p><strong>• Company Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Receive the ARC ID (API Key) and ARC Key (API Secret) and</strong></p>
<p><strong>I Email</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; Country/Region</strong></p>
<p><strong>configurations.</strong></p>
<p><strong>located.</strong></p>
<p><strong>3 Connect a device to</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; Service Available For</strong></p>
<p><strong>upload the evidence that your ARC</strong></p>
<p>applying results, to the email aadress.</p>
<p><strong>alarms from the</strong></p>
<p><strong>application quickly, if incorrect information is entered, your application</strong></p>
<p><strong>the application.</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216; State/Province/Region</strong></p>
<p><strong>Phone Number</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-39 Fill In Information</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter or edit the required company information such as the email address.</li>
<li>Read <strong>Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>carefully and check <strong>Agree to Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>in the down-right corner.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit Application</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="400" class="wp-image-2096" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 130" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 768" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130-300x135.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-130-768x346.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-40 ARC ID &amp; Key Sent</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You will receive an email containing the ARC ID (API Key) and ARC Key (API Secret). If receiving failed, you can click <strong>Resend </strong>to resend the ARC ID and ARC Key to your email address. Then, you can complete the ARC ID and ARC Key configuration on your ARC software (software used by your company for receiving alarms) or Hik IP Receiver Pro. If you have any questions about the ARC ID and ARC Key configuration, refer to <strong>Agreement on Joining as ARC </strong>and find the email for getting help.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>ARC ID &amp; Key Config Completed </strong>to enter the next page.</li>
<li>Authorize a device, and then upload the evidence (up to 2 pictures) that your ARC software can receive alarms from the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="457" class="wp-image-2097" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 131" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 769" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-131-768x396.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-41 Authorize Device &amp; Upload Evidence</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can click the pictures on the right side to view the examples. Also, you can refer to<a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"> <strong><em>Enable</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark401"><strong><em>ARC Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>for details about authorizing devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Confirm </strong>to enter the application approval page.</li>
</ol>
<p>□S <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Wait for the approval of your application. If the application is approved, your company information (e.g., brand logo) will be displayed on the ARC list. If the approval failed (e.g., you have entered the wrong company information), you should click <strong>Edit ARC Info </strong>to edit your ARC information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark399"></a> 15.8.2 Enable ARC Service for Devices</p>
<p>You can authorize a site to an ARC, and then enable the ARC service for devices on the site to allow the staff of the ARC to receive events from the devices, respond to the events, and send out emergency dispatches (if needed) around the clock.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>CU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>ARC service is only supported by the devices added by Hik-Connect (P2P). The supported device types include camera (except solar camera) and NVR manufactured by Hikvision, and AX PRO/Hub/Hybrid security control panel.</li>
<li>The ARC service is not available in all countries or regions.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the Site list page.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Go to <strong>Site &amp; HCC ^ Customer Site </strong>.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Customer Site </strong>(if HikCentral Connect is not available in your country or region).</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select a Site to enter the site details page, and then select <strong>ARC Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Select ARC </strong>to display the Select ARC for Authorization pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>On the pane, you can view the details of each ARC, including the company name, logo, country/ region, location, contacts, and official website.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click the official website of the ARC to view more information about it.</li>
<li>Select an ARC, and click <strong>Authorize</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The device(s) available for enabling the ARC service will be displayed, and an email will be sent to the ARC&#8217;s <strong>Email Address for Receiving Notification </strong>to notify them, with the user account, device serial No., device model, and your company information.</p>
<p>HE <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The ARC service is only supported by Hikvision encoding devices and AX security control panel (including AX PRO, AX Hub, and AX Hybrid) added by Hik-Connect (P2P).</p>
<ol>
<li>Switch on to enable the ARC service for a specific device.</li>
</ol>
<p>The events detected by the device and the device exceptions will be sent to the ARC.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>If you have enabled the ARC service for an AX device in the previous step and the device is accessed to the ARC via Hik IP Receiver Pro, click the device in the device list to open the configuration pane, and then set the way to connect the device to Hik IP Receiver Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p>HO <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Hik IP Receiver Pro functions as the medium for transmitting alarms and alarm-related videos from the device to the ARC.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark401"></a> You need to acquire <strong>Configuration </strong>permission before you can configure the device.</li>
<li>You might need to verify the Installer account of the device to modify this parameter.</li>
<li>If the device is armed, disarm it first.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Ways to Connect to Hik IP Receiver Pro</strong></p>
<p><strong>Connect Directly or by Hik-Partner Pro Server</strong></p>
<p>When the two types of connection are both available, direct connection will be used in priority, i.e., the device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro directly. When direct connection is abnormal, the device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro by Hik-Partner Pro server. If direct connection is restored, the way will automatically switch back to direct connection.</p>
<p>Such a mechanism ensures the stability of data transmission from the device to the ARC.</p>
<p><strong>Connect by Hik-Partner Pro Server</strong></p>
<p>The device will be connected to Hik IP Receiver Pro byHik-Partner Pro server constantly.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>The stability of data transmission is lower if compared with <strong>Connect Directly or by Hik- ProConnect Server</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Deauthorize </strong>to deauthorize the ARC.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After you deauthorize the ARC, the ARC service for all devices on the Site will be automatically disabled.</li>
<li>Once you deauthorize the ARC, an email will be sent to the ARC&#8217;s <strong>Email Address for Receiving Notification </strong>to notify them, with the user account, device serial No., device model, and your company information.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark402"></a> 15.9 HikCentral ReGuard Service</p>
<p>HikCentral ReGuard (hereinafter referred to as HCRG) services are the value-added services offered by the HCRG. HCRG provides a security management solution that helps its users (i.e., service providers) with alarm receiving and handling.</p>
<p><strong>CS Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The HCRG services are not supported in some countries/regions. For details about the supported countries/regions, contact the local distributors or after-sales.</li>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark404"></a> HCRG-related features are only supported on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>The HCRG user (usually the Remote Monitoring Center, or RMC, who provides the alarm receiving and handling services) registers and becomes a Hik-Partner Pro user to purchase HCRG services and generate an HCRG key on Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
<li>The HCRG user logs in to HCRG to activate the HCRG services by using the key.</li>
<li>After activation, the HCRG user can create work orders on HCRG, and assign the work orders to an installation company on Hik-Partner Pro by entering the Installer Admin account of the company.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>EH] Note</strong></p>
<p>All installers with the Manage Assigned Site permission in the company will receive the work order notifications, and those who are to handle the work orders will go to the sites to install the devices according to the address and customer information on the work orders.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="424" class="wp-image-2098" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 132" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 770" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-132-768x365.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-42 How HCRG Services Are Used</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark405"></a> Purchase HikCentral ReGuard Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In the service market, you can purchase HCRG services by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have completed account authentication before you can purchase HCRG services.</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>■Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark407"></a> Online purchase is currently not supported.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the service purchase page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ Service Market ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="227" class="wp-image-2099" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 133" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 771" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-133-768x197.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-43 HCRG Services in Service Market</p>
<p>&#8211; Go to Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="409" class="wp-image-2100" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 134" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 772" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-134-768x355.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-44 The Second Entry</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Purchase by Service Key</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the service key purchased from local distributors offline.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Generate an HCRG key for activating the HCRG system. See details in<a href="#post-1966-bookmark410"> <strong><em>Generate HikCentral ReGuard</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark410"><strong><em>Key</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark408"></a> 15.9.2 Generate HikCentral ReGuard Key</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark410"></a> After HCRG services are purchased by service key, you can generate an HCRG key for activating the HCRG system. The generated key will be sent to the email address of the Installer Admin and is also displayed in My Service. HCRG users can log in to HCRG with the key to activate the HCRG system.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Make sure you have purchased HCRG services by service key. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark407"><strong><em>Purchase HikCentral</em></strong></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-1966-bookmark407"><strong><em>ReGuard Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="151" class="wp-image-2101" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 135" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 773" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-135-768x130.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-45 HikCentral ReGuard Service</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate HCRG Key</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated HCRG key is displayed and automatically sent to the email address of the Installer Admin. You can click © / to hide/display the generated HCRG key.</p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Log in to HCRG with the key to activate the HCRG system. See details in <em>HikCentral ReGuard Web Client User Manual</em>.</li>
<li>Manage HikCentral ReGuard services. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark413"><strong><em>Manage HikCentral ReGuard Services</em></strong> </a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark411"></a> 15.9.3 Manage HikCentral ReGuard Services</p>
<p>After purchasing and activating HCRG services, you can monitor the real-time status of HCRG services on Hik-Partner Pro, including the total number of valid workstations, the number of valid additional services, the number of services expiring within 30 days, and the number of expired services.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Hik-ProConnect ^ Service ^ My Service ^ HikCentral ReGuard Service </strong>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Basic Services (1 Workstation/</p>
<p>Year)</td>
<td>You can view the total number of valid workstations and their detailed information, including the person who obtains the workstations, the number of workstations obtained by the person, and the validity period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Additional Services</td>
<td>You can view the total number of valid additional services and for each service, you can view the validity period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark413"></a> Service Filtering</td>
<td>You can view the total number of services expiring within 30 days and total number of expired services.</p>
<p>By selecting the service type (<strong>All Services</strong>, <strong>Workstation</strong>, <strong>Visualized Alarm</strong>, <strong>Virtual Guard</strong>, <strong>Work Order</strong>, or <strong>Operational Enhancement</strong>) and service status (<strong>All Statuses</strong>, <strong>Expires in 30</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Days</strong>, <strong>Expired</strong>, or <strong>Not Expired</strong>), you can filter the service information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark414"></a> 15.10 Co-Branding</p>
<p>This feature helps improve the visibility of your brand, products, and services. It allows your customers to view some basic information of your company via Hik-Connect Mobile Client. You can purchase and enable this service as needed.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You can get the co-branding service for free after purchasing the annual type of health monitoring packages (including All Device Annual Package and Network Camera Annual Package) for the first time. For details about how to purchase health monitoring packages, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Purchase Health</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark303"><strong><em>Monitoring Service</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark416"></a> 15.10.1 Purchase Co-Branding</p>
<p>In the service market, you can either purchase co-branding service packages online or activate them by entering service keys purchased from local distributors offline.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure you get your company authenticated. For details, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</li>
<li>Purchasing co-branding services online is supported only in some countries/areas. Contact a local distributor for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to <strong>Service ^ Service Market ^ Company Management </strong>. In the Co-Branding area, purchase the service packages online or activate the services by service keys.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="272" class="wp-image-2102" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 136" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 774" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136-300x92.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-136-768x236.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-46 Company Management</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Online Purchase</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Online Purchase</strong>.</li>
<li>Specify the amount which determines the validity period, enter your VAT number, and select the payment method.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Checkout </strong>to enter the payment page and complete your payment.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate by Service Key</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Activate by Service Key </strong>if your country/region supports activating services by service keys and you have purchased a service key from a distributor.</li>
<li>Enter the service key.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark418"></a> 15.10.2 Enable Co-Branding</p>
<p>If you enable the co-branding service, your customers (i.e., the end user) will be able to view your company information, such as company logo, address, and phone number, on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</p>
<p><strong>LT Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the co-branding service for free after authenticating your account and adding 3</li>
</ul>
<p>devices via P2P. See details in <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark137"><strong><em>Add Device by Entering Serial No.</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="61" class="wp-image-2103" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-137.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 137" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 775"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 15-47 Entrance for Getting Free Co-Branding</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A window with notification about getting the co-branding service for free will pop up when your co-branding service expires in 2 months.</li>
<li>You can choose to or not to upload your company logo. If no company logo is uploaded, your company name, instead of your company logo, will be displayed on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to <strong>Company Management ^ Co-Branding </strong>. Switch on <strong>Service Status</strong>, and then hover the cursor onto the Logo area to show the <strong>Edit </strong>button. And finally click <strong>Edit </strong>to upload your company logo. After you edit the logo, the latest logo will be updated to the Company Information page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="473" class="wp-image-2104" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 138" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 776" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-138-768x410.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p>Figure 15-48 How Your Company Logo Will Be Shown to Your Customers</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To ensure the co-branding service works on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client, please ask your customers to update the Mobile Client to the required version (V 4.15.0 or later if the company logo is uploaded and V 4.26.0 or later if the company logo is not uploaded). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them for downloading the Mobile Client.</li>
<li>If all the devices of your customer are managed by the same installation company, the installation company&#8217;s logo will be displayed on the login page and About page of your customer&#8217;s Hik-Connect Mobile Client.</li>
<li>If your customer&#8217;s devices are managed by different installation companies, your customer can go to the device details page on the Hik-Connect Mobile Client to view the companies&#8217; logo and details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark420"></a> Tools</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides tools, such as disk calculator and NVR channel calculator, to help you improve your work efficiency.</p>
<p>On the Hik-Partner Pro page, click <strong>Tools </strong>on the left pane to enter your tools page.</p>
<p>Batch Configuration</p>
<p>The tool is used to batch configure devices on LAN.</p>
<p>See <strong><em>Batch Configure Devices on LAN</em></strong> for details.</p>
<p>Batch Upgrade</p>
<p>The tool is used to detect whether the firmware of devices on LAN need to be upgraded and batch upgrade the firmware of the devices.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark211"> <strong><em>Batch Upgrade Devices on LAN</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Search for Important Firmware Update</p>
<p>The tool is used to check whether the firmware of your device needs to be updated and download the relevant firmware package for the update.</p>
<p>Disk Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the recording time and recording space by setting related parameters.</p>
<p>NVR Channel Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the number of network cameras that can be connected to the NVR by setting the related parameters.</p>
<p>Focal Length Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate focal length and object distance by setting related parameters such as sensor size. You can view the recommended data by the tool.</p>
<p>Bandwidth Calculator</p>
<p>The tool is used to calculate the required bandwidth of a network camera or NVR by setting parameters such as channel number and resolution.</p>
<p>Maintenance Quotation</p>
<p>The tool is used to create quotations for after-sales maintenance, which can help installers standardize the service process, improve customer satisfaction, and expand business.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark422"></a> See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark240"> <strong><em>Create a Maintenance Quotation</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark423"></a> Rewards Store</li>
</ol>
<p>Hik-Partner Pro provides a reward point system to reward your trust and support. By completing specific tasks (e.g., check-in), you can get the reward points redeemable for lots of gifts (e.g., certain value-added services) in the Rewards Store.</p>
<p>CH] <strong>Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The reward point system is only supported in some countries/regions.</li>
<li>For some countries/regions, the reward points are available only when you have your company authenticated. For details about company authentication, see <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Enter the Rewards Store page.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Check In to Earn Points</strong>/<strong>My Points </strong>in the upper-right corner to enter the Rewards Store.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Incentive ^ Rewards Store </strong>to enter the Rewards Store.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="887" height="190" class="wp-image-2105" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 139" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 777" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139.jpeg 887w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139-300x64.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-139-768x165.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 17-1 How to Enter the Rewards Store Page</strong></p>
<p>For the Installer Admin and Installers, the information displayed on the Rewards Store page varies. The Installer Admin can view more information and perform more operations. See the table below for details.</p>
<p>Table 17-1 Available Information/Operations for the Installer Admin / Installers</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Information/Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer Admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total Points Available</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View company total points.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View personal total points.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Points History</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View and filter points earned by each staff member.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>View and filter points earned by the Installer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Point Rules</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1966-bookmark425"></a> Check-In Records</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Records of all staff member are available.</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Only the Installer&#8217;s own records are available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Information/Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer Admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Installer</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tier Information</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device to Earn More Points</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View the Task List and Do Tasks</p>
<p>□3 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The task types include inviting friends (by sharing the OR code, invitation code, or invitation link), answering questions, browsing/liking news and how-to articles, inviting staff members, scanning SN codes, and adding devices.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Installers can perform some of the tasks available for Installer Admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Redeem Points for Gifts</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View My Gifts</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lucky Draw</td>
<td>V</p>
<p>Only supported in some countries/regions.</td>
<td>x</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>îl Note</p>
<ul>
<li>Distributors can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Gifts Verify </strong>to verify the gifts redeemed offline and export the records.</li>
<li>After user upgrading, if your original account and Hik-ePartner account are merged to one OneHikID account, the points in the two accounts will add up.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="404" class="wp-image-2106" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 140" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 778" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-140-768x348.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 17-2 Rewards Store Page for Installer Admin</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="405" class="wp-image-2107" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 141" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 779" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141.jpeg 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-141-768x348.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<p>Figure 17-3 Rewards Store Page for Installers</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark426"></a> Chapter 18 Rebate</p>
<p>For authenticated channel partners, they can view the rebates they earn from successfully promoting services (i.e., health monitoring service and cloud storage service) of Hik-Partner Pro to their customers, including installers and secondary distributors. Here we will introduce the process and the calculation method of earning rebates.</p>
<p>OS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available to some users in some countries/regions. For details, please contact Hikvision.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Generate Authentication Code</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For some countries or regions, authenticated channel partners can generate authentication codes for installers and secondary distributors to complete the company authentications on Hik-Partner Pro, and then they can have chances to earn rebates.</p>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Contact the local Hikvision branch for details about whether the country or region supports generating authentication codes on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Authentication Code </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="216" class="wp-image-2108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 142" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 780" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142-300x73.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-142-768x187.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-1 Generate Authentication Code</p>
<p>Generate an Authentication Code</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="353" class="wp-image-2109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 143" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 781" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-143-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-2 Generate an Authentication Code</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate </strong>to open the Generate an Authentication Code window.</li>
<li>Enter the information about account (email address or company ID) and select the country/ region of the installer or secondary distributor for whom you generate the authentication code.</li>
<li>Check <strong>You promise that you have checked the qualification of installer for generating authentication codes. </strong>and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated authentication code will be displayed on the Authentication Code page.</p>
<p>Batch Generate Authentication Codes</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="225" class="wp-image-2110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 144" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 782" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-144-300x114.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-3 Batch Generate Authentication Codes</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Generate </strong>to open the Batch Generate Authentication Codes window.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Download </strong>to download the template and fill in the information about accounts of the installer or secondary distributor for whom you generate authentication codes.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upload </strong>to upload the filled-in template file.</li>
<li>Select the country/region for the accounts you uploaded.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<p>You can only batch generate authentication codes for accounts in the same country or region each time.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>You promise that you have checked the qualification of installer for generating authentication codes. </strong>and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The generated authentication codes will be listed on the Authentication Code page.</p>
<p>Export Authentication Codes</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export Authentication Codes </strong>to export the generated authentication codes and send to the installer or secondary distributor.</p>
<p>You can also check <strong>Show Unused Authentication Codes Only </strong>to export the authentication codes that are not used.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark429"></a> 18.2 The Process of Earning Rebates</p>
<p>The process of earning rebates varies basing on whether the country or region supports generating the authentication codes.</p>
<p>Process for Countries and Regions Which Support Generating Authentication Codes</p>
<p><strong>dlNote</strong></p>
<p>Contact the local Hikvision branch for details about whether the country or region supports generating authentication codes on Hik-Partner Pro.</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner introduces and promotes services to an installer or secondary distributor when selling Hikvision devices.</li>
<li>The authenticated channel partner goes to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Authentication Code </strong>on the Hik-Partner Pro Portal and generates an authentication code for the installer or secondary distributor.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CWNote</strong></p>
<p>For details about generating authentication codes, refer to <strong><em>Generate Authentication Code</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>The installer or secondary distributor authenticates their company by entering authentication codes.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to authenticate the company, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark28"><strong><em>Authenticate Account</em></strong></a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark431"></a> The installer or secondary distributor activates services for devices via Hik-Partner Pro after their company authentication is completed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HS Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate services for devices, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Hik-Partner Pro calculates monthly rebate amount based on resources with service(s) activated in the last month for the authenticated channel partner.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>LU Note</strong></p>
<p>If a service has been activated for a resource before, the resource will NOT be included in statistics. The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules. And for more details, refer to <strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong> .</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner gets the rebate amount in the form of a credit note.</li>
</ol>
<p>CIS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details </strong>to view the information about the rebates they earned. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"> <strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p>Process for Other Counties and Regions</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner introduces and promotes services to an installer or secondary distributor when selling Hikvision devices.</li>
<li>The installer or secondary distributor activates services for devices via Hik-Partner Pro.</li>
</ol>
<p>HS <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>For details about how to activate services for devices, refer to <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Activate the Health Monitoring</em></strong></a> <a href="#post-1966-bookmark306"><strong><em>Service for Devices</em></strong> </a>and <a href="#post-1966-bookmark349"><strong><em>Activate or Renew Service for a Channel</em></strong> </a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Hik-Partner Pro calculates monthly rebate amount based on resources with service(s) activated in the last month for the authenticated channel partner.</li>
</ol>
<p>US <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>If a service has been activated for a resource before, the resource will NOT be included in statistics. The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules. Refer to <strong><em>The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</em></strong> for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>The authenticated channel partner gets the rebate amount in the form of a credit note.</li>
</ol>
<p>US <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details </strong>to view the information about the rebates they earned. See<a href="#post-1966-bookmark436"> <strong><em>View Rebate Details</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark432"></a> 18.3 The Way to Calculate Rebate Amount</p>
<p>Here we introduce the four elements that determine the rebate amount, and the formula for calculating the rebate amount.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Settings </strong>to view the calculation rules.</p>
<p>Elements that Determine the Rebate Amount</p>
<p>Four elements determine the earned rebate amount, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>Number of Resources Contributed to Rebates</li>
<li>Unit Price</li>
<li>Rebate Rate</li>
<li>Calculation Type</li>
</ul>
<p>Table 18-1 Element Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Element</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Number of Resources</p>
<p>Contributed to Rebates</td>
<td>The number of resources which have contributed to rebates.</p>
<p>To be a resource contributed to rebates, 1) it should belong to an authenticated channel partner; 2) it should have been added to Hik-Partner Pro and the health monitoring service or cloud storage service should have been activated for it.</p>
<p><strong>OXlNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>For the health monitoring service, &#8220;resource&#8221; refers to devices.</li>
<li>For the cloud storage service, &#8220;resource&#8221; refers to the channels linked to Hik-ProConnect box.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Unit Price</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>For the health monitoring service, the unit price refers to the monthly service fee per device.</li>
<li>For the cloud storage service, the unit price refers to the monthly service fee per channel.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CH] Note</strong></p>
<p>For example, assume that a customer spent 288 US dollars to purchase a 7-Day Annual Package (a type of cloud storage service package; the &#8220;7-Day&#8221; means the videos uploaded to the cloud will be retained for 7 days; the &#8220;Annual&#8221; means the service lasts for 12 months) and activated it for two channels, the unit price in this case would be the result of 288/2/12, that is, 12 dollars.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Element</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rebate Rate</td>
<td>Fixed rebate rate or tiered rebate rate, depending on the marketing strategy for the country or region.</p>
<p>For the tiered rebate rate, the authenticated channel partner can get a higher rebate rate when the number of resources with service activated reaches a certain threshold.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Calculation Type</td>
<td>One of two calculation types is used for calculating the rebate amount, that is, <strong>Combined </strong>or <strong>Separated</strong>, depending on the marketing strategy for the country or region.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Combined</strong>:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For calculating the rebate amount related to the health monitoring service, the rebate rate(s) for different device types are the same, be it fixed or tiered rebate rate.</p>
<p>° For calculating the rebate amount related to the cloud storage service, the rebate rate for different types of service packages are the same, be it fixed or tiered rebate rate.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Separated</strong>:</li>
</ul>
<p>° For calculating rebate amount related to the health monitoring service, the rebate rate for network cameras and other device types can be different. Other device types include the NVR/DVR, security control device, access control device, video intercom device, etc.</p>
<p>° For calculating rebates related to the cloud storage service, the rebate rate for different types of service packages can be different.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Formula for Calculating the Rebate Amount</p>
<p>The formula for calculating rebate amount is shown below:</p>
<p>Number of New Resources Contributed to Rebates in Current Month x Unit Price x Rebate Rate = Rebate Amount for Current Month</p>
<p><strong>LUilNote</strong></p>
<p>The platform will calculate the rebate amount of the previous month on the 1st day (fixed) of each month.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>Calculate the Rebate Amount of the Current Month</p>
<p>Assume that in the current month:</p>
<ul>
<li>Customer A purchased a 7-day annual package (price: 288 US dollars) and activated it for 8 channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box; Customer B purchased a 30-day annual package (price: 600 US dollars) and activated it for 4 channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box.</li>
<li>The Calculation Type used in the country or region is <strong>Separated</strong>.</li>
<li>Tiered rebate rate is used for calculation in the country or region:</li>
<li>First Tier: a rebate rate of 10% for the first 4 channels activated with the 7-day annual package; a rebate rate of 20% for the first 2 channels activated with the 30-day annual package.</li>
<li>Second Tier: a rebate rate of 30% for all other channels activated with the 7-day annual package; a rebate rate of 40% for all other channels activated with 30-day annual package. In this case, for the 7-day annual package, the unit price would be: (288/12)/8 = 3 US dollars; For 30-day annual package, (600/12)/4 = 12.5 US dollars, so we can calculate the rebate amount as: 4 x 3 x 10% +4 x 3 x 30% + 2 x 12.5 x 20% + 2 x 12.5 x 40% = 19.8 US dollars.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark434"></a> View Rebate Details</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After authenticated channel partners promote the health monitoring service or cloud storage service to their customers (i.e., installers and secondary distributors), if customers activate two services for devices added to Hik-Partner Pro or channels linked to a Hik-ProConnect box, authenticated channel partners will earn a certain rebate amount and they can view the details of their rebates.</p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>You can view the rebates of the current month after the calculation day of the next month. For example, if the calculation day of the month is set to 15th, you can view the rebates of July on 16th, August.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Rebate Details ^ Health Monitoring Related/Cloud Storage Related </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="144" class="wp-image-2111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 145" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 783" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145-300x48.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-145-768x124.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-4 Rebate Details</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark436"></a> Select <strong>By Month </strong>or <strong>By Quarter </strong>from the drop-down list on the top left, select a corresponding period, and click <strong>Search </strong>to search for rebate related data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1966-bookmark437"></a> View Bill of Sale</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Authenticated channel partners can filter their bills of sale to check the information related to the devices sold to customers (i.e., installers or secondary distributors). The information includes the device serial No., device model, purchaser name, and purchaser type. By setting the purchaser type to <strong>Secondary Distributor</strong>, authenticated channel partners can transfer rebates related to specific devices to the secondary distributors.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>My Hik-Partner ^ Rebate ^ Bill of Sale </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="245" class="wp-image-2112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 146" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 784" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146.jpeg 886w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-146-768x212.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-5 Bill of Sale Page</p>
<p><strong>LUJNote</strong></p>
<p>If the bill of sale is uploaded before the calculation day, the related rebates will be credited to the amount of the previous month. If the bill of sale is uploaded on or after the calculation day, the related rebates will be credited to the current month.</p>
<p>Filter Bills of Sale</p>
<ul>
<li>Enter a device serial No. or purchaser name to filter.</li>
<li>Set one of the following conditions to filter.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Display All</strong></p>
<p>All bills of sale will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Display Secondary Distributor Only</strong></p>
<p>Only the devices purchased by secondary distributors will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Display Installer Only</strong></p>
<p>Only the devices purchased by installers will be displayed.</p>
<p>Export Bills of Sale</p>
<p><a id="post-1966-bookmark439"></a> Click <strong>Export Bill of Sale </strong>and select <strong>Export All Bills of Sale </strong>or <strong>Export Filtered Bills of Sale </strong>to export the data as needed.</p>
<p>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates</p>
<p>If the purchaser of specific devices is a secondary distributor, the authenticated channel partner can transfer the ownership of future rebates related to these devices to the secondary distributor. Once the ownership is transferred, the previously calculated rebates are still owned by the Authenticated channel partner, the secondary distributor starts owning rebates related to these devices from the next month.</p>
<p>The authenticated channel partner can transfer the ownership in the following three methods.</p>
<p><strong>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to a Device to a Secondary Distributor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, select a device and click <em>£_</em> in the Operation column.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="249" class="wp-image-2113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 147" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 785" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-147-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-6 Transfer Rebates</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the purchaser name.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>as the purchaser type.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Batch Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to Multiple Devices to a Secondary Distributor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, select all devices and click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the purchaser name.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>as the purchaser type.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Transfer Ownership of Future Rebates Related to Multiple Devices to Multiple Secondary Distributors</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Bill of Sale page, click <strong>Upload Bill of Sale</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="185" class="wp-image-2114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148.jpeg" alt="word image 1966 148" title="Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide 786" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1966-148-300x94.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 18-7 Upload Bill of Sale</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>and fill the required information (e.g., fill <strong>Secondary Distributor </strong>in the Purchaser Type column) in the template.</li>
<li>Click on the Upload Bill of Sale window to upload the filled-in template file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<ol>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-2"><strong>LUJNote</strong>• It is highly recommended to encrypt the device QR code for security reasons.
<p>• Please inform your end users to download or update the Hik-Connect Mobile Client (V 4.15.0 or later). You can send the QR code or download link shown in the banner on the Home page to them.</p>
<p>• For AX Pro, after adding an AX Pro to Hik-Partner Pro, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; these accounts will be deleted after the Installer deletes the AX Pro from Hik-Partner Pro. If you edit an Installer&#8217;s login password, the password for logging in to the AX Pro by this account will also change. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-2">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-3">After authorizing a site with AX Pro to an Installer, the Installer and Installer Admin&#8217;s accounts will become the accounts of the AX Pro; besides, the account with the permission of managing all sites will also become the account of the AX Pro. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-3">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-4">□S <strong>Note</strong>• Up to 16 live view windows are supported. <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-4">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1966-footnote-5"><a id="post-1966-bookmark0"></a> If Image and Video Encryption has been enabled for the device on the Hik-Connect mobile client, you are required to enter the device verification code before starting live view. If you don&#8217;t know <a href="#post-1966-footnote-ref-5">↑</a></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
